Minutes:2004-07-24

<mediawiki xmlns="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11/" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11/ http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11.xsd" version="0.11" xml:lang="en">
  <siteinfo>
    <sitename>Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki</sitename>
    <dbname>foundationwiki</dbname>
    <base>https://foundation.wikimedia.org/wiki/Home</base>
    <generator>MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.8</generator>
    <case>first-letter</case>
    <namespaces>
      <namespace key="-2" case="first-letter">Media</namespace>
      <namespace key="-1" case="first-letter">Special</namespace>
      <namespace key="0" case="first-letter" />
      <namespace key="1" case="first-letter">Talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="2" case="first-letter">User</namespace>
      <namespace key="3" case="first-letter">User talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="4" case="first-letter">Wikimedia</namespace>
      <namespace key="5" case="first-letter">Wikimedia talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="6" case="first-letter">File</namespace>
      <namespace key="7" case="first-letter">File talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="8" case="first-letter">MediaWiki</namespace>
      <namespace key="9" case="first-letter">MediaWiki talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="10" case="first-letter">Template</namespace>
      <namespace key="11" case="first-letter">Template talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="12" case="first-letter">Help</namespace>
      <namespace key="13" case="first-letter">Help talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="14" case="first-letter">Category</namespace>
      <namespace key="15" case="first-letter">Category talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="100" case="first-letter">Resolution</namespace>
      <namespace key="101" case="first-letter">Resolution talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="102" case="first-letter">Legal</namespace>
      <namespace key="103" case="first-letter">Legal talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="104" case="first-letter">Minutes</namespace>
      <namespace key="105" case="first-letter">Minutes talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="106" case="first-letter">Policy</namespace>
      <namespace key="107" case="first-letter">Policy talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="108" case="first-letter">Endowment</namespace>
      <namespace key="109" case="first-letter">Endowment talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="110" case="first-letter">Agenda</namespace>
      <namespace key="111" case="first-letter">Agenda talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="112" case="first-letter">Archive</namespace>
      <namespace key="113" case="first-letter">Archive talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="114" case="first-letter">Memory</namespace>
      <namespace key="115" case="first-letter">Memory talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="116" case="first-letter">Committee</namespace>
      <namespace key="117" case="first-letter">Committee talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="460" case="case-sensitive">Campaign</namespace>
      <namespace key="461" case="case-sensitive">Campaign talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="710" case="first-letter">TimedText</namespace>
      <namespace key="711" case="first-letter">TimedText talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="828" case="first-letter">Module</namespace>
      <namespace key="829" case="first-letter">Module talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="1198" case="first-letter">Translations</namespace>
      <namespace key="1199" case="first-letter">Translations talk</namespace>
    </namespaces>
  </siteinfo>
  <page>
    <title>Minutes:2004-07-24</title>
    <ns>104</ns>
    <id>592</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587216</id>
      <parentid>555226</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:04Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587216</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6791" sha1="7vjyt7dd7etkkkiysuklg5xvlilm3kr" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Minutes}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:1--&gt;
On Saturday 24 July 2004, there was a meeting on the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;irc:wikimedia&lt;/tvar&gt;|wikimedia]] [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC channels&lt;/tvar&gt;|IRC channel]] regarding the [&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;//wikimediafoundation.org&lt;/tvar&gt; Wikimedia Foundation website]. See also [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;4&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting%2C July 2004&lt;/tvar&gt;|on Meta-Wiki]].

== Meeting outcomes == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;

&lt;!--T:3--&gt;
Below is a summary of the outcomes of the meeting. The full transcript is available on [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004/Meeting log&lt;/tvar&gt;|Meta-Wiki]] along with an unofficial [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004/Summarised log&lt;/tvar&gt;|summarised log]] and the meeting [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004&lt;/tvar&gt;|agenda]].
&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:4--&gt; For now, [&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;//wikimedia.org&lt;/tvar&gt; wikimedia.org] has no content and we do not own the .com, so it will redirect to [&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;//wikimediafoundation.org&lt;/tvar&gt; wikimediafoundation.org] until both these things change, at which point the discussion can be re-opened. Discussions at that time will be whether we have two sites, and whether it is at wikimedia.org, wikimediafoundation.org or foundation.wikimedia.org.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:5--&gt; The domain wikimedia-foundation.org will be registered.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:6--&gt; We should try to get the wikimedia.com domain.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:7--&gt; The Foundation wiki will be separate from Meta-Wiki.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:8--&gt; Allowing HTML would require development work, ''which Brooke did during the meeting and checked in to CVS head the next morning.''&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:9--&gt; The foundation site should look different from Meta-Wiki.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:10--&gt; The current page-export system is quite crude but could be reworked if wanted&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:11--&gt; The skin could be changed to not look like a wiki. [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;User:Brooke Vibber (WMF)&lt;/tvar&gt;|Brooke]] volunteered to make this.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:12--&gt; HTML will be used only where necessary&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:13--&gt; There will be one site (no subdomains)&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:14--&gt; Internationalization (different interfaces for different languages) is a high priority (bounties suggested – see later). Templates will be used until then.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:15--&gt; We can have interlanguage links on the same domain (possibly namespace conflicts)&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:16--&gt; The board will pick trusted translators (more than one for each language), possibly using some sort of [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{lwp|WP:RFA}}&lt;/tvar&gt;|RfA]] style selection process.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:17--&gt; No pages will be marked official or unofficial as only people approved by the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;board&lt;/tvar&gt;|board]] can edit.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:18--&gt; [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;User:Sj&lt;/tvar&gt;|Sj]] promised to write something up about managing translations.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:19--&gt; Access will be restricted since the site will allow for full HTML.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:20--&gt; Could HTML be restricted to certain pages?&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:21--&gt; The site will not be translated into Klingon! We will aim for around 12 languages&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:22--&gt; Could we have draft pages not viewable by the public?&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:23--&gt; Could we allow some people to edit but not create pages?&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:24--&gt; High importance pages will be protected, with much more restricted access&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:25--&gt; If talk pages are hidden from view, and we could allow anons to edit there without editing the rest of the site, we could use normal talk pages for comments. If that is not possible, we could direct them to a single comments page on Meta-Wiki, or use a bulletin board (problematic as harder to clean up). Talk pages also need to have HTML disabled if this is going to be allowed.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:26--&gt; Email confirmation will not be necessary.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:27--&gt; People will be able to create accounts so they can change their skin, but not able to edit before the board approves them. (Is this technically possible?)&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:28--&gt; Talk pages should be hidden from search engines.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:29--&gt; Are per namespace permissions possible?&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:30--&gt; There will be links explaining how to contact us privately.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:31--&gt; The design of the site was not discussed in detail. It was decided there would be a design contest. This would be held within a short period (not 3 months).&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:32--&gt; We could use the award money for bounties or users could donate money specifically for bounties&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:33--&gt; Alternatives to bounties discussed were working for an hourly rate, thank you bonuses afterwards, paying external people&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:34--&gt; There may be tax and contract issues involved with bounties. Need to check with an accountant&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:35--&gt; Problems with bounties include decreased willingness to work for free, discourages cooperation, takes developers away from improving site performance or working on what they want to work on.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:36--&gt; If bounties were used, the development committee could decide the amount, perhaps up to a maximum amount set by the board&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:37--&gt; Anthere will poll developers (privately) and editors (publicly) on their views of bounties&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:38--&gt; A clearer list of prioritized feature requests will be put together&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:39--&gt;
'''Action points for the board''': register wikimedia-foundation.org, contact owner of wikimedia.com, set up a design contest, create multi-language templates until Internationalization occurs, get some translators, protect the most important pages, give accounts to approved editors, create a talk page on Meta-Wiki until anon editing talk page features are implemented, bounty opinion survey

&lt;!--T:40--&gt;
'''Action points for the developers''': redirect wikimedia.org to [&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;//wikimediafoundation.org&lt;/tvar&gt; wikimediafoundation.org], allow HTML to work on the Foundation wiki, new skin for the Foundation wiki, internationalization of the UI, allow interlanguage links, prevent HTML on talk pages, allow talk pages to be hidden from the public and from search engines.
&lt;/translate&gt;</text>
      <sha1>7vjyt7dd7etkkkiysuklg5xvlilm3kr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Minutes:2006-11</title>
    <ns>104</ns>
    <id>5432</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587215</id>
      <parentid>560343</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:59Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587215</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10990" sha1="1xvnrk0v9zdgvu2kpr2gqf5omjrx7tv" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Minutes}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:1--&gt;
Dear community,

&lt;!--T:2--&gt;
The board of Wikimedia Foundation had a meeting last week in St Petersburg, Florida, in the Wikimedia Foundation office.

&lt;!--T:3--&gt;
This report is to give you information

&lt;!--T:4--&gt;
* on the agenda of the 2 days board meeting
* provide partial or complete information on the outcome of each item on the agenda&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
* inform you of what is planned next
* give you a more personnal view on my few days in St Petersburg

&lt;!--T:6--&gt;
The big items (not necessarily in that order) on the agenda were

&lt;!--T:7--&gt;
* board expansion
* advisory board
* bylaws
* audit&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:8--&gt;
* budget
* executive director search
* projects
* legal update
* reorganisation (committees...)

&lt;!--T:9--&gt;
To which I will add fundraising, as it was discussed quite a lot as well

== Board expansion == &lt;!--T:10--&gt;

&lt;!--T:11--&gt;
We had to 1) replace Tim Shell, 2) plan next elections, 3) make decisions over how to expand the board

&lt;!--T:12--&gt;
It was a set of issues I expected would be problematic, but we actually rather easily and quickly settled down on an agreement.

&lt;!--T:13--&gt;
A very detailed resolution will make that plain official, but the basic ideas are these ones:

&lt;!--T:14--&gt;
We will work toward a progressive expansion of board, up to a number of probably 11, to be expected in July 2008.

&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
2 new members will be added (by appointment) before the end of the year on the board, until next elections in July 2007.

&lt;!--T:16--&gt;
Tim Shell will be replaced before the end of the year, by appointment, for a term of one year.

&lt;!--T:17--&gt;
All appointements will be for one year from now on, which means Jimbo and Michael Davis terms will expire in a year. Appointments may be renewable.

&lt;!--T:18--&gt;
Elections will take place every year for 3 positions (3 positions in July 2007, 3 positions in July 2008). Elected seats is for 2 years term and may be renewed. Elections will stay direct elections, but procedures and rules (such as requirements for candidacy or voting system) may evolve. The board is apparently opened to the concept of appointing in the future, a member which would be warmly recommended by chapters. Last, the board pledged the majority of the board would be from the community (through appointments or elections).

&lt;!--T:19--&gt;
To be very specific

&lt;!--T:20--&gt;
The board was also concerned by the risk of instability at next elections, due to the important influx of new members (possibly very knowledgable about the Foundation, or possibly not) and important departure of current members (Erik, the two new temp members and myself). The board consequently suggested that I, be appointed to the board from July 2007 till June 2008, which I accepted (OMG).

&lt;!--T:21--&gt;
The board came up with names for the three newly appointed members, but we first need to check whether they agree :-) You'll be informed once agreement is given. Stay tuned!

== Bylaws == &lt;!--T:22--&gt;

&lt;!--T:23--&gt;
It is my *immense* privilege to announce that ALL board members agreed on new bylaws.

&lt;!--T:24--&gt;
Working on bylaws is a tedious job, and a really serious job when one considers the impact it may have on the Foundation for the years to come. I wished changes in the bylaws before I ever thought of being on the board... It only took 2 years and a half to secure board members in a room together and get that done! An amazing achievement.

&lt;!--T:25--&gt;
What is next?

&lt;!--T:26--&gt;
There is a legal requirement, for a delay between modifications and formal approval. We will all take the time to read the new bylaws again quickly, before putting our &quot;stamp of approval&quot;. Note as well that we temporarily agreed on a default mission statement. The work and poll on Meta-Wiki in the vision/mission statement is still ongoing, and the outcome will be updated in the bylaws later on.

&lt;!--T:27--&gt;
The lead in the bylaws topic will be Erik, who also volunteered to explain some of the finer choices we made in the new bylaws. He will give more feedback soon on this very list. Follow the flag.

== Audit == &lt;!--T:28--&gt;

&lt;!--T:29--&gt;
Next big achievement, an invisible but major effort from Michael Davis (our treasurer), Brad Patrick (our exec dir), Jimbo, Danny, and of
course the auditors.

&lt;!--T:30--&gt;
The audit of the first three years of existence of the Foundation is over. Consider thanking these people.

&lt;!--T:31--&gt;
Why is that important?

&lt;!--T:32--&gt;
Because the board as the duty to ensure the law is respected. Because the board has the duty to ensure the activities of the Foundation follow the mission stated in the bylaws. Because we need to be transparent toward community and toward donors about what we are doing with the revenue. Because with an audit and with good results (which we do have), we will have the opportunity to go and seek grants and sponsorships, with facts rather than expectations of &quot;good faith&quot; from donators. We do the right thing with the money and an independent party is our guarantee of this.

&lt;!--T:33--&gt;
I will add the auditors gave us much input and recommendations, suitable for our rapidly growing organisation. They recommended rules and procedures to create to ensure we keep on track.

&lt;!--T:34--&gt;
What is next?

&lt;!--T:35--&gt;
A report is being prepared, with the audited financial statements. Due soon (as in *very* soon). Follow Brad on this.

== Budget == &lt;!--T:36--&gt;

&lt;!--T:37--&gt;
Well, slightly less successful here. The item was left at the end of the meeting, which was best since the two days decisions could (and did) created new revenues and new expenses suggestions.

&lt;!--T:38--&gt;
We however sort of run out of time (and of energy), so I cannot say we have a full budget. We do not.

&lt;!--T:39--&gt;
However, the major areas (hardware etc...) are analysed. We also considered a budget was easier to agree with, online, than, say, bylaws revisions.

== Advisory board == &lt;!--T:40--&gt;

&lt;!--T:41--&gt;
Several months ago, the board agreed to create an advisory board, but it had yet to be populated and members engaged.

&lt;!--T:42--&gt;
This item on the agenda is also a satisfactory outcome. We came up with a list of about 20 people, who need to be contacted (and to agree). We also came up with ideas to engage them. Some are actually informally helping on various matters already.

&lt;!--T:43--&gt;
What is next?

&lt;!--T:44--&gt;
We first need to contact them all.

== ED Search == &lt;!--T:45--&gt;

&lt;!--T:46--&gt;
ED stands for Executive Director. I'll be quick on this one. We currently have an interim director, we are seeking for a more permanent one; We are currently working on the job description and exploring the option of using a search firm. We met one in Florida.

== Legal stuff == &lt;!--T:47--&gt;

&lt;!--T:48--&gt;
Three differents issues were discussed.

&lt;!--T:49--&gt;
Jimbo had some information to provide on the gfdl licence and where it was going. It is yet too early to have a good announcement about this, but I just wished to let you know this is ongoing and Jimbo is taking care of that.

&lt;!--T:50--&gt;
We approved a default agreement between chapters and Foundation, regarding non commercial uses of brands by chapters. This agreement was crafted in the past weeks in particular by [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;User:notafish&lt;/tvar&gt;|Delphine]] (our chapter coordinator), [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;User:AlisonW&lt;/tvar&gt;|Alison]] (UK chapter chair), and Brad (legal counsel). This agreement is to be used as template for future individual agreements between Foundation and all chapters, to be done in the next weeks. A resolution on this issue will be published on the foundation in the next few days. The current agreement does not include agreement for commercial uses (chapters still need to contact Foundation for this for now).

&lt;!--T:51--&gt;
Last, we had a thorough review of our trademarks and took decisions over those. You should not expect information about that now, as any publishing of information may be detrimental to our strategy.

== Projects == &lt;!--T:52--&gt;

&lt;!--T:53--&gt;
Several points, very specific with some projects or some languages, were discussed during the meeting. I'll update each person or group of persons who have made requests, in the next few days. The tech summit already suggested during the board retreat was further discussed, though nothing formal has been decided.

== Reorganisation == &lt;!--T:54--&gt;

&lt;!--T:55--&gt;
Last, we had a fruitful discussion over the reorganisation, in particular of the committees. We'll deepen this discussion in the coming weeks. Board members more involved in this discussion are Erik, Tim and myself.

== Fundraising == &lt;!--T:56--&gt;

&lt;!--T:57--&gt;
Last, the Foundation is preparing the next fundraising, which is planned to start on friday (though we may have a few days delay possibly). Preparing the fundraising is currently using a lot of our time, so please bear with us with the publishing of all feedback on things mentionned above. More to come on fundraising topic very soon.

== Conclusion == &lt;!--T:58--&gt;

&lt;!--T:59--&gt;
Generally, I was very happy with that week in Florida. Though pretty tiring, it was incredibly fruitful. So much fruitful than IRC discussions, or even phone discussions, that we'll plan more face to face meetings in the future. Since three board members are likely to join us very soon, we'll try to organise the next face to face board meeting in January or February.

&lt;!--T:60--&gt;
Regarding the outcomes of the board retreat in Frankfurt last October, we are pretty much in track. The only issue on which we are &quot;late&quot; is the tech summit, but we need to organise that carefully. Haste would do us no good.

&lt;!--T:61--&gt;
It was also the first time all board members were visiting the office, and I'd say it was extremely positive to do so. I met with Barbara and Carolyn. Barbara is a black woman of maybe 25-30. Until now, she was only introduced to me as &quot;the one answering the phone&quot;. She does much more than that, dealing a lot with documents, acting in tandem with Danny, fixing coffee and generally spreading happiness all around. Carolyn is a woman in her 40ies, very smily and quiet. She is our bookkeeper, and I hope she stays with us for a long time.

&lt;!--T:62--&gt;
My first sight of the office was an open door with a big (Wikipedia) poster on it. All other offices in that building have closed doors. After one walks past the poster, one gets in a corridor with the signed Wikimania banner. And it is open...

&lt;!--T:63--&gt;
Who else than us could have office doors open this way?

&lt;!--T:64--&gt;
I hope you have found this report useful. More details (resolutions, charters, agreements etc...) will be posted on Foundation wiki shortly.

&lt;!--T:65--&gt;
Please ask questions as needed.

&lt;!--T:66--&gt;
[[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;User:Anthere&lt;/tvar&gt;|Florence Devouard]]

&lt;!--T:67--&gt;
Chair of Wikimedia Foundation

== Links == &lt;!--T:68--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
* [//lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2006-December/025300.html &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:69--&gt; email of announcement&lt;/translate&gt;]</text>
      <sha1>1xvnrk0v9zdgvu2kpr2gqf5omjrx7tv</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Process</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>6382</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587224</id>
      <parentid>532812</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587224</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="15669" sha1="heq6rh2thybzzjs0qqgagoz89zl7o4v" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:2--&gt;
Note, this document includes 2 sections which look very similar. The first section contains basics about purchasing policy and process. The second section repeats what is in the first section but includes additional information that is relevant for supervisors and/or budget owners.

=== Purchasing-Values/Philosophy of the Wikimedia Foundation === &lt;!--T:3--&gt;

&lt;!--T:4--&gt;
At the Wikimedia Foundation, we strive for the proper balance between appropriate safeguards and controls related to assets and spending and undue bureaucracy. We assume that the staff is professional, has the best intentions and does not intend to spend Foundation funds (essentially donor contributions) recklessly.

&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
We aim to provide a framework for purchasing that allows staff a fair amount of autonomy. In return, we ask for your cooperation in following the procedures we have set forth. We ask that staff exercise good judgment when making purchases with Foundation funds. We want staff to be able to make purchases that help them with their work and to feel supported in their work, at the same time, we need to adhere to reasonable standards. Our spending threshold is not the same as other top ten websites or Silicon Valley in general. When in doubt, one should err towards more frugality and not less.

=== How to Make a Purchase === &lt;!--T:6--&gt;

&lt;!--T:7--&gt;
There are 3 main methods (subject to approval level-see approval levels below):

&lt;!--T:8--&gt;
# Order it through the Administrative Services Team-Head of Office Administration/Office Assistant/IT Manager or Admin Support person in your department - (many purchases can be made this way; examples include: office-related purchases, phones, cell-phones, mi-fi, tech equipment, desks, chairs, general office supplies, as well as travel-related purchases — such as conference attendance, airfare, hotels, etc.- see below for additional procedures related to travel). If you are not sure about where to start regarding a purchase, start with the Administrative Services Team.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:9--&gt;
# Order it directly from an existing Wikimedia Foundation vendor.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:10--&gt;
# Pay for it with personal funds and seek reimbursement via an Expense Report (this should be a last resort).

&lt;!--T:11--&gt;
If you do not have your own budget, you must seek written approval from the budget owner before incurring costs to their budget. It is up to each department to determine the logistics of spending within the department-however, invoices and expense reports must ultimately be approved by budget owners and will not be paid without proper approvals.

=== Travel === &lt;!--T:12--&gt;

&lt;!--T:13--&gt;
Travel in most cases is subject to pre-approval independent of one's approval threshold (see [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel and expense policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|Travel policy]] and [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel approval policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|Travel approval policy]])

&lt;!--T:14--&gt;
Please complete a Travel Request Form in order to obtain pre-approval, then complete a draft travel itinerary using Egencia. (See Admin Services team for access/training for Egencia.) The travel will be finalized by the Admin Services team provided they have received the proper pre-approval.

&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
Note, the Travel Approval Policy states that the Executive Director must approve travel in writing, in advance; the Executive Director has delegated this approval to c-level staff who can and should provide the written approval for staff travel in their departments. C-level staff must obtain written pre-approval for their own travel from the ED or DD.

=== Contracts === &lt;!--T:16--&gt;

&lt;!--T:17--&gt;
Purchases that involve contracts need to go through contract review; please allow time for this process. A Contract Review Form should be completed and signed by the requestor and the C-level supervisor. It should then be routed to the CFOO. Once the CFOO has reviewed it, the CFOO will determine if legal review is required, and if so, will forward it on. Finally, the actual contract must be routed (with the Contract Review Form) to the C-Level staff or ED for signature based on their approval levels. Once the contract is signed by all parties, a copy needs to be forwarded to Accounting. (Note: If you are contemplating hiring an independent contractor, see HR.)

=== Meals === &lt;!--T:18--&gt;

&lt;!--T:19--&gt;
In addition to the guidelines regarding meals during travel, please note that peers are not authorized to approve meals with one another. For example, the manager of one department cannot take a manager from another department to lunch and expense it. If there is a legitimate work reason to do so, prior written approval must be obtained by the supervisor of the person who will be expensing the lunch.

=== Approvals and Approval Levels === &lt;!--T:20--&gt;

&lt;!--T:21--&gt;
Approval levels are:

&lt;!--T:22--&gt;
* Non-Budget owner-Purchases of any amount must be approved by the budget owner
* Budget owner-US$1,000&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:23--&gt;
* C-Level staff-US$10,000
* ED or DD must pre-approve expenditures over US$10,000.

&lt;!--T:24--&gt;
Budget owners must sign off on invoices charged to their department via a direct signature on the invoice or an email approving the purchase. Additionally, the person who initiated the purchase should sign off on the invoice to acknowledge receipt.

&lt;!--T:25--&gt;
If the purchase amount is higher than the budget owner's limit (typically US$1,000), the department C-level needs to sign off, and, if the amount is over US$10,000, the purchase needs to have been pre-approved via email by the C-level, the C-level's boss (ED or DD) with cc to the CFOO.

&lt;!--T:26--&gt;
Expense reports must be reviewed and signed by one's supervisor and the budget owner if they are not the same. If the total is greater than US$1,000, the report must also be signed by the department C-Level. Expense reports, expense codes and instructions on how to complete them can be found on the Office Wiki-Finance Corner.

=== Invoice and Expense Report Submission === &lt;!--T:27--&gt;

&lt;!--T:28--&gt;
Properly approved invoices and expense reports should be submitted to Accounting by 5 pm on Tuesday for payment on Friday. Invoices and expense reports should clearly mark the department and account code(s). Account codes can be found on the Office Wiki Finance Corner. Invoices that are related to a contract or have a blanket pre-approval should be signed to acknowledge receipt of the goods/services but do not need to be signed by all approvers since they signed the contract summary and/or initial contract.

&lt;!--T:29--&gt;
If you have been given a Wikimedia Foundation American Express card in your name, you should pay the bill directly and seek reimbursement per an expense report.

== Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Policy and Process for Budget owners and/or Supervisors/Managers == &lt;!--T:30--&gt;

=== Purchasing-Values/Philosophy of the Wikimedia Foundation === &lt;!--T:31--&gt;

&lt;!--T:32--&gt;
At the Wikimedia Foundation, we strive for the proper balance between appropriate safeguards and controls related to assets and spending and undue bureaucracy. We assume that the staff is professional, has the best intentions and does not intend to spend Foundation funds (essentially donor contributions) recklessly.

&lt;!--T:33--&gt;
We aim to provide a framework for purchasing that allows staff a fair amount of autonomy. In return, we ask for your cooperation in following the procedures we have set forth. We ask that staff exercise good judgment when making purchases with Foundation funds. We want staff to be able to make purchases that help them with their work and to feel supported in their work, at the same time, we need to adhere to reasonable standards. Our spending threshold is not the same as other top ten websites or Silicon Valley in general. When in doubt, one should err towards more frugality and not less.

&lt;!--T:34--&gt;
As a budget owner and/or Supervisor/Manager, you have an added responsibility to ensure that expenditures are made per the guidelines, that proper approvals are obtained, to lead by example and to support the policy in general.

=== How to Make a Purchase === &lt;!--T:35--&gt;

&lt;!--T:36--&gt;
There are 3 main methods (subject to your approval level-see approval levels below):

&lt;!--T:37--&gt;
# Order it through the Administrative Services Team -Head of Office Administration/Office Assistant/IT Manager or Admin Support person in your department (many purchases can be made this way; examples include: office-related purchases, phones, cell-phones, mi-fi, tech equipment, desks, chairs, general office supplies, as well as travel-related purchases (such as conference attendance, airfare, hotels, etc. see below for additional procedures related to travel). If you are not sure about where to start regarding a purchase, start with the Administrative Services Team.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:38--&gt;
# Order it directly from an existing Wikimedia Foundation vendor.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:39--&gt;
# Pay for it with personal funds and seek reimbursement via an Expense Report (this should be a last resort)

&lt;!--T:40--&gt;
Charges should not be made to your budget without your approval. Within your budget departments, you can decide how you would like non-budget owner staff to make purchases. For example, you can decide that they can make purchases of up to US$100 without your pre-approval but ultimately, invoices and expense reports must be signed by budget owners and will not be paid without proper approvals.

=== Travel === &lt;!--T:41--&gt;

&lt;!--T:42--&gt;
Travel in most cases is subject to pre-approval independent of one's approval threshold (see [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel and expense policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|Travel policy]] and [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel approval policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|Travel approval policy]])

&lt;!--T:43--&gt;
Please complete a Travel Request Form in order to obtain pre-approval, then complete a draft travel itinerary using Egencia. (See Admin Services team for access/training for Egencia.) The travel will be finalized by the Admin Services team provided they have received the proper pre-approval.

&lt;!--T:44--&gt;
Note, the Travel Approval Policy states that the Executive Director must approve travel in writing, in advance; the Executive Director has delegated this approval to c-level staff who can and should provide the written approval for staff travel in their departments. C-level staff must obtain written pre-approval for their own travel from the ED or DD.

=== Contracts === &lt;!--T:45--&gt;

&lt;!--T:46--&gt;
Purchases that involve contracts need to go through contract review; please allow time for this process. A Contract Review Form should be completed and signed by the requestor and the C-level supervisor. It should then be routed to the CFOO. Once the CFOO has reviewed it, the CFOO will determine if legal review is required, and if so, will forward it on. Finally, the actual contract (with the Contract review Form) must be routed to the C-Level staff or ED for signature based on their approval levels. Once the contract is signed by all parties, a copy needs to be forwarded to Accounting.

=== Meals === &lt;!--T:47--&gt;

&lt;!--T:48--&gt;
In addition to the guidelines regarding meals during travel, please note that peers are not authorized to approve meals with one another. For example, the manager of one department cannot take a manager from another department to lunch and expense it. If there is a legitimate work reason to do so, prior written approval must be obtained by the supervisor of the person who will be expensing the lunch.

=== Approvals and Approval Levels === &lt;!--T:49--&gt;

&lt;!--T:50--&gt;
Approval levels are:

&lt;!--T:51--&gt;
* Non-Budget owner-Purchases of any amount must be approved by the budget owner
* Budget owner-US$1,000&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:52--&gt;
* C-Level staff-US$10,000
* ED or DD must pre-approve expenditures over US$10,000.

&lt;!--T:53--&gt;
Budget owners must sign off on invoices charged to their department via a direct signature on the invoice or an email approving the purchase. Additionally, the person who initiated the purchase should sign off on the invoice to acknowledge receipt.

&lt;!--T:54--&gt;
If the purchase amount is higher than the budget owner's limit (typically US$1,000), the department C-level needs to sign off, and, if the amount is over US$10,000, the purchase needs to have been pre-approved via email by the C-level, the C-level's boss (ED or DD) with cc to the CFOO.

&lt;!--T:55--&gt;
Expense reports must be reviewed and signed by one's supervisor. If the supervisor is not the budget owner, then the budget owner must also sign it. If the report is more than the budget owner's approval limit, then it must be signed also by the department C-Level but in general, expense reports should not involve high dollar amounts.

&lt;!--T:56--&gt;
When reviewing expense reports, it is the reviewer's responsibility to ensure that they agree that the expenses are properly reimbursable by the organization. For example, travel dates on the report should coincide with the dates previously approved. If meals include persons other than the staff person, it should be agreed that there was a valid business reason for including the other person(s). Costs should be reviewed for reasonableness; if an expense seems high (i.e. a meal for one person that costs US$100), the supervisor should get more details from the staff person. If the supervisor does not agree that an expense should be charged to the organization, they can and should omit it from the report. If they are not sure, they can contact Accounting to learn whether the Wikimedia Foundation has reimbursed similar charges in the past.

&lt;!--T:57--&gt;
The Accounting department will check the basic math, will check for general policy adherence (i.e. the Wikimedia Foundation does not reimburse mini bar expenses), and will check for proper currency exchange rates.

&lt;!--T:58--&gt;
Expense codes and instructions on how to complete them can be found on the Office Wiki-Finance Corner.

=== Invoice and Expense Report Submission === &lt;!--T:59--&gt;

&lt;!--T:60--&gt;
Properly approved invoices and expense reports should be submitted to Accounting by 2pm PST on Wednesday for payment by the following Tuesday. Invoices that are related to a contract or have a blanket pre-approval should be signed to acknowledge receipt of the goods/services but do not need to be signed by all approvers since they signed the contract summary and/or initial contract.

&lt;!--T:63--&gt;
Invoices/Expense reports and related payments are processed on a weekly cadence. Below is when you can expect to receive the funds, dependent on when the completed &amp; approved requests are received (incomplete or those missing approval can result in delays):&lt;/translate&gt;

* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:64--&gt; '''Payment requests received with complete documentation &amp; approvals by Wednesday (by 2pm PST) will be processed that same week''', with payment going out by the following Tuesday.&lt;/translate&gt;*
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:65--&gt; '''Payment requests received with complete documentation &amp; approvals after Wednesday (or on Wednesday, but after 2pm PST) will be processed the following week''', with payment going out by the following Tuesday.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:66--&gt; Please note that the payment day may change due to Holidays/schedule conflicts/bank processing times.&lt;/translate&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Expense reimbursement|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:62--&gt; Expense reimbursement&lt;/translate&gt;]]

[[Category:Travel documentation{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>heq6rh2thybzzjs0qqgagoz89zl7o4v</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia trademarks/Word mark creation/How-to/W</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>10952</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587196</id>
      <parentid>540507</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587196</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1648" sha1="tbk0hvrzxq99kwdmn8xfnv86yf0dzfo" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:1--&gt;
Make sure you use '''&quot;[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/foundation/5/5f/LinLibertineO_473.zip&lt;/tvar&gt; LinLibertine_Re-4.7.3.otf]&quot;''', as the Wikipedia &quot;W&quot; is not included in any other file!

&lt;!--T:2--&gt;
For the logo you should just be able to use the &quot;W&quot; from the blueprint. But whenever you need to type the Wikipedia &quot;W&quot; you will need to insert it as a special character.

&lt;!--T:3--&gt;
You can insert it by typing its Unicode: &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;'''U+e02f'''&lt;/tvar&gt;, or see the image to the right.
&lt;/translate&gt;
[[File:Wikipedia-logo-v2-HowTo-24.jpg| thumb| 400px]]

== {{LabelT|Q215016}} ==
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:4--&gt;
Illustrator supports a very convenient method to insert special characters: The Glyphs.

&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
You can find Glyphs at the &quot;Top Navigation&quot;: &quot;Type&quot;: &quot;Glyphs.

&lt;!--T:6--&gt;
These steps may help to get it:
&lt;/translate&gt;
* Type a capital &quot;W&quot; (you will get the original Libertine W)
* Select it (with the text-tool)
* Open the glyphs
* Use the dropdown menu to chose &quot;Alternative characters&quot;
* Some alternative &quot;W&quot;s will appear: Choose the Wikipedia &quot;W&quot; (with crossed strokes)

== {{LabelT|Q8041}} ==
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:7--&gt;
Depending on your platform, you should be able to insert a character from your system's &quot;Character Map&quot; software. Use the Linux Libertine O font and character U+E02F from the private use area. Alternatively, you can highlight and copy this character: &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-family:Linux Libertine O&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt;.
&lt;/translate&gt;
[[Category:Wikimedia visual identity{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Communications department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>tbk0hvrzxq99kwdmn8xfnv86yf0dzfo</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Resolution:Language Committee Charter</title>
    <ns>100</ns>
    <id>21954</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587115</id>
      <parentid>555711</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:09Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587115</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3135" sha1="rtb3u47yqigo6dye3nylz94rgufp5pu" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:1--&gt; Language Committee Charter (2012)&lt;/translate&gt;
 |notes = &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:2--&gt; This resolution approved the Language Committee [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter&lt;/tvar&gt;|charter]] laying out its scope and duties. It was unanimously approved online on October 16, 2012.&lt;/translate&gt;
}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:3--&gt;
Resolved, that the Board of Trustees approves the Language Committee Charter, laying out the scope and duties of the Language Committee.

== Language Committee Charter == &lt;!--T:4--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:6--&gt;
The committee is tasked as follows.

&lt;!--T:7--&gt;
# The development and maintenance of:
## a clear step-by-step policy (based on quantitative indicators) for evaluating the feasibility of new language wikis, with an automated procedure for project development;
## support and policy development for script and localization related problems;&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:14--&gt;
## documentation to support new language communities towards a stable growth rate;
## support and coordination for cross-language projects, helping smaller communities share resources and maximize their results;
## support and coordination to maintain compatibility among the different MediaWiki installations, in order to reduce the amount of development needed to upgrade the program base as far as localization is concerned.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
# The processing of requests for new language subdomains of existing Wikimedia projects, providing it gives the Wikimedia Board of Trustees four days advance notice before approving a request.

=== Goals === &lt;!--T:8--&gt;

&lt;!--T:9--&gt;
The goals of the committee are to:

&lt;!--T:16--&gt;
# minimize the political aspects connected to the release of new projects, moving the focus towards purely quantitative decision criteria;
# minimize the need of localization-related funding and development by providing a common shared policy;
# maximize the reuse of proven marketing techniques among different editions;&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:17--&gt;
# maximize the co-operation level among different language communities by providing common fields of activity;
# achieve the widest possible localization level for MediaWiki at the lowest cost, in order to maintain and improve its leading role as an open-source content management system.

=== Transparency === &lt;!--T:10--&gt;

&lt;!--T:11--&gt;
* The whole set of activities of the language committee is public, and any advice from the community is welcome.
* The committee values the fact that projects are a property of the single editors who make it and considers users' necessities as the primary source for policy.
* The committee is especially interested in hearing those who proposed a new wiki in the past and got either refused or approved.
&lt;/translate&gt;

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>rtb3u47yqigo6dye3nylz94rgufp5pu</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Audit Committee Charter</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>22010</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587113</id>
      <parentid>556216</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:53:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587113</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="13203" sha1="5vivxiusrhahxs44o2dl5oeiz0sc8qr" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;!--T:1--&gt;

&lt;!--T:2--&gt;
The purpose of the Audit Committee (the &quot;Committee&quot;) is to assist the Board of Trustees (&quot;Board&quot;) of the Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;Foundation&quot;) in overseeing the:&lt;/translate&gt;

* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:3--&gt; Integrity of the Foundation’s financial reporting and related internal controls, accounting and finance management activities and the reliability and adequacy of financial disclosures related to the audited financial statements, the Form 990 and other published disclosures and communications related to financial matters;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:4--&gt; Trends in reports or disclosures by Foundation management in connection with any fraud or malfeasance, and management’s design of internal controls to limit such instances as well as reports on other wrongdoing;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:5--&gt; Appointment of and relationship with the independent auditor, as set forth in this charter;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:6--&gt; Financial management, including investments and performance against the plan and budget;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:7--&gt; Soundness of assumptions used in multi-year budget projections and development of the Annual Plan and budget;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:8--&gt; Budgetary impact related to the Foundation’s compensation policies and practices;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:9--&gt; The Foundation’s approach to Enterprise Risk Management, the adequacy of mitigants addressing such risks, and trends in any key metrics or measurements relate to mitigation;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:10--&gt; Review of efforts to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of business operations; and&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:11--&gt; Internal audit requirements as needed.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Membership and Organization == &lt;!--T:12--&gt;

=== Committee Members === &lt;!--T:13--&gt;

&lt;!--T:14--&gt;
The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.

&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
Each Committee member will be independent and free from any relationships or conflicts of interest with respect to the Foundation that may impair, or appear to impair, the Committee member's ability to make independent judgments regarding the Foundation's finances.

&lt;!--T:16--&gt;
The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has expertise related to the duties of the Audit Committee.

=== Volunteer Advisory Members === &lt;!--T:17--&gt;

&lt;!--T:18--&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.

=== Foundation Staff === &lt;!--T:19--&gt;

&lt;!--T:20--&gt;
The Chief Financial Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.

== Responsibilities == &lt;!--T:21--&gt;

&lt;!--T:22--&gt;
In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may revise the Charter to include further additional responsibilities in line with the Committee’s overall purpose.

&lt;!--T:23--&gt;
The Committee shall:&lt;/translate&gt;

* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:24--&gt; Accounting and Financial Reporting&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:25--&gt; Review prior to completion and approve issuance of the Foundation’s annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:26--&gt; As needed, review and discuss with management and the independent auditor: significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the Foundation’s financial statements; changes in US GAAP and the effect such changes have on the Foundation’s financial statements; and significant changes in accounting principles, financial reporting policies, and internal controls implemented by the Foundation;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:27--&gt; Review and approve the information to be reported to the Internal Revenue Service on the Foundation's annual Form 990 and Form 990-T;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:28--&gt; Approve the engagement of external consultants or audit firms in matters pertaining to finance and accounting, internal controls, and business processes to provide reasonable assurance and review policies and procedures in place to deter and detect fraud;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:29--&gt; Oversight of Independent Auditor&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:30--&gt; Appoint and terminate the external auditor;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:31--&gt; Approve terms of appointment including assurance of independence, fees, and terms;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:32--&gt; Approve performance of any non-audit services to be provided by the auditing firm;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:33--&gt; Oversee the work of the external auditor who shall report directly to the Committee on audit plans, audited financial statements, Form 990, Form 990-T, and matters of discussion identified during the audit;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:34--&gt; Review and determine whether to accept the audit;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:35--&gt; Confer with the auditor to satisfy the Committee that the financial affairs of the Foundation are in order;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:36--&gt; Discuss and agree with Foundation management the timing, requirements and rationale for re-bidding the work of the external auditor;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:37--&gt; Financial Planning and Analysis&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:38--&gt; Review and discuss the draft annual plan and budget, how it was developed, including multi-year financial scenarios, key revenue and expense assumptions and the impact of trade-offs incorporated in the budget;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:39--&gt; Review and discuss with management the Foundation's monitoring of financial results against the annual plan and against projections, variances from the budget exceeding current Board guidance, updates to projections and working capital reserve, including key assumptions and actions taken or needed to ensure financial stability;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:40--&gt; Review and make recommendations to the Board regarding approval of any material commitments not already included in the approved budget and that exceed the delegation of authority to the Foundation;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:41--&gt; Monitor size and use of the working capital reserve and recommend action to the full board on any changes to the current policy;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:42--&gt; Review the financial impact of existing or proposed subsidiaries;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:43--&gt; Staff Compensation&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:44--&gt; Review and approve the annual staff country-based increases and merit plans as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer in the context of relevant market data for comparative organizations and job categories;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:45--&gt; Review changes related to the Foundation’s compensation policies that have material budgetary impact, including executive compensation, benefits, severance, and retention;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:46--&gt; Capital Management and Investments&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:47--&gt; Approve changes to the investment policy and strategy as needed;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:48--&gt; Monitor investment performance semi-annually against plan and benchmarks and approve any investment decisions as needed consistent with the Investment policy.&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:49--&gt; Receive and review an annual update on the Environmental, Social and Governmental (ESG) profile of the investment portfolio;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:50--&gt; Enterprise Risk Management&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:51--&gt; Review and discuss with management the Foundation's enterprise risk assessment, the management of major risk exposures, the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures and trends in key risk metrics, and review responsibilities related to financial compliance activities as determined by materiality and severity of non compliance;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:52--&gt; Other Matters&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:53--&gt; Review proposed changes to policies and procedures related to approval of gift acceptance and use for the Foundation and its subsidiaries including the thresholds and terms for gifts that require board approval prior to acceptance;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:54--&gt; Review and discuss trends in complaints received by the Foundation regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, or auditing matters, and the confidential submission by employees of other areas of concern regarding fraud, abuse, and other wrongdoing; and&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:55--&gt; Receive annual statistics regarding the receipt, investigation, and resolution of personnel complaints, including any concerning or notable trends;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:56--&gt; Review with the General Counsel legal matters and emerging legal trends that may have a material financial impact;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:57--&gt; At least annually, review the effects of Foundation efforts to improve the effectiveness of business operations.&lt;/translate&gt;

&lt;translate&gt;
== Procedures and Processes == &lt;!--T:58--&gt;

&lt;!--T:59--&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.

=== Meetings === &lt;!--T:60--&gt;

&lt;!--T:61--&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.

=== Reporting === &lt;!--T:62--&gt;

&lt;!--T:63--&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.

=== Self-Evaluation === &lt;!--T:64--&gt;

&lt;!--T:65--&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.

== Independent Auditors and Management == &lt;!--T:66--&gt;

&lt;!--T:67--&gt;
The Committee has the authority in consultation with the Chair of the Board, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent auditors, accountants, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. The Committee has sole authority to approve related fees and retention terms.

== Updates and Revisions == &lt;!--T:68--&gt;

&lt;!--T:69--&gt;
The Charter shall be reviewed by management and the audit committee chair annually and any proposed revisions or additions will be discussed with the Chair of the Board and the Committee before voting to approve the changes and recommend that the Board approve the revised Charter.

&lt;!--T:70--&gt;
The committee shall ensure it meets all of its responsibilities annually. Foundation management shall provide a log cross referencing the responsibilities laid out in this charter to agenda items to ensure coverage was met.
&lt;/translate&gt;

[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Audit Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>5vivxiusrhahxs44o2dl5oeiz0sc8qr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Product &amp; Technology Committee Charter</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>25405</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587114</id>
      <parentid>564912</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:53:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587114</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6981" sha1="2g7yf05cwq6ojio0ighzbdxjpc4whdd" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;!--T:1--&gt;

&lt;!--T:2--&gt;
The purpose of the Product &amp; Technology Committee is to assist the Board of Trustees (“Board”) of the Wikimedia Foundation (“Foundation”) in understanding, overseeing, and providing advice with respect to its strategies for the creation and use of technology; its investment plans and priorities (including a broad product roadmap); as well as the use of licenses, policies and practices for content reuse in support of the Foundation’s mission.

== Membership and Organization == &lt;!--T:3--&gt;

=== Committee Members === &lt;!--T:4--&gt;

&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. Of these, the Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.

&lt;!--T:6--&gt;
The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has experience with large-scale product development or technology platform management.

=== Volunteer Advisory Members === &lt;!--T:7--&gt;

&lt;!--T:8--&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members from the Community or who have special, relevant expertise, to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.

=== Foundation Staff === &lt;!--T:9--&gt;

&lt;!--T:10--&gt;
The Chief Product and Technology Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff, particularly from Advancement and Legal, to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.

== Responsibilities == &lt;!--T:11--&gt;

&lt;!--T:12--&gt;
Overall, the Committee is responsible for advising the Product &amp; Technology department on high-level strategy to ensure the Foundation has the resources and volunteer contributor support needed to enable its mission. In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may delegate further responsibilities to the Committee that are needed to further the Committee's purpose.&lt;/translate&gt;

* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:28--&gt; Oversee and advise on Foundation strategies for creating, maintaining, and sunsetting software products that enable contribution, that support readers and consumers, and that support content reuse;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:29--&gt; Understand and advise on potential and budgeted, material product and technology-related investments and investment priorities, as well as the overall product roadmap.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:30--&gt; Oversee and advise Foundation strategies for building infrastructure that enables independence for editors, product safety and integrity, and a multigenerational vision of our work;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:31--&gt; Advise and support the work with communities to decide on the opening and closure of wiki projects;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:32--&gt; Advise and support change management with community stakeholders by sharing best practices, sharing insights from volunteer communities, and communicating directly with online communities;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:33--&gt; Advise on partnership opportunities to broaden the reach and impact of Wikimedia's content and services;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:34--&gt; Advise on approaches to manage risk and build resilience in our technical, social, and legal infrastructure; and&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;

&lt;!--T:35--&gt;
Oversee and advise on the Foundation's enterprise services including strategic plans, target audiences including contractual terms, and pricing where material.

== Procedures and Processes == &lt;!--T:17--&gt;

&lt;!--T:18--&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.

=== Meetings === &lt;!--T:19--&gt;

&lt;!--T:27--&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.

=== Reporting === &lt;!--T:20--&gt;

&lt;!--T:21--&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.

=== Self-Evaluation === &lt;!--T:22--&gt;

&lt;!--T:23--&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.

== External Advisors == &lt;!--T:24--&gt;

&lt;!--T:25--&gt;
The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.

&lt;!--T:26--&gt;
The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. All expenses and costs shall be reasonable and be subject to the review of the Audit Committee.
&lt;/translate&gt;
[[Category:Product and Technology Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>2g7yf05cwq6ojio0ighzbdxjpc4whdd</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>587189</id>
      <parentid>587114</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587189</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6980" sha1="je821vnocv0sj2khs1uxohewmi9rkj8" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;!--T:1--&gt;

&lt;!--T:2--&gt;
The purpose of the Product &amp; Technology Committee is to assist the Board of Trustees (“Board”) of the Wikimedia Foundation (“Foundation”) in understanding, overseeing, and providing advice with respect to its strategies for the creation and use of technology; its investment plans and priorities (including a broad product roadmap); as well as the use of licenses, policies and practices for content reuse in support of the Foundation’s mission.

== Membership and Organization == &lt;!--T:3--&gt;

=== Committee Members === &lt;!--T:4--&gt;

&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. Of these, the Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.

&lt;!--T:6--&gt;
The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has experience with large-scale product development or technology platform management.

=== Volunteer Advisory Members === &lt;!--T:7--&gt;

&lt;!--T:8--&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members from the Community or who have special, relevant expertise, to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.

=== Foundation Staff === &lt;!--T:9--&gt;

&lt;!--T:10--&gt;
The Chief Product and Technology Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff, particularly from Advancement and Legal, to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.

== Responsibilities == &lt;!--T:11--&gt;

&lt;!--T:12--&gt;
Overall, the Committee is responsible for advising the Product &amp; Technology department on high-level strategy to ensure the Foundation has the resources and volunteer contributor support needed to enable its mission. In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may delegate further responsibilities to the Committee that are needed to further the Committee's purpose.&lt;/translate&gt;

* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:28--&gt; Oversee and advise on Foundation strategies for creating, maintaining, and sunsetting software products that enable contribution, that support readers and consumers, and that support content reuse;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:29--&gt; Understand and advise on potential and budgeted, material product and technology-related investments and investment priorities, as well as the overall product roadmap.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:30--&gt; Oversee and advise Foundation strategies for building infrastructure that enables independence for editors, product safety and integrity, and a multigenerational vision of our work;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:31--&gt; Advise and support the work with communities to decide on the opening and closure of wiki projects;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:32--&gt; Advise and support change management with community stakeholders by sharing best practices, sharing insights from volunteer communities, and communicating directly with online communities;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:33--&gt; Advise on partnership opportunities to broaden the reach and impact of Wikimedia's content and services;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:34--&gt; Advise on approaches to manage risk and build resilience in our technical, social, and legal infrastructure; and&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:35--&gt;
Oversee and advise on the Foundation's enterprise services including strategic plans, target audiences including contractual terms, and pricing where material.

== Procedures and Processes == &lt;!--T:17--&gt;

&lt;!--T:18--&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.

=== Meetings === &lt;!--T:19--&gt;

&lt;!--T:27--&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.

=== Reporting === &lt;!--T:20--&gt;

&lt;!--T:21--&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.

=== Self-Evaluation === &lt;!--T:22--&gt;

&lt;!--T:23--&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.

== External Advisors == &lt;!--T:24--&gt;

&lt;!--T:25--&gt;
The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.

&lt;!--T:26--&gt;
The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. All expenses and costs shall be reasonable and be subject to the review of the Audit Committee.
&lt;/translate&gt;
[[Category:Product and Technology Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>je821vnocv0sj2khs1uxohewmi9rkj8</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Executive Committee Charter</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>27084</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587108</id>
      <parentid>564942</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:52:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587108</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8499" sha1="65nytm8nsa1b8te1vkpiju05mh4okti" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Purpose == &lt;!--T:1--&gt;

&lt;!--T:2--&gt;
The purpose of the Executive Committee (the &quot;Committee&quot;) is to
&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:32--&gt; provide coordination and oversight for the work of the Board of Trustees (&quot;Board&quot;) of the Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;Foundation&quot;);&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:33--&gt; facilitate decision-making between Board meetings or in urgent and crisis circumstances;&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:34--&gt; assist the Board in hiring, onboarding, managing, and offboarding the Chief Executive Officer (CEO);&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:35--&gt; hold the Foundation accountable for compliance with the Human Rights policy; and&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:36--&gt; ensure that community and affiliate issues are brought to the attention of the full Board as needed.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Membership and Organization == &lt;!--T:3--&gt;

=== Committee Members === &lt;!--T:4--&gt;

&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
The members of the Committee shall be the Board Chair and the Board Vice-Chairs. Trustees shall automatically become Committee members when their terms as Board Chair or Vice-Chair begin, and their Committee membership shall end when they no longer hold those positions. The Board Chair shall be Chair of the Executive Committee.

&lt;!--T:6--&gt;
The Board may appoint additional trustees to serve as Committee members if needed. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. In addition, the Board may appoint as observers other trustees who serve as liaisons between the Board, the Foundation, and the Communities and Affiliates on various matters such as Human Rights Policy and Community and Affiliate issues.

&lt;!--T:8--&gt;
Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board.

=== Volunteer Advisory Members === &lt;!--T:9--&gt;

&lt;!--T:10--&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.

=== Foundation Staff === &lt;!--T:11--&gt;

&lt;!--T:12--&gt;
The Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.

== Responsibilities == &lt;!--T:13--&gt;

&lt;!--T:14--&gt;
In keeping with its purpose, the Committee will:
&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:37--&gt; Facilitate the smooth and efficient functioning of the Board, coordinating the work of the Board across its committees and with executive staff, and ensuring that the Board completes its necessary work while following appropriate protocols and procedures. The Committee shall keep track of the work of the other committees and task forces and identify areas where their work intersects and should be coordinated. The Committee advises the Chair of the Board on the agendas for meetings of the full Board of Trustees.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:38--&gt; Facilitate the Board committee appointment process and review the Board's officer positions at least annually.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:39--&gt; Carry out, to the extent delegated by the Board, decision-making on matters between meetings that require Board review but that do not necessarily need full board approval.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:40--&gt; Act on behalf of the Board when the Board explicitly delegates that authority via resolution or in a Board policy (such as the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Code of Conduct of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees&lt;/tvar&gt;|code of conduct]]).&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:41--&gt; Assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities related to hiring and onboarding the incoming CEO, offboarding the outgoing CEO, setting executive compensation and reviewing performance against organizational goals. These responsibilities include:&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:42--&gt; Assisting the Board in evaluating the performance of the CEO against the organizational objectives on at least an annual basis;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:43--&gt; Recommending the compensation and other terms of hiring of the CEO;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:44--&gt; Recommending the CEO's annual compensation to the Board for approval, after considering comparative data, performance, and other relevant information;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:45--&gt; Reviewing and approving annual compensation for non-CEO executives;&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:46--&gt; Ensuring that the compensation of the CEO, officers, directors, and key employees is determined on the basis of information provided by independent persons and comparability data, including a regular review process that contemporaneously substantiates deliberation and decisions; and&lt;/translate&gt;
** &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:47--&gt; Ensuring there are adequate succession plans in place for the CEO and other executive leaders.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:48--&gt; Review the Foundation’s compliance with the Human Rights Policy, including by receiving updates from staff and trustee liaisons on at least an annual basis.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:49--&gt; Receive regular updates from the Affiliations Committee and community and affiliate liaisons together with the Foundation staff on current or emerging issues and identifies those matters requiring full Board attention.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:50--&gt; Carries out other responsibilities as the Board may delegate or designate to the Committee.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Procedures and Processes == &lt;!--T:21--&gt;

&lt;!--T:22--&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.

=== Meetings === &lt;!--T:23--&gt;

&lt;!--T:24--&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.

=== Reporting === &lt;!--T:25--&gt;

&lt;!--T:26--&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.

=== Self-Evaluation === &lt;!--T:27--&gt;

&lt;!--T:28--&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.

== External Advisors == &lt;!--T:29--&gt;

&lt;!--T:30--&gt;
The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.

&lt;!--T:31--&gt;
The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties.
&lt;/translate&gt;
[[Category:Executive Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>65nytm8nsa1b8te1vkpiju05mh4okti</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>27505</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587139</id>
      <parentid>515181</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:08Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587139</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="18801" sha1="54jd27r9hgkfg26aynpsjjem3e57iba" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:25--&gt; All accounts on this wiki are expected to follow the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures&lt;/tvar&gt;|policies, guidelines, and procedures]] of [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About&lt;/tvar&gt;|this wiki]] - including the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|Conduct policy]].&lt;/translate&gt;}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:1--&gt;
This page outlines the '''accounts policy''' for the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki.

== Registered accounts == &lt;!--T:2--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{Register account button}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:3--&gt;
Anyone with a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user&lt;/tvar&gt;|registered Wikimedia account]] has an account on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki and (per this wiki's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|editing policy]]) is encouraged to participate in [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines&lt;/tvar&gt;|translation efforts]] and talk page discussions.
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;translate&gt;
== Editor group accounts == &lt;!--T:4--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
Accounts with [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:ListUsers/editor&lt;/tvar&gt;|editor group access]] are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications&lt;/tvar&gt;|Communications]] or [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department&lt;/tvar&gt;|Legal]] departments to have editor rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.

&lt;!--T:98--&gt;
Accounts in this group also have [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;#translateadmin&lt;/tvar&gt;|translation administrator rights]].

=== Expectations === &lt;!--T:14--&gt;

&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
Members of the editor group are expected to:
&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:16--&gt; Operate within this wiki's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures&lt;/tvar&gt;|policies, guidelines, and procedures]], in particular:&lt;/translate&gt;
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:17--&gt; Conduct policy&lt;/translate&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:18--&gt; Content posting guidelines&lt;/translate&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:19--&gt; Namespaces guidelines&lt;/translate&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:20--&gt; Translations guidelines&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:21--&gt; Follow this wiki's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style&lt;/tvar&gt;|manual of style]].&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:22--&gt; Familiarize yourself with this wiki's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox&lt;/tvar&gt;|editors toolbox]] and [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents&lt;/tvar&gt;|user manual]].&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:23--&gt; Join the internal &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{Wiki Slack channel link}}&lt;/tvar&gt; Slack channel.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:24--&gt; Contact the wiki's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Project:Core Administrators Team&lt;/tvar&gt;|Core Administrators Team]] with questions, problems, or for assistance.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Administrators == &lt;!--T:6--&gt;

&lt;!--T:7--&gt;
Administrators on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the Communications or Legal departments to have administrator rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.

=== Stewards and Global sysops === &lt;!--T:8--&gt;

&lt;!--T:9--&gt;
Volunteers elected to serve as [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards&lt;/tvar&gt;|Stewards]] or selected to serve as [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops&lt;/tvar&gt;|Global sysops]] also have administrator rights on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki. They may use this to engage with content or maintenance of content in [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces&lt;/tvar&gt;|namespaces]] which can be [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;4&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|edited by registered accounts]]. However, they may not edit content within the main content namespace without first checking with the Foundation.&lt;/translate&gt;
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;translate&gt;
==== Translation administrator rights ==== &lt;!--T:12--&gt;

&lt;!--T:13--&gt;
Global sysops or Stewards interested in supporting efforts to address vandalism within translations may request to be added to the &quot;[[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators&lt;/tvar&gt;|Translation administrators]]&quot; group. While Global Sysops and Stewards have many of the sysop rights on this wiki, rights associated with the Translation administrators group are necessary to manage pages [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations&lt;/tvar&gt;|setup for translation]].

&lt;!--T:99--&gt;
Accounts in the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;#editor&lt;/tvar&gt;|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.

&lt;!--T:73--&gt;
To request being added to the Translation administrators group, please post a request on the Babel page or contact the Foundation's Communications department (&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;{{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}&lt;/tvar&gt;) with your request.&lt;/translate&gt;
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;translate&gt;
== Requesting editor or administrator rights == &lt;!--T:10--&gt;

&lt;!--T:11--&gt;
Staff may contact the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators Team via the internal &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{Wiki Slack channel link}}&lt;/tvar&gt; Slack channel once receiving approval from a manager within Legal or Communications. Staff can also check the [&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki&lt;/tvar&gt; Foundation Governance Wiki page on Office Wiki] for contact information on the current project lead for Foundation Governance Wiki.

=== Steps for Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting editor rights === &lt;!--T:26--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:27--&gt; Receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization from your manager to request editor rights on this wiki.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:28--&gt; If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:29--&gt; If you are going to use the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org&lt;/tvar&gt; email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:30--&gt; If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org&lt;/tvar&gt;). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:31--&gt; You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:33--&gt; Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}&lt;/tvar&gt;, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:34--&gt; Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{Wiki Slack channel link}}&lt;/tvar&gt; Slack channel.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:35--&gt; Putting in a request to Communications department via the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org&lt;/tvar&gt; email process.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:36--&gt; Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting administrator rights === &lt;!--T:37--&gt;

&lt;!--T:38--&gt;
Generally, [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:ListGroupRights&lt;/tvar&gt;|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;{{Wiki Slack channel link}}&lt;/tvar&gt; Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.

=== Wikimedia Foundation Board Trustees requesting editor or administrator rights === &lt;!--T:39--&gt;

&lt;!--T:40--&gt;
Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.

=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards requesting translation administrator rights === &lt;!--T:41--&gt;

&lt;!--T:42--&gt;
Thank you for your interest in supporting the efforts of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! If you would like translation administrator rights simply:
&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:43--&gt; Make a request on [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Wikimedia talk:Babel&lt;/tvar&gt;|Babel]].&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:44--&gt; Or contact a member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Removal of rights == &lt;!--T:74--&gt;

&lt;!--T:75--&gt;
Due to departures, changes in roles, or unfortunately sometimes misconduct - removal of rights from an account is sometimes necessary.

=== Blocks and bans === &lt;!--T:76--&gt;

&lt;!--T:77--&gt;
Please refer to the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks&lt;/tvar&gt;|Blocks and bans]] section of this wiki's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|Conduct policy]] for more information on blocks and bans on this wiki.

=== Staff departures or change in roles === &lt;!--T:78--&gt;

&lt;!--T:79--&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.

&lt;!--T:80--&gt;
As of &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}&lt;/tvar&gt;, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).

=== Board departures === &lt;!--T:81--&gt;

&lt;!--T:82--&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.

&lt;!--T:83--&gt;
As of &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}&lt;/tvar&gt;, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:84--&gt; Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{Wiki Slack channel link}}&lt;/tvar&gt; Slack channel.&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:85--&gt; Putting in a request to Communications department via the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org&lt;/tvar&gt; email process.&lt;/translate&gt;
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;translate&gt;
== Processes for account maintenance == &lt;!--T:45--&gt;

&lt;!--T:72--&gt;
The below is intended as helpful reminders for the wiki's Core Administrators Team when processing account related requests.&lt;/translate&gt;
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Granting editor access to Foundation staff or Board accounts === &lt;!--T:46--&gt;

&lt;!--T:47--&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may provide editor access once a request is formally made.

&lt;!--T:48--&gt;
Anyone granting editor group rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:49--&gt; Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:50--&gt; If request is made via &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org&lt;/tvar&gt; email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:51--&gt; If request is made by a current member of the Foundation Board, no verification is needed.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:52--&gt; If account has not been created locally, use &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;[[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]]&lt;/tvar&gt; to create a local account.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:54--&gt; Provide requested account access to &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:100--&gt; Access to this group also provides [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;#translateadmin&lt;/tvar&gt;|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:55--&gt; Post &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{tl|welcome}}&lt;/tvar&gt; message to user's talk page using &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt;.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:56--&gt; If possible, add accountholder to the internal &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{Wiki Slack channel link}}&lt;/tvar&gt; Slack channel.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:57--&gt; If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Granting administrator access to Foundation staff or Board accounts === &lt;!--T:58--&gt;

&lt;!--T:59--&gt;
As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.

&lt;!--T:60--&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/translate&gt;

# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:61--&gt; Follow [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;#grantingeditor&lt;/tvar&gt;|above steps]] if also providing editor access.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:62--&gt; Verify the person making request has approval from their manager.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:63--&gt; Verify the account's need for administrator access has been established by the Core Administrators Team.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:64--&gt; Provide requested account access to &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:65--&gt; Notify the Core Administrators Team via the internal &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{Wiki Slack channel link}}&lt;/tvar&gt; Slack channel that access has been granted.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:66--&gt; If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Granting translation administrator access to Global Sysop or Steward accounts === &lt;!--T:67--&gt;

&lt;!--T:68--&gt;
As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.

&lt;!--T:101--&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;#editor&lt;/tvar&gt;|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.

&lt;!--T:69--&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Global Sysops or Stewards should:
&lt;/translate&gt;

# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:70--&gt; Verify the account is held by a Global Sysop or Steward.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:71--&gt; Provide requested account access to &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:102--&gt; Please note that accounts already in the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Removing editor or translation administrator rights from accounts === &lt;!--T:86--&gt;

&lt;!--T:87--&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.

&lt;!--T:88--&gt;
Anyone removing editor group rights should:
&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:89--&gt; Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.&lt;/translate&gt;
#* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:90--&gt; If person has publicly departed from their role, no additional verification is necessary.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:91--&gt; Disable requested account's access to the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; or &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; user group.&lt;/translate&gt;
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Removing administrator access from accounts === &lt;!--T:92--&gt;

&lt;!--T:93--&gt;
Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.

&lt;!--T:94--&gt;
An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;ca{{@}}wikimedia.org&lt;/tvar&gt; email address.

=== Regular audit of user group rights === &lt;!--T:95--&gt;

&lt;!--T:96--&gt;
At least once a fiscal year, the Core Administrators Team should conduct an audit of all accounts with editor, administrator, or translation administrator rights and verify each accountholder's association with the Foundation.

&lt;!--T:97--&gt;
Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;#removingadmin&lt;/tvar&gt;|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].
&lt;/translate&gt;</text>
      <sha1>54jd27r9hgkfg26aynpsjjem3e57iba</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>27612</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587138</id>
      <parentid>565048</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:56:32Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587138</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9095" sha1="etsrytsxisa88nffvldh2bl0k4ls3c2" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:2--&gt;
This '''Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki manual of style''' outlines basic guidelines which should be considered when formatting content and creating pages on this site.

&lt;!--T:3--&gt;
At all times, the needs of the specific type of content (resolution, minutes, legal document, etc.) takes precedent over any guidelines provided on this page. These guides are more to help avoid unnecessary inconsistency and guidance where the type of content does not provide an existing framework.

== General guidelines == &lt;!--T:4--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
* Try to utilize English words and phrases which will not be difficult to translate into other languages
* When in doubt, refer to manual of styles on Wikimedia project wikis or the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/tvar&gt;|&quot;Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&quot; guide on Meta-Wiki]]

=== Contractions and acronyms === &lt;!--T:14--&gt;

&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms.

&lt;!--T:16--&gt;
When using an acronym is necessary or difficult to avoid, please be sure to introduce the acronym's meaning in its usage. (example: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))

=== Dates === &lt;!--T:115--&gt;

&lt;!--T:116--&gt;
When possible the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{tl|DateT}}&lt;/tvar&gt; template should be utilized to properly format date to a user's language and preferences. Where not possible, dates should be formatted as:

&lt;!--T:117--&gt;
* Year-Month-Day as YYYY-MM-DD (example: 2024-03-01)
* Day Month Year (example: 1 March 2024)

=== Gender and pronoun usage === &lt;!--T:106--&gt;

&lt;!--T:107--&gt;
Whenever possible, gender-neutral pronouns should be used.

&lt;!--T:108--&gt;
Requests for use of specific pronouns when referring to person making the request should be honored whenever it is possible to do so. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.

&lt;!--T:109--&gt;
Existing content can be changed en masse by contacting the wiki's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team&lt;/tvar&gt;|core administrators team]].

=== Job titles === &lt;!--T:118--&gt;

&lt;!--T:119--&gt;
Job titles should be capitalized and treated as proper nouns. (examples: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)

=== Name changes === &lt;!--T:110--&gt;

&lt;!--T:111--&gt;
Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team&lt;/tvar&gt;|core administrators team]].

&lt;!--T:112--&gt;
Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.

=== Project names === &lt;!--T:120--&gt;

&lt;!--T:121--&gt;
Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.

&lt;!--T:122--&gt;
Examples:

&lt;!--T:123--&gt;
* Meta-Wiki (not Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (not Commons)
* English Wikipedia (not enWP)

== Title, header, and page name formatting == &lt;!--T:6--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:7--&gt;
Whenever possible, [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}&lt;/tvar&gt;|sentence case capitalization]] should be used for all titles, headers, and page names.

&lt;!--T:8--&gt;
The primary exception is using a flexible use of proper noun capitalization for policies and other content with a large external audience.

&lt;!--T:9--&gt;
Examples of pages where proper noun capitalization is most appropriate:

&lt;!--T:10--&gt;
* Major Organization Policy
* Board of Trustees&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:11--&gt;
* Official Board Committee
* Formal Board Resolution

&lt;!--T:12--&gt;
Examples of pages where sentence case capitalization is most appropriate:

&lt;!--T:13--&gt;
* Policy specific to only this wiki
* History of past departments
* Information from a regular board meeting

=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles === &lt;!--T:124--&gt;

&lt;!--T:125--&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.

=== Page titles for Legal, Minutes, Policies, and Resolutions namespaces === &lt;!--T:33--&gt;

&lt;!--T:34--&gt;
Page titles should be altered with &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; as needed - with inclusion of Wikimedia or Wikimedia Foundation in title as appropriate. Pages using the &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; should '''not''' have their page title's marked for translation as well.
&lt;/translate&gt;

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:97--&gt;
Pages properly formatted to review for additional help:&lt;/translate&gt;

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:98--&gt; Policy:Universal Code of Conduct&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:99--&gt; Policy:Terms of Use&lt;/translate&gt;]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;translate&gt;
== Namespace placement == &lt;!--T:17--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:18--&gt;
Whenever possible, content should be placed within these namespaces to facilitate greater searching of content.
&lt;/translate&gt;
;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:19--&gt; Main namespace&lt;/translate&gt;
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:20--&gt; General content, navigational pages, or content without a clear namespace&lt;/translate&gt;
;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:21--&gt; Talk namespaces&lt;/translate&gt;
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:22--&gt; Discussions and archives of discussions&lt;/translate&gt;
; Wikimedia
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:23--&gt; Content related to operations of [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]&lt;/translate&gt;
; Policy
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:24--&gt; Wikimedia Foundation and Wikimedia Movement [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policies&lt;/tvar&gt;|policies]]&lt;/translate&gt;
; Resolution
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:25--&gt; [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions&lt;/tvar&gt;|Resolutions]] by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/translate&gt;
; Legal
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:26--&gt; Wikimedia Foundation [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation&lt;/tvar&gt;|legal documentation]]&lt;/translate&gt;
; Agenda
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:102--&gt; Agendas of [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Meetings&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/translate&gt;
; Minutes
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:27--&gt; Minutes of [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Meetings&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/translate&gt;
; Committee
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:103--&gt; Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/translate&gt;
; Endowment
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:104--&gt; Content related to the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia Endowment]]&lt;/translate&gt;
; Memory
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:105--&gt; [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge&lt;/tvar&gt;|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/translate&gt;
; Archive
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:28--&gt; [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main&lt;/tvar&gt;|Archived]] or historical content no longer in active use on this wiki and available for migration to another wiki (generally [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page&lt;/tvar&gt;|Meta-Wiki]])&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Usage of Resolutions namespace === &lt;!--T:29--&gt;

&lt;!--T:30--&gt;
Content placed within the Resolutions namespace should be resolutions which were considered by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. The &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{tl|resolution}}&lt;/tvar&gt; template should be used at the top of resolution pages for proper formatting.

=== Usage of Policies namespace === &lt;!--T:31--&gt;

&lt;!--T:32--&gt;
Content placed within the Policies namespace should be official Wikimedia Foundation policies. The &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{tl|Policy-board}}&lt;/tvar&gt; or &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;{{tl|Policy-staff}}&lt;/tvar&gt; templates should be used to help with displaying information for readers.
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;translate&gt;
== Category placement == &lt;!--T:100--&gt;

&lt;!--T:101--&gt;
All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:Category:All&lt;/tvar&gt;|Category:All]] category tree:&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Translations == &lt;!--T:113--&gt;

&lt;!--T:114--&gt;
:''Please see the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style&lt;/tvar&gt;|Translations manual of style]] within the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines&lt;/tvar&gt;|Translations guidelines]].''
&lt;/translate&gt;</text>
      <sha1>etsrytsxisa88nffvldh2bl0k4ls3c2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>29449</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587195</id>
      <parentid>539460</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:59Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587195</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7520" sha1="hf974732mifda15srgieywrisrhfy48" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:1--&gt;
The '''IP Information tool''' helps users protect the Wikimedia projects by providing information they need about IP addresses. As a condition of access, users must agree to the following policy.
&lt;/translate&gt;
== {{int string|Background}} ==

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:3--&gt;
Wikimedia Sites are the collaborative product of a global community of volunteer users. The Sites can be edited with or without signing into a Wikimedia account.&lt;/translate&gt; &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:88--&gt; Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.&lt;/translate&gt;
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:6--&gt;
The IP Information tool was developed to help streamline anti-abuse work centered on the edits of unregistered and non-logged-in contributors.

== Requirements for access == &lt;!--T:8--&gt;

&lt;!--T:89--&gt;
Users who meet the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access&lt;/tvar&gt;|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).

=== Removal of access === &lt;!--T:10--&gt;

&lt;!--T:11--&gt;
Users may voluntarily give up their access to the tool at any time by visiting Special:Preferences.

&lt;!--T:12--&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards&lt;/tvar&gt;|steward]] by placing a request on [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access&lt;/tvar&gt;|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety&lt;/tvar&gt;|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through &lt;tvar name=&quot;4&quot;&gt;'''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}'''&lt;/tvar&gt; and user access removed in line with the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;5&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions&lt;/tvar&gt;|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;6&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;7&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission&lt;/tvar&gt;|ombuds commission]].

&lt;!--T:13--&gt;
To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool. Further details are provided below.

== Use and disclosure of IP information == &lt;!--T:14--&gt;

&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (&quot;IP information&quot;) may be disclosed.

=== Use of IP information === &lt;!--T:16--&gt;

&lt;!--T:90--&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses&lt;/tvar&gt;|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].

&lt;!--T:18--&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.

&lt;!--T:19--&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds&lt;/tvar&gt; Spur feeds] via the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;wikitech:Service/IPoid&lt;/tvar&gt;|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf&lt;/tvar&gt; GeoLite2 databases] (&lt;tvar name=&quot;6&quot;&gt;{{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}&lt;/tvar&gt;). Use of the tool is subject to the [&lt;tvar name=&quot;4&quot;&gt;https://spur.us/terms/&lt;/tvar&gt; Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [&lt;tvar name=&quot;5&quot;&gt;https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement&lt;/tvar&gt; MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
&lt;/translate&gt;
*&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:20--&gt; Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.&lt;/translate&gt;
*&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:21--&gt; Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.&lt;/translate&gt;
*&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:22--&gt; Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:23--&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.

=== Disclosure === &lt;!--T:24--&gt;

&lt;!--T:25--&gt;
In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
&lt;/translate&gt;
*&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:27--&gt; All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:Log/rights&lt;/tvar&gt;|Special:Log/&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;rights&lt;/tvar&gt;]] page for the &lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;ipinfo-viewer&lt;/tvar&gt; right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/translate&gt;
*&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:26--&gt; Users who have agreed to the separate [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure&lt;/tvar&gt;|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions&lt;/tvar&gt;|approved exceptions]] under that policy).&lt;/translate&gt;

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:28--&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm&lt;/tvar&gt;|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;{{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}}&lt;/tvar&gt; with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/translate&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:91--&gt; Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:92--&gt; IP Info project page&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:93--&gt; with information for temporary account holders&lt;/translate&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>hf974732mifda15srgieywrisrhfy48</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/en</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>31551</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587203</id>
      <parentid>539510</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587203</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6376" sha1="n27g1houensrgwbbnhkt9nyqwx4ii7j" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
The '''IP Information tool''' helps users protect the Wikimedia projects by providing information they need about IP addresses. As a condition of access, users must agree to the following policy.
== {{int string|Background}} ==

Wikimedia Sites are the collaborative product of a global community of volunteer users. The Sites can be edited with or without signing into a Wikimedia account. Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

The IP Information tool was developed to help streamline anti-abuse work centered on the edits of unregistered and non-logged-in contributors.

== Requirements for access ==

Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).

=== Removal of access ===

Users may voluntarily give up their access to the tool at any time by visiting Special:Preferences.

Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].

To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool. Further details are provided below.

== Use and disclosure of IP information ==

Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (&quot;IP information&quot;) may be disclosed.

=== Use of IP information ===

The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].

The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.

Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Spur feeds] via the [[wikitech:Service/IPoid|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf GeoLite2 databases] ({{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}). Use of the tool is subject to the [https://spur.us/terms/ Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
*Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.
*Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.
*Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.

=== Disclosure ===

In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
*All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.
*Users who have agreed to the separate [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions|approved exceptions]] under that policy).

If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|Temporary Accounts project page]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|IP Info project page]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – with information for temporary account holders

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>n27g1houensrgwbbnhkt9nyqwx4ii7j</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/tr</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>31608</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587210</id>
      <parentid>539519</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587210</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7913" sha1="hkj81wlx9sg3j55zqlvvucoihtkwb0n" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
'''IP Bilgisi aracı''', IP adresleri hakkında kullanıcıların ihtiyaç duydukları bilgileri onlara sağlayarak Wikimedia projelerinin korunmasına yardımcı olur. Kullanıcılar, araca erişmek için, aşağıdaki yönergeleri kabul etmek zorundadır.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|Background}} ==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia siteleri, küresel topluluktaki gönüllü kullanıcıların ortak bir ürünüdür. Siteler, oturum açma veya kayıt olma gereksinimi olmadan, herkes tarafından düzenlenebilir.
&lt;/div&gt; &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.&lt;/span&gt;
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
IP Bilgileri aracı, kayıtlı olmayan ve oturum açmamış kullanıcıların düzenlemelerine odaklanır ve kötüye kullanımla (vandalizm) mücadele çalışmalarını kolaylaştırmak amacıyla geliştirilmiştir.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Requirements_for_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==Erişim için gereklilikler==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===Erişimin iptal edilmesi===

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Kullanıcılar, herhangi bir zamanda ve kendi istekleri doğrultusunda araca olan erişimlerini [[$1|Özel:Tercihler]] sayfasından iptal edebilir.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Hesap verebilirliği sağlamak için araç kullanımının ve hangi kullanıcıların araca erişiminin olduğunun bir günlüğü tutulur.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_and_disclosure_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==IP bilgisinin kullanımı ve ifşa edilmesi==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
IP bilgisi aracının kullanımı, belirli şartlar ve durumlar ile kısıtlıdır. Bu başlık, aracın kullanılabileceği durumları ve bu araç aracılığıyla elde edilen bilgilerin (IP bilgileri) ne zaman açıklanabileceğini içerir.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===IP bilgisinin kullanımı===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Spur feeds] via the [[wikitech:Service/IPoid|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf GeoLite2 databases] ({{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}). Use of the tool is subject to the [https://spur.us/terms/ Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
&lt;/div&gt;
*Aracın kullanımında makul olarak gerekli olmadığı sürece araçtan herhangi bir bilgiyi kullanmayın, kopyalamayın veya benzer nitelikte çalışmalar yapmayın.
*Sizden başka hiçbir kullanıcının aracı kullanmasına izin vermeyin.
*Bir kullanıcının gerçek adını veya konum bilgisini belirlemek amacıyla aracı kullanmayın.
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Disclosure&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===İfşa===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Users who have agreed to the separate [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions|approved exceptions]] under that policy).&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>hkj81wlx9sg3j55zqlvvucoihtkwb0n</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/zh</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>35902</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587213</id>
      <parentid>562447</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:30Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587213</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7793" sha1="921ehghaxnxpvpfkdfm0cz1oyxu1kkn" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
'''IP-{zh-hans:信息;zh-hant:資訊;}-工具'''-{zh-hans:通过;zh-hant:透過;}-提供-{zh-hans:用户;zh-hant:用戶;zh-tw:使用者;}-所需關於IP-{zh-hans:地址;zh-tw:位址}-的-{zh-hans:信息;zh-hant:資訊;}-來幫助他們保護維基媒體計畫，作為-{zh-hans:访问;zh-hant:存取;}-條件，-{zh-hans:用户;zh-hant:用戶;zh-tw:使用者;}-必須同意以下政策。
== {{int string|Background}} ==

维基媒体站点是来自全域社群的众多志愿者合作的产物。无论是否注册维基媒体帐户都可以进行编辑。 特定注册用户能获取关于IP地址的数量受限的信息，以帮助他们实行基于维基媒体基金会或用户社区的政策，或调查可能违反这些政策的行为。
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

提高对于未注册或未登录的贡献者的反破坏工作效率，是IP-{zh-hans:信息;zh-hant:資訊;}-工具的开发目标。

&lt;span id=&quot;Requirements_for_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== -{zh-hans:访问;zh-hant:存取;}-的最低要求 ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 移除權限 ===

用户可随时通过[[Special:Preferences|个人设置]]自愿放弃他们使用此工具的权限。

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool. Further details are provided below.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Use and disclosure of IP information ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (&quot;IP information&quot;) may be disclosed.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Use of IP information ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Spur feeds] via the [[wikitech:Service/IPoid|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf GeoLite2 databases] ({{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}). Use of the tool is subject to the [https://spur.us/terms/ Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Disclosure ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Users who have agreed to the separate [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions|approved exceptions]] under that policy).&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>921ehghaxnxpvpfkdfm0cz1oyxu1kkn</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>37630</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587141</id>
      <parentid>429882</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:31Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587141</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5282" sha1="ndkel8l3bo2a4z4tl461y6wutfewkvs" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:5--&gt; These pages - primarily templates - are duplicates from other Wikimedia wikis and should be synchronized whenever possible for maintenance purposes:&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;translate&gt;
== General purpose == &lt;!--T:6--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;translate&gt;
== Navigation related == &lt;!--T:7--&gt;

&lt;!--T:8--&gt;
Links may need to be localized to this wiki.
&lt;/translate&gt;
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;translate&gt;
== Translations related == &lt;!--T:9--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:1--&gt; Page on this wiki&lt;/translate&gt; !! &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:2--&gt; Original page to sync with&lt;/translate&gt; !! &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:3--&gt; Origin wiki&lt;/translate&gt; !! &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:4--&gt; Translations available&lt;/translate&gt;
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:10--&gt; Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:11--&gt; Category:Duplicated Wikidata content&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:12--&gt; Wikimedia:Translations&lt;/translate&gt;]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>ndkel8l3bo2a4z4tl461y6wutfewkvs</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/vi</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>38038</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587212</id>
      <parentid>492397</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:30Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587212</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8067" sha1="c0qou0sft6tcmrv1cweeml1ghc0cav2" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Công cụ '''Thông tin IP''' giúp người dùng bảo vệ các dự án Wikimedia bằng cách cung cấp thông tin cần thiết về địa chỉ IP. Như một điều kiện để sử dụng, người dùng phải đồng ý với những nguyên tắc sau.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|Background}} ==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Các dự án Wikimedia là sản phẩm hợp tác của cộng đồng người dùng tình nguyện toàn cầu. Các trang này có thể được chỉnh sửa mà không cần tài khoản Wikimedia và cũng có thể được chỉnh sửa bằng tài khoản hoặc không.
&lt;/div&gt; &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.&lt;/span&gt;
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Tính năng &quot;Thông tin IP&quot; được phát triển để giúp hợp lý hóa công việc chống lạm dụng, tập trung vào các chỉnh sửa của những người chưa đăng ký và chưa đăng nhập.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Requirements_for_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==Yêu cầu tối thiểu==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===Thu hồi quyền truy cập===

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Người dùng có thể tự nguyện từ bỏ quyền truy cập của họ vào công cụ bất kỳ lúc nào bằng cách truy cập [[$1|Special:Prefrences]].
&lt;/div&gt;

Những lo ngại về khả năng lạm dụng công cụ Thông tin IP có thể được chuyển đến các [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|tiếp viên]] bằng cách tạo một yêu cầu trên [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Yêu cầu tiếp viên/Quyền#Thu hồi quyền]]. Các tiếp viên được ủy quyền chấm dứt quyền truy cập của người dùng vào công cụ Thông tin IP nếu người dùng được xác định là đã sử dụng công cụ sai mục đích hoặc lạm dụng. Nếu cần, bạn có thể yêu cầu nhóm [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Tin cậy và An toàn]] của Quỹ Wikimedia để xem xét thông qua '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' và quyền truy cập của người dùng sẽ bị thu hồi theo [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Chính sách hành động của Văn phòng]]. Các khiếu nại về việc vi phạm [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Chính sách quyền riêng tư]] sẽ được chuyển lên để [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ủy ban thanh tra]] xem xét.

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Để đảm bảo trách nhiệm giải trình, một nhật trình sẽ được lưu giữ về việc sử dụng công cụ và người dùng có quyền truy cập vào công cụ đó.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_and_disclosure_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==Sử dụng và tiết lộ thông tin IP==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Việc sử dụng công cụ Thông tin IP được giới hạn trong một số trường hợp và ngữ cảnh nhất định. Phần này bao gồm các tình huống mà công cụ có thể được sử dụng và khi nào thông tin thu được thông qua công cụ này (thông tin IP) có thể được tiết lộ.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Sử dụng thông tin IP ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

Công cụ này không được sử dụng một cách bất hợp pháp và không được sử dụng để đe dọa hoặc gây áp lực một cách không thích đáng cho những người sử dụng dự án Wikimedia không tham gia vào hoạt động bị cấm.

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Thông tin do công cụ cung cấp không được đảm bảo là chính xác. Vì không tồn tại sự thay thế nguồn mở nào cho thông tin này, công cụ Thông tin IP hiện tại chỉ hiển thị dữ liệu từ [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Cơ sở dữ liệu GeoIP2] của MaxMind. Theo đó, việc sử dụng công cụ phải tuân theo [wikitech:Service/IPoid Thỏa thuận cấp phép người dùng cuối của MaxMind], bao gồm các hạn chế sau:
&lt;/div&gt;
*Không sử dụng, sao chép hoặc tạo ra các phiên bản phái sinh của bất kỳ thông tin nào từ công cụ trừ khi được yêu cầu hợp lý khi sử dụng công cụ.
*Không cho phép bất kỳ ai khác ngoài bạn sử dụng công cụ này.
*Không sử dụng công cụ cho mục đích xác định tên thật hoặc địa chỉ thực của người dùng.
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Phần mềm được lưu trữ bên ngoài sẽ không được cấp quyền sử dụng công cụ Thông tin IP do việc sử dụng dữ liệu độc quyền của MaxMind trong công cụ.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Disclosure&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===Tiết lộ===

Trong quá trình giữ cho các dự án Wikimedia và người dùng an toàn, đôi khi người dùng có thể cần phải tiết lộ thông tin IP cho các bên thứ ba. Tiết lộ được phép chỉ giới hạn trong các trường hợp sau:
*&lt;span class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;Tất cả người dùng công cụ này có thể tiết lộ thông tin IP cho những người dùng khác có cùng quyền truy cập hoặc cao hơn nếu cần. Để kiểm tra xem người dùng có quyền truy cập vào công cụ hay không, vui lòng kiểm tra quyền ipinfo-viewer tại [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] của thành viên trên dự án Wikimedia. Khi có thể, người dùng nên hướng những người dùng khác đến trang đóng góp có liên quan thay vì tiết lộ thông tin IP trực tiếp.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;Người dùng đã đồng ý với [[m:Access_to_nonpublic_personal_data_policy#Use_and_disclosure_of_nonpublic_information|chính sách Quyền truy cập riêng vào dữ liệu cá nhân không công khai]] có thể tiết lộ thông tin IP khi được cho phép theo chính sách đó.&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Nếu thông tin IP cần được tiết lộ liên quan đến [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|mối đe dọa về tổn hại vật lý]], ngay lập tức gửi email cho {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} kèm theo các chi tiết của yêu cầu để có thể đánh giá xem Tổ chức có thể tiết lộ hay không.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>c0qou0sft6tcmrv1cweeml1ghc0cav2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/en-ca</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>38760</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587204</id>
      <parentid>492387</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587204</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6881" sha1="q9xh8gs69gguwp2cdb4lppleg1tz6up" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The '''IP Information tool''' helps users protect the Wikimedia projects by providing information they need about IP addresses. As a condition of access, users must agree to the following policy.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|Background}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Sites are the collaborative product of a global community of volunteer users. The Sites can be edited with or without signing into a Wikimedia account.
&lt;/div&gt; &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.&lt;/span&gt;
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The IP Information tool was developed to help streamline anti-abuse work centered on the edits of unregistered and non-logged-in contributors.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Requirements for access ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===Removal of access===

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Users may voluntarily give up their access to the tool at any time by visiting [[$1|Special:Preferences]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_and_disclosure_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==Use and disclosure of IP information==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (IP information) may be disclosed.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Use of IP information ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. Because no open-source alternative exists for this information, the IP Information tool currently displays data from MaxMind's [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds GeoIP2 databases]. Accordingly, use of the tool is subject to the [wikitech:Service/IPoid MaxMind End User License Agreement], including the following restrictions:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Disclosure&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===Disclosure===

In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
*&lt;span class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with the same or higher access rights as needed. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site’s [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;Users who have agreed to the separate [[m:Access_to_nonpublic_personal_data_policy#Use_and_disclosure_of_nonpublic_information|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may disclose IP information as permitted under that policy.&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible Foundation disclosure.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>q9xh8gs69gguwp2cdb4lppleg1tz6up</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>39197</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587140</id>
      <parentid>429894</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587140</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="11416" sha1="jbvb00701wj4t6xqnoef15dv40imqws" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:70--&gt; Tourists looking at the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}}&lt;/tvar&gt; inside the &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;{{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}&lt;/tvar&gt;&lt;/translate&gt;]]
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:1--&gt;
This page contains information on '''translating content on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki'''.
&lt;/translate&gt;

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:22--&gt;
Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki uses the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate&lt;/tvar&gt;|Translation extension]] to handle translation of page content. Anyone with a registered Wikimedia user account is able to offer translations using this system.

&lt;!--T:23--&gt;
The wiki's sidebar and interface text are managed through traditional MediaWiki systems.

== Translations manual of style == &lt;!--T:75--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Gendering of words === &lt;!--T:76--&gt;

&lt;!--T:77--&gt;
With languages that &quot;gender&quot; some words, gender-neutral variations of those words should be used whenever possible.

== Important links == &lt;!--T:3--&gt;

=== Sidebar translations === &lt;!--T:4--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
:&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:59--&gt; ''To translate sidebar entries, please go to: &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;[[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]&lt;/tvar&gt;''&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
Users with administrator or interface administrator rights can make translations directly using the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations&lt;/tvar&gt;|usual steps for a MediaWiki site]]. Due to the potential for abuse given the high-traffic nature of this content, only users with these approved rights (or higher) may enter these translations.

&lt;!--T:6--&gt;
All other [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user&lt;/tvar&gt;|users]] may offer translations at [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]] and then [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Wikimedia talk:Babel&lt;/tvar&gt;|alert an administrator]] to the updates you have made.&lt;/translate&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Translation templates === &lt;!--T:12--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:61--&gt;
Templates and modules with content and related translations from other wikis should be used as much as possible to avoid workload for translators across wikis.
&lt;/translate&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;translate&gt;
=== Additional translations from translatewiki.net === &lt;!--T:68--&gt;

&lt;!--T:69--&gt;
In addition to already mentioned usages of translation from [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], the below translations are also pulled from translatewiki.net.
&lt;/translate&gt;

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;translate&gt;
== Tips for translators == &lt;!--T:62--&gt;

&lt;!--T:63--&gt;
Feel free to add your own tips!

&lt;!--T:64--&gt;
* Some content may be placed within templates being used by the page you are translating. You may want to check the original page's wiki code for any templates in need of translating&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:65--&gt;
* Translate the namespace for pages. Many within namespaces have a &quot;proper page title&quot; further within the page's content. See the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles&lt;/tvar&gt;|Manual of style]] for more information on page title headers.

== Tips for page editors and translation admins == &lt;!--T:46--&gt;

&lt;!--T:47--&gt;
Before beginning and when you are unsure what to do, always begin by reviewing the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example&lt;/tvar&gt;|&quot;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&quot;]] and [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate&lt;/tvar&gt;|Translate extension documentation]].

&lt;!--T:48--&gt;
To reduce the amount of repetitive work for translations, please use templates and others features available through [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content&lt;/tvar&gt;|duplicated content efforts]].

&lt;!--T:49--&gt;
For consistency across this wiki and whenever possible:

&lt;!--T:50--&gt;
* In bullet lists of links, setup relevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags only within the link's text.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:51--&gt;
* Always include italics formatting code (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) within the content's elevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:52--&gt;
* With the exception of the [[Home]] page and other possible unique exceptions, the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag for any translated page should be at the very top of the page above any information boxes (aka infoboxes and hatnotes).&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:53--&gt;
* &quot;Number&quot; based entries in templates should always include their number alias rather than be based on the entries place within the template. For example: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:54--&gt;
* Generally, &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags should be named using a number (1, 2, 3, etc.) based on its placement within a specific set of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags or autogenerated &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag. Once a tvar name is placed, it should not be renamed.&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:55--&gt;
* Bullet lists which have the potential for frequent updates - such as this one - should have each entry separated with its own &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags. All other bullet lists should be broken up every 2-4 entries depending on size of the entries.

=== Staff able to support your efforts === &lt;!--T:66--&gt;

&lt;!--T:67--&gt;
These are staff with active editor or administrator accounts on this wiki who ''might'' be able to support your efforts to setup content for translation. Please note that you should not expect these people to do your content setup work for you, but rather help answer your questions and support building your capacity in this area of wiki editing. Please feel free to add your own username if you are interested in supporting your colleagues.&lt;/translate&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;translate&gt;
== Relevant resources == &lt;!--T:13--&gt;

=== Wikimedia resources === &lt;!--T:78--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:73--&gt; Common messages&lt;/translate&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:74--&gt; Commonly used built-in messages&lt;/translate&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:16--&gt; Information on translating sidebar&lt;/translate&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:14--&gt; Tutorial for content translation&lt;/translate&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:15--&gt; Tutorial for setting content up for translation&lt;/translate&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:71--&gt; Understanding translation administration&lt;/translate&gt;]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;translate&gt;
=== External resources === &lt;!--T:79--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:80--&gt; [&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf&lt;/tvar&gt; German guide to inclusive language] (PDF) (City of Graz)&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Templates to monitor == &lt;!--T:56--&gt;

&lt;!--T:57--&gt;
These translatable templates should be monitored and updated routinely as needed:
&lt;/translate&gt;
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;translate&gt;
== Related policies == &lt;!--T:17--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:18--&gt; Accounts policy&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:19--&gt; Conduct policy&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:20--&gt; Editing policy&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:60--&gt; Policy posting guidelines&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:21--&gt; Scope&lt;/translate&gt;]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:58--&gt; Wikimedia:Duplicated content&lt;/translate&gt;]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:45--&gt; Babylon: Wikimedia translators' portal on Meta-Wiki&lt;/translate&gt;]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>jbvb00701wj4t6xqnoef15dv40imqws</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/en</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>39220</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587159</id>
      <parentid>429896</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587159</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9703" sha1="qpxx28umqxpp56p0jyq0s3bvqchxb2n" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|Tourists looking at the {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} inside the {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}]]
This page contains information on '''translating content on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki'''.

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki uses the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translation extension]] to handle translation of page content. Anyone with a registered Wikimedia user account is able to offer translations using this system.

The wiki's sidebar and interface text are managed through traditional MediaWiki systems.

== Translations manual of style ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
=== Gendering of words ===

With languages that &quot;gender&quot; some words, gender-neutral variations of those words should be used whenever possible.

== Important links ==

=== Sidebar translations ===
:''To translate sidebar entries, please go to: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
Users with administrator or interface administrator rights can make translations directly using the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|usual steps for a MediaWiki site]]. Due to the potential for abuse given the high-traffic nature of this content, only users with these approved rights (or higher) may enter these translations.

All other [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|users]] may offer translations at [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]] and then [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|alert an administrator]] to the updates you have made.
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
=== Translation templates ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
Templates and modules with content and related translations from other wikis should be used as much as possible to avoid workload for translators across wikis.
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
=== Additional translations from translatewiki.net ===

In addition to already mentioned usages of translation from [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], the below translations are also pulled from translatewiki.net.

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
== Tips for translators ==

Feel free to add your own tips!

* Some content may be placed within templates being used by the page you are translating. You may want to check the original page's wiki code for any templates in need of translating
* Translate the namespace for pages. Many within namespaces have a &quot;proper page title&quot; further within the page's content. See the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Manual of style]] for more information on page title headers.

== Tips for page editors and translation admins ==

Before beginning and when you are unsure what to do, always begin by reviewing the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&quot;]] and [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translate extension documentation]].

To reduce the amount of repetitive work for translations, please use templates and others features available through [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|duplicated content efforts]].

For consistency across this wiki and whenever possible:

* In bullet lists of links, setup relevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags only within the link's text.
* Always include italics formatting code (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) within the content's elevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags.
* With the exception of the [[Home]] page and other possible unique exceptions, the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag for any translated page should be at the very top of the page above any information boxes (aka infoboxes and hatnotes).
* &quot;Number&quot; based entries in templates should always include their number alias rather than be based on the entries place within the template. For example: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
* Generally, &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags should be named using a number (1, 2, 3, etc.) based on its placement within a specific set of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags or autogenerated &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag. Once a tvar name is placed, it should not be renamed.
* Bullet lists which have the potential for frequent updates - such as this one - should have each entry separated with its own &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags. All other bullet lists should be broken up every 2-4 entries depending on size of the entries.

=== Staff able to support your efforts ===

These are staff with active editor or administrator accounts on this wiki who ''might'' be able to support your efforts to setup content for translation. Please note that you should not expect these people to do your content setup work for you, but rather help answer your questions and support building your capacity in this area of wiki editing. Please feel free to add your own username if you are interested in supporting your colleagues.

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
== Relevant resources ==

=== Wikimedia resources ===
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|Common messages]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|Commonly used built-in messages]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|Information on translating sidebar]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|Tutorial for content translation]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|Tutorial for setting content up for translation]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|Understanding translation administration]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
=== External resources ===
* [https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf German guide to inclusive language] (PDF) (City of Graz)
== Templates to monitor ==

These translatable templates should be monitored and updated routinely as needed:
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
== Related policies ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|Accounts policy]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|Editing policy]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|Policy posting guidelines]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|Scope]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Wikimedia:Duplicated content]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|Babylon: Wikimedia translators' portal on Meta-Wiki]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>qpxx28umqxpp56p0jyq0s3bvqchxb2n</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/de</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>39227</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587157</id>
      <parentid>429895</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:52Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587157</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="11151" sha1="h4kxvjk1bpn8u2f9u79nxylvgq9mk8t" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|Touristen sehen sich den {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} im {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}} an]]
Diese Seite enthält Informationen zur '''Übersetzung von Inhalten im Verwaltungswiki der Wikimedia-Stiftung'''.

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

Das Verwaltungswiki der Wikimedia-Stiftung nutzt die [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Übersetzungserweiterung]] für die Übersetzung von Seiteninhalten. Jeder mit einem Wikimedia-Benutzerkonto kann über dieses System Übersetzungen bereitstellen.

Die Seitenleiste des Wikis und Texte der Benutzeroberfläche werden über traditionelle MediaWiki-Systeme verwaltet.

&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_manual_of_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Handbuch für Übersetzungen ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Gendering_of_words&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Gendern von Wörtern ===

Bei Sprachen, die einige Wörter &quot;gendern&quot;, sollten geschlechtsneutrale Varianten genutzt werden, sofern dies möglich ist.

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Wichtige Links ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Übersetzungen der Seitenleiste ===
:''Um Einträge der Seitenleiste zu übersetzen, gehe bitte auf: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
Benutzer mit Administrator- oder Benutzeroberflächenadministratorrechten können Übersetzungen direkt vornehmen, indem sie die [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|üblichen Schritte für eine MediaWiki-Seite befolgen]]. Aufgrund des Missbrauchspotenzials durch die hohe Sichtbarkeit dieses Inhalts können nur Benutzer mit diesen genehmigten (oder höheren) Rechten diese Übersetzungen eingeben.

Alle anderen [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|Benutzer]] können Übersetzungen auf [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Übersetzungsleitfaden/Seitenleiste]] vorschlagen und dann [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|einen Administrator benachrichtigen]], damit deine Änderungen übernommen werden.
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Übersetzungsvorlagen ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
Vorlagen und Module mit Inhalten und zugehörigen Übersetzungen aus anderen Wikis sollten soweit wie möglich genutzt werden, um die Arbeit für Übersetzer in verschiedenen Wikis zu reduzieren.
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Additional_translations_from_translatewiki.net&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Zusätzliche Übersetzungen von translatewiki.net ===

Zusätzlich zur bereits erwähnten Verwendung von Übersetzungen von [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], werden auch die folgenden Übersetzungen von translatewiki.net bezogen.

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tipps für Übersetzer ==

Fühle dich frei, deine eigenen Tipps hinzuzufügen!

* Manche Inhalte können sich in Vorlagen befinden, die von der Seite genutzt werden, die du übersetzt. Möglicherweise möchtest du dir den Quelltext der Ursprungsseite ansehen, um Vorlagen zu finden, die übersetzt werden müssen.
* übersetze den Namensraum für Seiten. Einige haben einen &quot;richtigen Seitentitel&quot; im Inhalt der Seite. Siehe das [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Formatierungshandbuch]] für weitere Informationen zu Seitentiteln.

&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_page_editors_and_translation_admins&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tipps für Editoren und Übersetzungsadministratoren ==

Bevor du anfängst und wenn du dir unsicher bist, solltest du dir als erstes die [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Anleitung zum Bereitstellen von Inhalten zur Übersetzung&quot;]] und die [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Dokumentation der Übersetzungserweiterung]] ansehen.

Um den Umfang wiederholter Arbeit für Übersetzer zu reduzieren, nutze bitte Vorlagen und andere Funktionen, die über [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Bemühungen um duplizierte Inhalte]] verfügbar sind.

Für die Konsistenz in diesem Wiki und wann immer möglich:

* Setze bei Aufzählungen von Links die &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;-Markierungen nur in den Text des Links.
* Setze den Code für Kursivschrift (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) in die entsprechenden &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;-Markierungen des Inhalts.
* Mit Ausnahme der [[Home/de|Hauptseite]] und möglicherweise anderen Einzelfällen sollte sich die Markierung &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; ganz oben auf jeder übersetzten Seite über allen Informationsboxen (auch bekannt als Infoboxen) befinden.
* &quot;Nummern&quot;basierte Einträge in Vorlagen sollten immer ihren Nummernalias enthalten, statt sich auf die Position der Einträge innerhalb der Vorlage zu verlassen. Zum Beispiel: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{Beispiel|Text|Information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; sollte &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{Beispiel|1=Text|2=Information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; sein
* Die Markierungen &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; sollten mit einer Zahl (1, 2, 3, etc.) basierend auf ihrer Platzierung innerhalb eines bestimmten Paares von &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;-Markierungen oder automatisch generierten &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;-Markierungen benannt werden. Nachdem ein tvar-Name festgelegt wurde, sollte er nicht umbenannt werden.
* Bei Listen, die potenziell häufig aktualisiert werden - wie dieser - sollte jeder Eintrag seine eigenen &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;-Markierungen haben. Alle anderen Listen sollten abhängig von der Größe der Einträge nach zwei bis vier Einträgen unterbrochen werden.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_able_to_support_your_efforts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mitarbeiter, die deine Bemühungen unterstützen können ===

Dies sind Mitarbeiter mit Editoren- oder Administratorrechten in diesem Wiki, die dich ''möglicherweise'' bei deinen Bemühungen, Inhalte zur Übersetzung aufzusetzen, unterstützen können. Bitte beachte, dass du von diesen Personen nicht erwarten solltest, dass sie deine Arbeit übernehmen, sondern dadurch helfen, dass sie deine Fragen beantworten und dir dabei helfen, deine Fähigkeiten in diesem Bereich der Wiki-Bearbeitung aufzubauen. Bitte fühle dich frei, deinen eigenen Benutzernamen hinzuzufügen, wenn du daran interessiert bist, deine Kollegen zu unterstützen.

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Relevante Ressourcen ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Wikimedia-Ressourcen ===
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|Häufige Nachrichten]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|Häufig genutzte vordefinierte Nachrichten]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|Informationen zur Übersetzung der Seitenleiste]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|Anleitung für die Inhaltsübersetzung]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|Anleitung für das Markieren von Inhalten zur Übersetzung]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|Die Übersetzungsadministration verstehen]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;span id=&quot;External_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Externe Ressourcen ===
* [https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf Deutscher Leitfaden zu inklusiver Sprache] (PDF) (Stadt Graz)
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Zu beobachtende Vorlagen ==

Diese übersetzbaren Vorlagen sollten beobachtet und bei Bedarf regelmäßig aktualisiert werden:
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Verwandte Richtlinien ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|Konten-Richtlinie]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Verhaltens-Richtlinie]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|Bearbeitungs-Richtlinie]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|Leitfaden zur Veröffentlichung von Richtlinien]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|Umfang]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Wikimedia:Duplizierter Inhalt]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|Babylon: Wikimedia-Übersetzerportal im Meta-Wiki]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>h4kxvjk1bpn8u2f9u79nxylvgq9mk8t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/en</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>41017</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587146</id>
      <parentid>565055</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587146</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7213" sha1="oevbw4elvkryjw32cspsdmov266e8qr" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
This '''Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki manual of style''' outlines basic guidelines which should be considered when formatting content and creating pages on this site.

At all times, the needs of the specific type of content (resolution, minutes, legal document, etc.) takes precedent over any guidelines provided on this page. These guides are more to help avoid unnecessary inconsistency and guidance where the type of content does not provide an existing framework.

== General guidelines ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* Try to utilize English words and phrases which will not be difficult to translate into other languages
* When in doubt, refer to manual of styles on Wikimedia project wikis or the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|&quot;Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&quot; guide on Meta-Wiki]]

=== Contractions and acronyms ===

To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms.

When using an acronym is necessary or difficult to avoid, please be sure to introduce the acronym's meaning in its usage. (example: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))

=== Dates ===

When possible the {{tl|DateT}} template should be utilized to properly format date to a user's language and preferences. Where not possible, dates should be formatted as:

* Year-Month-Day as YYYY-MM-DD (example: 2024-03-01)
* Day Month Year (example: 1 March 2024)

=== Gender and pronoun usage ===

Whenever possible, gender-neutral pronouns should be used.

Requests for use of specific pronouns when referring to person making the request should be honored whenever it is possible to do so. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.

Existing content can be changed en masse by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].

=== Job titles ===

Job titles should be capitalized and treated as proper nouns. (examples: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)

=== Name changes ===

Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].

Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.

=== Project names ===

Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.

Examples:

* Meta-Wiki (not Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (not Commons)
* English Wikipedia (not enWP)

== Title, header, and page name formatting ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
Whenever possible, [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|sentence case capitalization]] should be used for all titles, headers, and page names.

The primary exception is using a flexible use of proper noun capitalization for policies and other content with a large external audience.

Examples of pages where proper noun capitalization is most appropriate:

* Major Organization Policy
* Board of Trustees
* Official Board Committee
* Formal Board Resolution

Examples of pages where sentence case capitalization is most appropriate:

* Policy specific to only this wiki
* History of past departments
* Information from a regular board meeting

=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===

To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.

=== Page titles for Legal, Minutes, Policies, and Resolutions namespaces ===

Page titles should be altered with &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; as needed - with inclusion of Wikimedia or Wikimedia Foundation in title as appropriate. Pages using the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should '''not''' have their page title's marked for translation as well.

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
Pages properly formatted to review for additional help:

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Policy:Universal Code of Conduct]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Policy:Terms of Use]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
== Namespace placement ==
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
Whenever possible, content should be placed within these namespaces to facilitate greater searching of content.
;Main namespace
:General content, navigational pages, or content without a clear namespace
;Talk namespaces
:Discussions and archives of discussions
; Wikimedia
:Content related to operations of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]
; Policy
:Wikimedia Foundation and Wikimedia Movement [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|policies]]
; Resolution
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]] by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee
; Legal
:Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|legal documentation]]
; Agenda
:Agendas of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]
; Minutes
:Minutes of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]
; Committee
:Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee
; Endowment
:Content related to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]
; Memory
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation
; Archive
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archived]] or historical content no longer in active use on this wiki and available for migration to another wiki (generally [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])
=== Usage of Resolutions namespace ===

Content placed within the Resolutions namespace should be resolutions which were considered by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. The {{tl|resolution}} template should be used at the top of resolution pages for proper formatting.

=== Usage of Policies namespace ===

Content placed within the Policies namespace should be official Wikimedia Foundation policies. The {{tl|Policy-board}} or {{tl|Policy-staff}} templates should be used to help with displaying information for readers.
{{anchor|categories}}
== Category placement ==

All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[:Category:All|Category:All]] category tree:
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
== Translations ==

:''Please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Translations manual of style]] within the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Translations guidelines]].''</text>
      <sha1>oevbw4elvkryjw32cspsdmov266e8qr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/en</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>41039</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587171</id>
      <parentid>515187</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:04Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587171</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="14950" sha1="3eqt195cq0d8pvivmhglrq1gev0np99" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} All accounts on this wiki are expected to follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]] of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|this wiki]] - including the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]].}}
This page outlines the '''accounts policy''' for the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki.

== Registered accounts ==
{{Register account button}}
Anyone with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registered Wikimedia account]] has an account on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki and (per this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|editing policy]]) is encouraged to participate in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|translation efforts]] and talk page discussions.
{{anchor|editor}}
== Editor group accounts ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
Accounts with [[Special:ListUsers/editor|editor group access]] are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] or [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Legal]] departments to have editor rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.

Accounts in this group also have [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]].

=== Expectations ===

Members of the editor group are expected to:
* Operate within this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]], in particular:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|Content posting guidelines]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|Namespaces guidelines]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Translations guidelines]]
* Follow this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|manual of style]].
* Familiarize yourself with this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|editors toolbox]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|user manual]].
* Join the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.
* Contact the wiki's [[Project:Core Administrators Team|Core Administrators Team]] with questions, problems, or for assistance.
== Administrators ==

Administrators on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the Communications or Legal departments to have administrator rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.

=== Stewards and Global sysops ===

Volunteers elected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] or selected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|Global sysops]] also have administrator rights on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki. They may use this to engage with content or maintenance of content in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|namespaces]] which can be [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|edited by registered accounts]]. However, they may not edit content within the main content namespace without first checking with the Foundation.
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
==== Translation administrator rights ====

Global sysops or Stewards interested in supporting efforts to address vandalism within translations may request to be added to the &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Translation administrators]]&quot; group. While Global Sysops and Stewards have many of the sysop rights on this wiki, rights associated with the Translation administrators group are necessary to manage pages [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|setup for translation]].

Accounts in the [[#editor|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.

To request being added to the Translation administrators group, please post a request on the Babel page or contact the Foundation's Communications department ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) with your request.
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
== Requesting editor or administrator rights ==

Staff may contact the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel once receiving approval from a manager within Legal or Communications. Staff can also check the [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Foundation Governance Wiki page on Office Wiki] for contact information on the current project lead for Foundation Governance Wiki.

=== Steps for Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting editor rights ===
# Receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization from your manager to request editor rights on this wiki.
# If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.
#* If you are going to use the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.
# If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.
#* You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.
# Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:
#* Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.
#* Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.
#* Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.
=== Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting administrator rights ===

Generally, [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.

=== Wikimedia Foundation Board Trustees requesting editor or administrator rights ===

Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.

=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards requesting translation administrator rights ===

Thank you for your interest in supporting the efforts of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! If you would like translation administrator rights simply:
* Make a request on [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].
* Or contact a member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team.
== Removal of rights ==

Due to departures, changes in roles, or unfortunately sometimes misconduct - removal of rights from an account is sometimes necessary.

=== Blocks and bans ===

Please refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blocks and bans]] section of this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]] for more information on blocks and bans on this wiki.

=== Staff departures or change in roles ===

Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.

As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).

=== Board departures ===

Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.

As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:
* Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.
* Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

== Processes for account maintenance ==

The below is intended as helpful reminders for the wiki's Core Administrators Team when processing account related requests.
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
=== Granting editor access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===

Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may provide editor access once a request is formally made.

Anyone granting editor group rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
# Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.
#* If request is made via talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.
#* If request is made by a current member of the Foundation Board, no verification is needed.
# If account has not been created locally, use [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] to create a local account.
# Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.
#* Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.
# Post {{tl|welcome}} message to user's talk page using &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.
# If possible, add accountholder to the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.
# If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.
=== Granting administrator access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===

As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.

Anyone granting administrator rights to Foundation staff or Board should:

# Follow [[#grantingeditor|above steps]] if also providing editor access.
# Verify the person making request has approval from their manager.
# Verify the account's need for administrator access has been established by the Core Administrators Team.
# Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.
# Notify the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel that access has been granted.
# If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.
=== Granting translation administrator access to Global Sysop or Steward accounts ===

As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.

Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.

Anyone granting administrator rights to Global Sysops or Stewards should:

# Verify the account is held by a Global Sysop or Steward.
# Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.
#* Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.
=== Removing editor or translation administrator rights from accounts ===

Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.

Anyone removing editor group rights should:
# Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.
#* If person has publicly departed from their role, no additional verification is necessary.
# Disable requested account's access to the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group.
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
=== Removing administrator access from accounts ===

Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.

An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their ca{{@}}wikimedia.org email address.

=== Regular audit of user group rights ===

At least once a fiscal year, the Core Administrators Team should conduct an audit of all accounts with editor, administrator, or translation administrator rights and verify each accountholder's association with the Foundation.

Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[#removingadmin|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].</text>
      <sha1>3eqt195cq0d8pvivmhglrq1gev0np99</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/de</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>41163</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587170</id>
      <parentid>519315</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:04Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587170</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="18669" sha1="g7cmes384lznrofedvmmeng16j6k47r" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} Von allen Konten in diesem Wiki wird erwartet, dass sie die [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|Richtlinien, Leitfäden und Verfahren]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|dieses Wikis]] befolgen - einschließlich der [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Verhaltensrichtlinie]].}}
Diese Seite legt die '''Benutzerkontenrichtlinie''' des Verwaltungswikis der Wikimedia-Stiftung fest.

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Registrierte Konten ==
{{Register account button}}
Jeder mit einem [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registrierten Wikimedia-Benutzerkonto]] hat ein Benutzerkonto im Verwaltungswiki der Wikimedia-Stiftung und wird (gemäß der [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|Bearbeitungsrichtlinie]] dieses Wikis) ermutigt, an [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Übersetzungsarbeiten]] und Diskussionen auf Diskussionsseiten teilzunehmen.
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Editor_group_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Konten mit Editorenrecht ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
Benutzerkonten mit [[Special:ListUsers/editor|Zugriff auf das Editorenrecht]] sind Mitarbeiter und Angestellte der Wikimedia-Stiftung, denen Zugriff auf Editorenrechte zur Ausübung ihrer Pflichten im Rahmen ihrer Arbeit von der [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Kommunikations-]] oder [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Rechtsabteilung]] genehmigt wurden.

Konten in dieser Gruppe haben auch [[#translateadmin|Übersetzungsadministratorrechte]].

&lt;span id=&quot;Expectations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Erwartungen ===

Von Mitgliedern der Editorengruppe wird erwartet:
* Einhaltung der [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|Richtlinien, Leitfäden und Verfahren]] dieses Wikis, insbesondere:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Verhaltens-Richtlinie]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|Leitfaden zur Veröffentlichung von Inhalten]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|Leitfaden für Namensräume]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Übersetzungsleitfaden]]
* Befolgung des [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|Formatierungshandbuchs]] dieses Wikis.
* Befassung mit dem [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|Editoren-Werkzeugkasten]] und dem [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|Benutzerhandbuch]] dieses Wikis.
* Beitritt zum internen Slack-Kanal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
* Kontaktiere bei Fragen, Problemen oder für Unterstützung das [[Project:Core Administrators Team|Kernteam der Administratoren]] des Wikis.
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Administratoren ==

Administratoren des Verwaltungswikis der Wikimedia-Stiftung sind Mitarbeiter und Angestellte der Wikimedia-Stiftung, denen Administratorrechte in diesem Wiki zur Ausübung ihrer Pflichten im Rahmen ihrer Arbeit von der Kommunikations- oder Rechtsabteilung genehmigt wurden.

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Stewards und globale Administratoren ===

Freiwillige, die als [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] oder [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|Globale Administratoren]] gewählt wurden, haben Administratorrechte im Verwaltungswiki der Wikimedia-Stiftung. Sie können diese nutzen, um mit Inhalten zu interagieren oder Inhalte in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|Namensräumen]] zu pflegen, die [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|von registrierten Konten bearbeitet werden können]]. Sie dürfen jedoch keine Inhalte in den Hauptinhalts-Namensräumen bearbeiten, ohne vorher mit der Stiftung Rücksprache zu halten.
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==== Übersetzungsadministratorrechte ====

Globale Administratoren, die daran interessiert sind, die Bekämpfung von Vandalismus in Übersetzungen zu unterstützen, können darum bitten, in die Gruppe der &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Übersetzungsadministratoren]]&quot; aufgenommen zu werden. Obwohl globale Administratoren und Stewards über viele der Administratorenrechte in diesem Wiki verfügen, sind Rechte, die der Gruppe der Übersetzungsadministratoren zugeordnet sind, erforderlich, um Seiten zu verwalten, die [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|zur Übersetzung markiert]] sind.

Konten in der Editorengruppe haben auch Übersetzungsadministratorrechte.

Um zu beantragen, zur Gruppe der Übersetzungsadministratoren hinzugefügt zu werden, stelle bitte eine Anfrage auf der Babel-Seite oder kontaktiere die Kommunikationsabteilung der Stiftung ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) mit deinem Anliegen.
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Beantragung von Editoren- oder Administratorrechten ==

Mitarbeiter können das Team des Verwaltungswikis der Wikimedia-Stiftung über den internen Kanal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} kontaktieren, nachdem sie von einem Manager der Rechts- oder Kommunikationsabteilung genehmigt wurden. Mitarbeiter können sich für Kontaktinformationen zur aktuellen Projektleitung auch die [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Seite des Verwaltungswikis im Office-Wiki] ansehen.

&lt;span id=&quot;Steps_for_Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_editor_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Schritte für Mitarbeiter der Wikimedia-Stiftung zur Beantragung von Editorenrechten ===
# (Per E-Mail oder Slack) die Genehmigung deines Vorgesetzten erhalten und dokumentieren, um Editorenrechte für dieses Wiki zu beantragen.
# Wenn dein Vorgesetzter nicht in der Kommunikations- oder Rechtsabteilung tätig ist, musst du außerdem (per E-Mail oder Slack) von einem Vorgesetzten in der Kommunikations- oder Rechtsabteilung die Genehmigung erhalten und dokumentieren, um Editorenrechte für dieses Wiki zu erhalten.
#* Wenn du den E-Mail-Prozess talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org nutzt, um deine Anfrage für den Editorenzugriff zu stellen, kannst du deine E-Mail auch als Antrag auf Genehmigung des Vorgesetzten der Kommunikationsabteilung verwenden.
# Sofern nicht bereits vorhanden, richte bitte ein der Konto mit Bezug zur Wikimedia-Stiftung zur Verwendung in Wikimedia-Projektwikis ein, indem du deinen Vorgesetzten bittest, sich an Wikimedia Foundation IT Services zu wenden (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Die Erstellung eines Kontos erfolgt in der Regel im Rahmen des Onboardings.
#* Du musst für dieses Wiki kein zusätzliches Konto beantragen und deine Anmeldeinformationen für Wikimedia-Projektwikis sollten in diesem Wiki funktionieren. Deine Anmeldeinformationen für das Office-Wiki sind jedoch separat und funktionieren möglicherweise nicht in diesem Wiki.
# Kontaktieren Sie das Kernteam der Administratoren des Wikis und beantrage Editorenrechte. Möglicherweise ist es für deinen Vorgesetzten einfacher, die Anfrage zu stellen, du solltest ihn jedoch entweder in die Anfrage aufnehmen oder eine Dokumentation der Genehmigung(en) des Vorgesetzten vorlegen. Stand {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}} besteht die bevorzugte Methode, das Kernteam mit Anträgen zur Vergabe von Rechten zu erreichen, darin, eine der folgenden Aktionen durchzuführen:
#* Kontaktieren des Kernteams über den internen Slack-Kanal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
#* Stellen einer Anfrage an die Kommunikationsabteilung über den E-Mail-Prozess talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
#* Kontaktieren eines Mitglieds des Kernteams über Slack.
&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Beantragung von Administratorenrechten durch Mitarbeiter der Wikimedia-Stiftung ===

Im Allgemeinen sind [[Special:ListGroupRights|Administratorrechte nicht erforderlich]], um die meisten Aktivitäten von Mitarbeitern und Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums in diesem Wiki auszuführen. Wenn du jedoch glaubst, dass du diese Rechte möglicherweise für deine Arbeit benötigst, wende dich bitte an den aktuellen Projektleiter des Verwaltungswikis der Wikimedia-Stiftung auf Slack oder über den internen Slack-Kanal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} an das Kernteam der Administratoren des Wikis, um ein Gespräch über deine Bedürfnisse zu beginnen.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_Board_Trustees_requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Beantragung von Editoren- oder Administratorenrechten durch Mitglieder des Kuratoriums der Wikimedia-Stiftung ===

Jedes Mitglied des Kuratoriums der Wikimedia-Stiftung, das Editoren- oder Administratorenrechte anstrebt, sollte sich an das Büro des Geschäftsführers wenden, das dann den Zugriff und die Bearbeitung der Anfrage durch das Kernteam der Administratoren des Wikis dokumentiert.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Global_Sysops_and_Stewards_requesting_translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Beantragung von Übersetzungsadministratorrechten durch globale Administratoren und Stewards ===

Vielen Dank für dein Interesse, die Bemühungen des Verwaltungswikis der Wikimedia-Stiftung zu unterstützen! Wenn du Übersetzungsadministratorrechte wünscht:
* Stelle eine Anfrage auf [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].
* Oder kontaktiere ein Mitglied des Kernteams der Administratoren des Wikis.
&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Entzug der Rechte ==

Aufgrund von Abgängen, Rollenwechseln oder leider manchmal auch Fehlverhalten - ist es manchmal notwendig, einem Konto Rechte zu entziehen.

&lt;span id=&quot;Blocks_and_bans&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Sperren und Ausschlüsse ===

Siehe den Abschnitt [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Sperren und Ausschlüsse]] der [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Verhaltensrichtlinie]] dieses Wikis für weitere Informationen zu Sperren und Ausschlüssen in diesem Wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_departures_or_change_in_roles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Abgänge von Mitarbeitern oder Rollenwechsel ===

Anfragen zur Entfernung von Rechten von Konten von Mitarbeitern sollten vom Vorgesetzten des Kontoinhabers, einem Vertreter der Personalabteilung oder einem Vertreter von IT Services an das Kernteam der Administratoren dieses Wikis gesendet werden.

Stand {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}} ist die bevorzugte Methode, um eine Anfrage zur Entfernung von Rechten von Konten von Mitarbeitern an das Kernteam zu richten, ein Mitglied des Kernteams über Slack oder E-Mail zu kontaktieren. Aufgrund der manchmal sensiblen Natur dieser Anfragen sollten sie nicht über große Gruppenkanäle (wie Gruppen-E-Mails oder Slack-Kanäle) gestellt werden.

&lt;span id=&quot;Board_departures&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Abgänge von Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums ===

Anfragen zur Entfernung von Rechten von Konten von ausscheidenden Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums sollten von einem Vertreter des Büros des Geschäftsführers, von IT Services oder von der Personalabteilung gestellt werden.

Stand {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}} werden die folgenden Methoden bevorzugt, um das Kernteam bezüglich Anfragen zur Entfernung von Rechten von Konten von Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums zu kontaktieren:
* Kontaktieren des Kernteams über den internen Slack-Kanal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
* Stellen einer Anfrage an die Kommunikationsabteilung über den E-Mail-Prozess talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;span id=&quot;Processes_for_account_maintenance&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Prozess für die Kontenverwaltung ==

Das Folgende soll als hilfreiche Erinnerung für das Kernteam der Administratoren des Wikis bei der Bearbeitung von kontobezogenen Anfragen dienen.
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_editor_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Vergabe von Editorenrechten an Konten von Mitarbeitern der Stiftung oder Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums ===

Jedes Mitglied des Kernteams der Administratoren des Wikis kann Editorenrechten gewähren, sobald eine formelle Anfrage gestellt wurde.

Jeder, der Mitarbeitern oder Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums Editorenrechte gewährt, sollte:
# Sicherstellen, dass die anfragende Person die Genehmigung ihres Vorgesetzten hat. Wenn es sich nicht um ein Mitglied der Kommunikations- oder Rechtsabteilung handelt, ist die Genehmigung eines Vorgesetzten aus einer dieser beiden Abteilungen erforderlich.
#* Wenn die Anfrage über die E-Mail-Adresse talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org ohne vorherige Genehmigung durch den Leiter der Kommunikations- oder Rechtsabteilung erfolgt ist, sicherstellen, dass die Kommunikationsabteilung die Anfrage genehmigt hat.
#* Wird die Anfrage von einem amtierenden Mitglied des Kuratoriums gestellt, ist keine Überprüfung erforderlich.
# Wenn das Konto lokal nicht erstellt wurde, [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] verwenden, um ein lokales Konto zu erstellen.
# Den beantragten Zugriff auf die Benutzergruppe &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; für einen unbegrenzten Zeitraum gewähren, sofern bei der Beantragung kein bestimmtes Enddatum angegeben wurde.
#* Der Zugriff auf diese Gruppe beinhaltet auch [[#translateadmin|Übersetzungsadministratorrechte]], du musst also nicht beide gewähren.
# Die Nachricht {{tl|welcome}} mit &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; auf der Diskussionsseite des Benutzers hinterlassen.
# Wenn möglich den Besitzer des Kontos zum internen Slack-Kanal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} hinzufügen.
# Wenn es sich beim Besitzer des Kontos um ein Mitglied des Kuratoriums handelt, das Büro des Geschäftsführers darüber informieren, dass der Zugriff gewährt wurde.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_administrator_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Vergabe von Administratorenrechten an Konten von Mitarbeitern der Stiftung oder Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums ===

Stand September 2024 verfügt nur der Projektleiter des Kernteams der Administratoren über das erforderliche Recht &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; in seinem Mitarbeiterkonto, um Administratorenrechte zu erteilen. Das Team Trust and Safety kann auch Administratorenrechte erteilen, wenn der Projektleiter die Anfrage sonst nicht bearbeiten kann.

Jeder, der Mitarbeitern oder Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums Administratorenrechte gewährt, sollte:

# Die [[#grantingeditor|obigen Schritte]] befolgen, wenn auch Editorenrechte gewährt werden.
# Sicherstellen, dass die anfragende Person die Genehmigung ihres Vorgesetzten hat.
# Sicherstellen, dass das Kernteam der Administratoren festgestellt hat, dass für das Konto Administratorenrechte erforderlich sind.
# Den beantragten Zugriff auf die Benutzergruppe &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; für einen unbegrenzten Zeitraum gewähren, sofern bei der Beantragung kein bestimmtes Enddatum angegeben wurde.
# Das Kernteam der Administratoren über den internen Slack-Kanal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} darüber informieren, dass der Zugriff gewährt wurde.
# Wenn es sich beim Besitzer des Kontos um ein Mitglied des Kuratoriums handelt, das Büro des Geschäftsführers darüber informieren, dass der Zugriff gewährt wurde.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_translation_administrator_access_to_Global_Sysop_or_Steward_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Vergabe von Übersetzungsadministratorenrechten an globale Administratoren und Stewards ===

Stand September 2024 kann nur das Kernteam der Administratoren Übersetzungsadministratorrechte erteilen. Das Team Trust and Safety kann auch Übersetzungsadministratorrechte erteilen, wenn das Kernteam der Administratoren die Anfrage sonst nicht bearbeiten kann. Stewards können nach eigenem Ermessen ebenfalls Übersetzungsadministratorrechte erteilen oder etwaige Anfragen an das Kernteam der Administratoren weiterleiten.

Beachte, dass Mitarbeiter der Wikimedia Foundation oder Mitglieder des Kuratoriums [[#editor|Editorenrechte]] für ihr Wiki-Benutzerkonto für die Wikimedia Foundation beantragen sollten, es sei denn, sie führen ausdrücklich nur Wartungsarbeiten im Zusammenhang mit Übersetzungsprozessen durch.

Jeder, der globalen Administratoren oder Stewards Administratorenrechte gewährt, sollte:

# Sicherstellen, dass das Konto einem globalen Administrator oder Steward gehört.
# Den beantragten Zugriff auf die Benutzergruppe &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; für einen unbegrenzten Zeitraum gewähren, sofern bei der Beantragung kein bestimmtes Enddatum angegeben wurde.
#* Bitte beachte, dass Konten, die sich bereits in der Gruppe &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; befinden, über diese Rechte verfügen und daher nicht gleichzeitig in beiden Gruppen sein müssen.
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_editor_or_translation_administrator_rights_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Entzug von Editoren- oder Übersetzungsadministratorenrechten von Konten ===

Jedes Mitglied des Kernteams der Administratoren des Wikis kann Editoren- oder Übersetzungsadministratorenrechten entziehen, wenn eine formelle Anfrage gestellt wurde.

Jeder, der Editorenrechte entzieht, sollte:
# Sicherstellen, dass die Anfrage vom zuständigen Vorgesetzten, dem Büro des Geschäftsführers, Office IT oder der Personalabteilung genehmigt wurde.
#* Wenn die Person öffentlich aus ihrer Rolle ausgeschieden ist, ist keine zusätzliche Überprüfung erforderlich.
# Den Zugriff des Kontos auf die Benutzergruppen &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; oder &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; entfernen.
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_administrator_access_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Entzug von Administratorenrechten von Konten ===

Nur das Team Trust &amp; Safety der Wikimedia-Stiftung hat den nötigen Zugriff und die Berechtigung, um Administratorenrechte von einem Konto in diesem Wiki zu entfernen.

Ein Vorgesetzter des Kontoinhabers, das Büro des Geschäftsführers, Office IT, die Personalabteilung oder das Kernteam der Administratoren dieses Wikis kann solch eine Anfrage mit der erforderlichen Dokumentation oder Erklärung über die E-Mail-Adresse ca{{@}}wikimedia.org an das Team Trust &amp; Safety senden.

&lt;span id=&quot;Regular_audit_of_user_group_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Reguläre Prüfung von Benutzergruppenrechten ===

Mindestens einmal pro Geschäftsjahr sollte das Kernteam der Administratoren eine Prüfung aller Konten mit Editoren-, Administratoren- oder Übersetzungsadministratorenrechten durchführen und die Verbindung jedes Kontoinhabers mit der Stiftung überprüfen.

Mitarbeitern, Mitgliedern des Kuratoriums, globalen Administratoren oder Stewards, die ihre Rollen nicht mehr innehaben, sollten ihre Benutzergruppenrechte entzogen werden. Mitglieder des Kernteams der Administratoren können bei Bedarf die Rechte von Editoren und Übersetzungsadministratoren entziehen. Anfragen zum Entzug von Administratorenrechten sollten [[#removingadmin|an das Team Trust &amp; Safety gesendet werden]].</text>
      <sha1>g7cmes384lznrofedvmmeng16j6k47r</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/de</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>42122</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587144</id>
      <parentid>568821</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587144</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8617" sha1="l0wmf951ojoogtitzlcb69m01xuw3cb" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
Dieses '''Formatierungshandbuch für das Verwaltungswiki der Wikimedia-Stiftung''' beschreibt die grundlegenden Leitfäden, die bei der Formatierung von Inhalten und bei der Erstellung von Seiten auf dieser Seite beachtet werden sollten.

Die Anforderungen der jeweiligen Art des Inhalts (Beschluss, Protokoll, rechtliches Dokument, etc.) haben stets Vorrang vor allen auf dieser Seite angegebenen Leitfäden. Dieses Handbuch soll vielmehr dabei helfen, unnötige Inkonsistenzen zu vermeiden und dort eine Anleitung bieten, wo der Inhalt keinen vorhandenen Rahmen bietet.

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Allgemeine Leitfäden ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* Versuche, englische Wörter und Sätze zu nutzen, die sich nicht schwer in andere Sprachen übersetzen lassen
* Sieh dir im Zweifelsfall Formatierungshandbücher in anderen Wikimedia-Projekten oder die [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|Anleitung &quot;Über die Wikimedia-Stiftung kommunizieren&quot; im Meta-Wiki]] an

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Kontraktionen und Akronyme ===

Vermeide bitte die Nutzung von Kontraktionen und Akronyme, um Inhalte einfacher übersetzbar und über Sprachen hinweg verständlich zu machen.

Wenn die Nutzung von Akronymen erforderlich oder schwer zu vermeiden ist, stelle bitte sicher, die Bedeutung des Akronyms bei seiner Nutzung zu erklären. (Beispiel: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))

&lt;span id=&quot;Dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Daten ===

Wenn möglich, sollte die Vorlage {{tl|DateT}} verwendet werden, um das Datum entsprechend der Sprache und den Einstellungen des Benutzers richtig zu formatieren. Wo dies nicht möglich ist, sollte das Datum wie folgt formatiert werden:

* Jahr-Monat-Tag als JJJJ-MM-TT (Beispiel: 2024-03-01)
* Tag Monat Jahr (Beispiel: 1. März 2024)

&lt;span id=&quot;Gender_and_pronoun_usage&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Verwendung von Geschlechtern und Pronomen ===

Wenn möglich sollten geschlechtsneutrale Pronomen verwendet werden.

Anfragen zur Verwendung bestimmter Pronomen in Bezug auf die anfragende Person sollten nach Möglichkeit berücksichtigt werden. Etwaige Einschränkungen sollten vom Kernteam der Administratoren mit der anfragenden Person besprochen werden.

Vorhandene Inhalte können massenhaft geändert werden, indem das [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|Kernteam der Administratoren]] des Wikis kontaktiert wird.

&lt;span id=&quot;Job_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Berufsbezeichnungen ===

Berufsbezeichnungen sollten großgeschrieben und als Eigennamen behandelt werden. (Beispiele: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)

&lt;span id=&quot;Name_changes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Namensänderungen ===

Personen, die aus beliebigen Gründen (einschließlich Sicherheit oder Datenschutz) Änderungen an der Verwendung ihres eigenen Namens wünschen, können hierfür das [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|Kernteam der Administratoren]] des Wikis kontaktieren.

Änderungswünsche werden, auch bei historischen Inhalten, soweit möglich berücksichtigt. Etwaige Einschränkungen sollten vom Kernteam der Administratoren mit der anfragenden Person besprochen werden.

&lt;span id=&quot;Project_names&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Projektnamen ===

Namen von Wikimedia-Projekten sollten großgeschrieben und nicht gekürzt oder abgekürzt werden.

Beispiele:

* Meta-Wiki (nicht Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (nicht Commons)
* Englischsprachige Wikipedia (nicht enWP)

&lt;span id=&quot;Title,_header,_and_page_name_formatting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Formatierung von Titel, Überschrift und Seitenname ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
Wann immer möglich sollte die [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|Groß- und Kleinschreibung von Sätzen]] bei allen Titeln, Überschriften und Seitennamen genutzt werden.

Die Hauptausnahme ist die flexible Nutzung der Großschreibung von Eigennamen bei Richtlinien und anderen Inhalten für ein großes externes Publikum.

Beispiele für Seiten, bei denen die Großschreibung von Eigennamen angemessen ist:

* Grundlegende Richtlinien der Organisation
* Kuratorium
* Offizielles Komitee des Kuratoriums
* Formaler Beschluss des Kuratoriums

Beispiele für Seiten, bei denen die Groß- und Kleinschreibung von Eigennamen angemessen ist:

* Richtlinien speziell für dieses Wiki
* Geschichte ehemaliger Abteilungen
* Informationen aus einem regulären Treffen des Kuratoriums

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms_in_page_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Abkürzungen und Akronyme in Seitentiteln ===

Vermeide bitte die Nutzung von Abkürzungen und Akronymen in Seitentiteln, um Inhalte einfacher übersetzbar und über Sprachen hinweg verständlich zu machen.

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Seitentitel für die Namensräume Legal, Minutes, Policies und Resolutions ===

Seitentitel sollten wenn nötig mit &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; verändert werden - soweit angemessen mit Wikimedia oder Wikimedia-Stiftung im Titel. Bei Seiten mit &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; sollte der Seitentitel '''nicht''' mit zur Übersetzung freigegeben werden.

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
Korrekt formatierte Seiten zur Überprüfung für zusätzliche Hilfe:

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Policy:Universeller Verhaltenskodex]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Policy:Nutzungsbedingungen]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Namespace_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Platzierung in Namensräumen ==
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
Wann immer möglich sollten Inhalte in diesen Namensräumen platziert werden, um die Durchsuchung von Inhalten zu erleichtern.
;Hauptnamensraum
:Allgemeiner Inhalt, Navigationsseiten oder Inhalt ohne einen bestimmten Namensraum
;Diskussionsnamensräume
:Diskussionen und Archive von Diskussionen
; Wikimedia
:Inhalt mit Bezug zum Betrieb des [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Verwaltungswikis der Wikimedia Foundation]]
; Policy
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Richtlinien]] der Wikimedia-Stiftung und der Wikimedia-Bewegung
; Resolution
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Beschlüsse]] des Kuratoriums der Wikimedia-Stiftung
; Legal
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Rechtliche Dokumentation]] der Wikimedia-Stiftung
; Agenda
:Agendas von [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Treffen des Kuratoriums der Wikimedia-Stiftung]]
; Minutes
:Protokolle von [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Treffen des Kuratoriums der Wikimedia-Stiftung]]
; Committee
:Inhalt mit Bezug zu Komitees des Kuratoriums der Wikimedia-Stiftung
; Endowment
:Inhalt mit Bezug zum [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]
; Memory
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutionelles Wissen]] der Wikimedia-Stiftung
; Archive
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archivierter]] oder historischer Inhalt, der nicht mehr aktiv in diesem Wiki genutzt wird und in ein anderes Wiki migriert werden kann (allgemein in das [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Nutzung des Namensraums Resolutions ===

Inhalte im Resolutions-Namensraum sollten Beschlüsse des Kuratoriums der Wikimedia-Stiftung sein. Zur angemessenen Formatierung sollte die Vorlage {{tl|resolution}} oben auf Beschlussseiten genutzt werden.

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Nutzung des Namensraums Policies ===

Inhalte im Policies-Namensraum sollten offizielle Richtlinien der Wikimedia-Stiftung sein. Zur Unterstützung bei der Anzeige von Informationen für Leser sollte die Vorlage {{tl|Policy-board}} oder {{tl|Policy-staff}} genutzt werden.
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Category_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Einsortierung in Kategorien ==

Alle Inhalte (Seiten, Dateien, Vorlagen, etc.) dieses Wikis sollten in eine Kategorie einsortiert werden, die Teil des Kategoriebaums von [[:Category:All|Kategorie:Alles]] ist:
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Übersetzungen ==

:''Siehe bitte das [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Handbuch für Übersetzungen]] im [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Übersetzungsleitfaden]].''</text>
      <sha1>l0wmf951ojoogtitzlcb69m01xuw3cb</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/ja</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>44739</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587176</id>
      <parentid>515193</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:08Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587176</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="20514" sha1="aqvcxvn06o6w1iycb8wab0ngkc12zsr" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All accounts on this wiki are expected to follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]] of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|this wiki]] - including the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]].&lt;/span&gt;}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This page outlines the '''accounts policy''' for the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 登録済み利用者 ==
{{Register account button}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registered Wikimedia account]] has an account on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki and (per this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|editing policy]]) is encouraged to participate in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|translation efforts]] and talk page discussions.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Editor_group_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 編集者グループのアカウント ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts with [[Special:ListUsers/editor|editor group access]] are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] or [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Legal]] departments to have editor rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in this group also have [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Expectations ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Members of the editor group are expected to:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Operate within this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]], in particular:&lt;/span&gt;
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Conduct policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content posting guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Namespaces guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Translations guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|manual of style]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Familiarize yourself with this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|editors toolbox]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|user manual]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Join the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's [[Project:Core Administrators Team|Core Administrators Team]] with questions, problems, or for assistance.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 管理者 ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Administrators on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the Communications or Legal departments to have administrator rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== スチュワードとグローバル管理者 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Volunteers elected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] or selected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|Global sysops]] also have administrator rights on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki. They may use this to engage with content or maintenance of content in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|namespaces]] which can be [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|edited by registered accounts]]. However, they may not edit content within the main content namespace without first checking with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Translation administrator rights ====
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Global sysops or Stewards interested in supporting efforts to address vandalism within translations may request to be added to the &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Translation administrators]]&quot; group. While Global Sysops and Stewards have many of the sysop rights on this wiki, rights associated with the Translation administrators group are necessary to manage pages [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|setup for translation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in the [[#editor|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To request being added to the Translation administrators group, please post a request on the Babel page or contact the Foundation's Communications department ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) with your request.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 編集者または管理者権限のリクエスト ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Staff may contact the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel once receiving approval from a manager within Legal or Communications. Staff can also check the [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Foundation Governance Wiki page on Office Wiki] for contact information on the current project lead for Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Steps for Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting editor rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization from your manager to request editor rights on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you are going to use the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Generally, [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation Board Trustees requesting editor or administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards requesting translation administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Thank you for your interest in supporting the efforts of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! If you would like translation administrator rights simply:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Make a request on [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Or contact a member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 権限の除去 ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Due to departures, changes in roles, or unfortunately sometimes misconduct - removal of rights from an account is sometimes necessary.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Blocks and bans ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blocks and bans]] section of this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]] for more information on blocks and bans on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff departures or change in roles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Board departures ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Processes for account maintenance ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The below is intended as helpful reminders for the wiki's Core Administrators Team when processing account related requests.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting editor access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may provide editor access once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting editor group rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made via talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made by a current member of the Foundation Board, no verification is needed.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If account has not been created locally, use [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] to create a local account.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Post {{tl|welcome}} message to user's talk page using &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If possible, add accountholder to the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting administrator access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow [[#grantingeditor|above steps]] if also providing editor access.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account's need for administrator access has been established by the Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Notify the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting translation administrator access to Global Sysop or Steward accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Global Sysops or Stewards should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account is held by a Global Sysop or Steward.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing editor or translation administrator rights from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone removing editor group rights should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If person has publicly departed from their role, no additional verification is necessary.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Disable requested account's access to the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group.&lt;/span&gt;
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing administrator access from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their ca{{@}}wikimedia.org email address.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Regular audit of user group rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At least once a fiscal year, the Core Administrators Team should conduct an audit of all accounts with editor, administrator, or translation administrator rights and verify each accountholder's association with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[#removingadmin|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>aqvcxvn06o6w1iycb8wab0ngkc12zsr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/ja</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>44819</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587162</id>
      <parentid>515674</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:57Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587162</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="11816" sha1="t7mofjs6ska0p644mg3fd6zpqxm4tp2" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px| {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}内部の{{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}}を覗きこむ旅行者]]
当ページでは'''ウィキメディア財団組織統治ウィキ'''の掲載内容の翻訳に関する情報を載せています。

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

ウィキメディア財団組織統治ウィキでは、ページ内容の翻訳に[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|翻訳拡張機能]]を使用します。ウィキメディアの利用者アカウントを登録した人なら誰でも、このシステムを利用した翻訳を提供できます。

ウィキのインターフェースやサイドバーの文言は従来のメディアウィキのシステムに依存します。

&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_manual_of_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 翻訳の書式設定 ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Gendering_of_words&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==== 単語のジェンダーの扱い ====

言語によって単語に「ジェンダー」がある場合は可能な限り、それら単語のジェンダー中立な形を使います。

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 重要なリンク ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== サイドバーの翻訳 ===
:''サイドバーの翻訳は次のリンクへ：[[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
管理者権限またはインターフェース管理者権限を預かる利用者は、[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|MediaWiki サイトの通常の手順]]を経て直接、翻訳ができます。このコンテンツはアクセス数が多く荒らしの可能性があるため、翻訳の入力は承認権限を預かる（またはそれ以上の権限）利用者に限定してあります。

他のすべての[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|利用者]]は翻訳を[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:翻訳ガイドラインのサイドバー]]に提供したら、更新したと[[Wikimedia talk:Babel|管理者に通知]]してください。
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== テンプレートの翻訳 ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
テンプレートとモジュールのうち、その翻訳が他のウィキのコンテンツと関連する場合、複数のウィキにわたる翻訳者の作業負荷を回避するため、可能な限りそれらを採用しなければなりません。
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Additional_translations_from_translatewiki.net&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== translatewiki.net 経由のその他の翻訳 ===

前述のとおり [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net] にある訳文の転用に加えて、下記も同じ translatewiki.net から引き出した訳文です。

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 翻訳者向けのコツ ==

皆さんが知っているコツもぜひ追加してください。

* コンテンツによっては翻訳対象ページで使用するテンプレート内に含まれる場合があります。元のページのウィキコードを見て、翻訳が必要なテンプレートがないか確認願います
* 各ページの名前空間名を訳します。多くの名前空間では「適切なページタイトル」はページのコンテンツの冒頭から少し先に存在します。ページ題名のヘッダの詳細は、[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|書式マニュアル]]を参照してください。

&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_page_editors_and_translation_admins&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ページ編集者、翻訳管理者向けのコツ ==

初めて翻訳するとき、まだ、やり方がよくわからない場合は必ず [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|翻訳拡張機能の説明]]ならびに[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|「コンテンツを翻訳対象に指定するチュートリアル」]]をじっくり読みましょう。

翻訳で繰り返し作業を減らすには、テンプレートやその他の機能を[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|重複したコンテンツの作業]]に示してありますので、使ってください。

このウィキ全体で一貫性を保つため、可能な限り次の点に留意してください。

* リンクの箇条書きのうち、リンク文内の適合する &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; タグに限定して設定します。
* コンテンツ関連の&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;タグ内では、コードは常に斜体（イタリック体）を設定します（&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' &lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;と&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;で挟む）。
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* With the exception of the [[Home]] page and other possible unique exceptions, the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag for any translated page should be at the very top of the page above any information boxes (aka infoboxes and hatnotes).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* &quot;Number&quot; based entries in templates should always include their number alias rather than be based on the entries place within the template. For example: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Generally, &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags should be named using a number (1, 2, 3, etc.) based on its placement within a specific set of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags or autogenerated &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag. Once a tvar name is placed, it should not be renamed.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Bullet lists which have the potential for frequent updates - such as this one - should have each entry separated with its own &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags. All other bullet lists should be broken up every 2-4 entries depending on size of the entries.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_able_to_support_your_efforts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== みなさんの尽力を補佐できる職員 ===

ここから示す職員は、当ウィキで活動する編集者または管理者アカウントを作っています。翻訳コンテンツの設定作業をサポート''できる場合 '' があります。これら職員はコンテンツの設定作業を代行する役割ではありません。むしろ質問に答えたり、この分野でのウィキ編集の能力を伸ばせるように手を貸してくれる存在です。（編集者同士の）ピアサポートに興味がある人は、どうぞご自分の利用者名を追加してください。

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 関連資料 ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ウィキメディアの情報源 ==
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|一般的なメッセージ]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|組み込みメッセージで一般的に使われるもの]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|サイドバーの翻訳の情報]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|コンテンツ翻訳機能の紹介]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|コンテンツを翻訳対象に指定する設定のチュートリアル]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|翻訳管理を理解するには]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;span id=&quot;External_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 外部の情報源 ==
* [https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf ドイツ語版のガイド、言語の包摂性について]（PDF）（グランツ市作成）
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 注視したいテンプレート類 ==

これら翻訳可能なテンプレートは、必要に応じて定期的に監視および更新が必要です。
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 関連する方針 ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|アカウントの方針]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|行動の方針]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|編集の方針]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|方針を提示するガイドライン]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|範囲]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Wikimedia:重複したページ]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|Babylon：メタウィキに設けたウィキメディアの翻訳者用ポータル（バビロン）]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>t7mofjs6ska0p644mg3fd6zpqxm4tp2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/ja</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>45881</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587151</id>
      <parentid>565059</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587151</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10203" sha1="petulra060b753lj31nbc0ik03cznz9" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
当ページは'''ウィキメディア財団組織統治ウィキ書式マニュアル'''（manual of style）として、このサイトにおけるコンテンツの書式設定と、ページ作成のときに考慮すべき基本的なガイドラインをおおまかに説明します。

いずれの場合も特定のコンテンツの種類（決議書、議事録、法的文書など）のニーズは、このページで提供されるガイドラインよりも優先されます。むしろ以下のガイドが役立つのは不要な矛盾とガイダンスを避け、コンテンツの種類に応じる既存のフレームワークがないときです。

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 一般的なガイドライン ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* 英語の単語やフレーズは他言語に翻訳しやすいものを使用してください。
* 不明な場合は、ウィキメディアのプロジェクト類のウィキにある書式設定（スタイルマニュアル）または[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|メタウィキに載せた「ウィキメディア財団についてのコミュニケーション」のガイド]]を参照してください。

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 略語と縮約語 ===

内容を容易に理解し翻訳するため、略語や縮約語は使用しないようお願いします。

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When using an acronym is necessary or difficult to avoid, please be sure to introduce the acronym's meaning in its usage. (example: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===日付===

日付は利用者の言語と設定に合わせて適切に書式設定するため、可能な限りテンプレートの {{tl|DateT}} を採用してください。不可能な場合、日付には必ず次の書式を設定します。

* 日付の書き方は、年-月-日（例：2024-03-01）
* 日月年形式）（例：1 March 2024）

&lt;span id=&quot;Gender_and_pronoun_usage&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== ジェンダーと代名詞の使い方 ===

可能な限り、性別中立の代名詞を使用。

個人に対して特定の代名詞を使いたいという申請は、可能な限り尊重されるべきです。いかなる制限もコア管理者チームと申請者の間で共有しなければなりません。

既存のコンテンツの一括変更を希望する場合は、ウィキの[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|コア管理者チーム]] に連絡してください。

&lt;span id=&quot;Job_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 役職名 ===

欧文の役職名は大文字始まりで表記し、必ず固有名詞として扱います（例: Chief Executive Officer、Chair、Director of Job Titles）。

&lt;span id=&quot;Name_changes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 名称の変更 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Project_names&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== プロジェクト名 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Meta-Wiki (not Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (not Commons)
* English Wikipedia (not enWP)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Title,_header,_and_page_name_formatting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 題名とヘッダ、ページ名の書式 ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
欧文では可能な限り、すべてのページ題名とヘッダ、ページ名は必ず[[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|文頭の大文字化]] をします。

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The primary exception is using a flexible use of proper noun capitalization for policies and other content with a large external audience.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where proper noun capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Major Organization Policy
* Board of Trustees
&lt;/div&gt;
* 理事会の公式委員会
* 理事会による公式決議

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where sentence case capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Policy specific to only this wiki
* History of past departments
* Information from a regular board meeting
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 法務、議事録、方針、決議書に関するページ題名の配置 ===

ページ題名は必要に応じて&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;で変更し - 適宜、題名にウィキメディア「Wikimedia」もしくはウィキメディア財団「Wikimedia Foundation」を書き添えます。&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; を使用するページは、ページ題名を翻訳対象として指定しては'''いけません'''。

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Pages properly formatted to review for additional help:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Universal Code of Conduct&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Terms of Use&lt;/span&gt;]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Namespace_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 名前空間名の配置 ===
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, content should be placed within these namespaces to facilitate greater searching of content.
&lt;/div&gt;
;標準名前空間
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;General content, navigational pages, or content without a clear namespace&lt;/span&gt;
;トーク名前空間
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Discussions and archives of discussions&lt;/span&gt;
; Wikimedia
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to operations of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Policy
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation and Wikimedia Movement [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|policies]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Resolution
:ウィキメディア財団理事会の[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|決議書]]
; Legal
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|legal documentation]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Agenda
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Agendas of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Minutes
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Minutes of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Committee
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Endowment
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Memory
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/span&gt;
; Archive
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archived]] or historical content no longer in active use on this wiki and available for migration to another wiki (generally [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 決議書名前空間の使用 ===

決議書名前空間には、必ずウィキメディア財団理事会で検討した決議関連のコンテンツを置きます。決議ページの冒頭には{{tl|resolution}}テンプレートを使用し、適切な書式を設定してください。

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 方針名前空間の使用 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Policies namespace should be official Wikimedia Foundation policies. The {{tl|Policy-board}} or {{tl|Policy-staff}} templates should be used to help with displaying information for readers.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Category placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[:Category:All|Category:All]] category tree:
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 翻訳 ==

:''[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|翻訳ガイドライン]]にある[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|翻訳の書式設定マニュアル]]を参照してください。''</text>
      <sha1>petulra060b753lj31nbc0ik03cznz9</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Process/60/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>54324</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587225</id>
      <parentid>524342</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:01:08Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587225</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="385" sha1="1ha97sruah3h7cmm0699flmb6bbyc3i" xml:space="preserve">Properly approved invoices and expense reports should be submitted to Accounting by 2pm PST on Wednesday for payment by the following Tuesday. Invoices that are related to a contract or have a blanket pre-approval should be signed to acknowledge receipt of the goods/services but do not need to be signed by all approvers since they signed the contract summary and/or initial contract.</text>
      <sha1>1ha97sruah3h7cmm0699flmb6bbyc3i</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Process/en</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>54327</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587228</id>
      <parentid>532813</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:01:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587228</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="14561" sha1="f7b2eah29nlw9i1gzv380crog44cbpq" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
Note, this document includes 2 sections which look very similar. The first section contains basics about purchasing policy and process. The second section repeats what is in the first section but includes additional information that is relevant for supervisors and/or budget owners.

=== Purchasing-Values/Philosophy of the Wikimedia Foundation ===

At the Wikimedia Foundation, we strive for the proper balance between appropriate safeguards and controls related to assets and spending and undue bureaucracy. We assume that the staff is professional, has the best intentions and does not intend to spend Foundation funds (essentially donor contributions) recklessly.

We aim to provide a framework for purchasing that allows staff a fair amount of autonomy. In return, we ask for your cooperation in following the procedures we have set forth. We ask that staff exercise good judgment when making purchases with Foundation funds. We want staff to be able to make purchases that help them with their work and to feel supported in their work, at the same time, we need to adhere to reasonable standards. Our spending threshold is not the same as other top ten websites or Silicon Valley in general. When in doubt, one should err towards more frugality and not less.

=== How to Make a Purchase ===

There are 3 main methods (subject to approval level-see approval levels below):

# Order it through the Administrative Services Team-Head of Office Administration/Office Assistant/IT Manager or Admin Support person in your department - (many purchases can be made this way; examples include: office-related purchases, phones, cell-phones, mi-fi, tech equipment, desks, chairs, general office supplies, as well as travel-related purchases — such as conference attendance, airfare, hotels, etc.- see below for additional procedures related to travel). If you are not sure about where to start regarding a purchase, start with the Administrative Services Team.
# Order it directly from an existing Wikimedia Foundation vendor.
# Pay for it with personal funds and seek reimbursement via an Expense Report (this should be a last resort).

If you do not have your own budget, you must seek written approval from the budget owner before incurring costs to their budget. It is up to each department to determine the logistics of spending within the department-however, invoices and expense reports must ultimately be approved by budget owners and will not be paid without proper approvals.

=== Travel ===

Travel in most cases is subject to pre-approval independent of one's approval threshold (see [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel and expense policy|Travel policy]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel approval policy|Travel approval policy]])

Please complete a Travel Request Form in order to obtain pre-approval, then complete a draft travel itinerary using Egencia. (See Admin Services team for access/training for Egencia.) The travel will be finalized by the Admin Services team provided they have received the proper pre-approval.

Note, the Travel Approval Policy states that the Executive Director must approve travel in writing, in advance; the Executive Director has delegated this approval to c-level staff who can and should provide the written approval for staff travel in their departments. C-level staff must obtain written pre-approval for their own travel from the ED or DD.

=== Contracts ===

Purchases that involve contracts need to go through contract review; please allow time for this process. A Contract Review Form should be completed and signed by the requestor and the C-level supervisor. It should then be routed to the CFOO. Once the CFOO has reviewed it, the CFOO will determine if legal review is required, and if so, will forward it on. Finally, the actual contract must be routed (with the Contract Review Form) to the C-Level staff or ED for signature based on their approval levels. Once the contract is signed by all parties, a copy needs to be forwarded to Accounting. (Note: If you are contemplating hiring an independent contractor, see HR.)

=== Meals ===

In addition to the guidelines regarding meals during travel, please note that peers are not authorized to approve meals with one another. For example, the manager of one department cannot take a manager from another department to lunch and expense it. If there is a legitimate work reason to do so, prior written approval must be obtained by the supervisor of the person who will be expensing the lunch.

=== Approvals and Approval Levels ===

Approval levels are:

* Non-Budget owner-Purchases of any amount must be approved by the budget owner
* Budget owner-US$1,000
* C-Level staff-US$10,000
* ED or DD must pre-approve expenditures over US$10,000.

Budget owners must sign off on invoices charged to their department via a direct signature on the invoice or an email approving the purchase. Additionally, the person who initiated the purchase should sign off on the invoice to acknowledge receipt.

If the purchase amount is higher than the budget owner's limit (typically US$1,000), the department C-level needs to sign off, and, if the amount is over US$10,000, the purchase needs to have been pre-approved via email by the C-level, the C-level's boss (ED or DD) with cc to the CFOO.

Expense reports must be reviewed and signed by one's supervisor and the budget owner if they are not the same. If the total is greater than US$1,000, the report must also be signed by the department C-Level. Expense reports, expense codes and instructions on how to complete them can be found on the Office Wiki-Finance Corner.

=== Invoice and Expense Report Submission ===

Properly approved invoices and expense reports should be submitted to Accounting by 5 pm on Tuesday for payment on Friday. Invoices and expense reports should clearly mark the department and account code(s). Account codes can be found on the Office Wiki Finance Corner. Invoices that are related to a contract or have a blanket pre-approval should be signed to acknowledge receipt of the goods/services but do not need to be signed by all approvers since they signed the contract summary and/or initial contract.

If you have been given a Wikimedia Foundation American Express card in your name, you should pay the bill directly and seek reimbursement per an expense report.

== Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Policy and Process for Budget owners and/or Supervisors/Managers ==

=== Purchasing-Values/Philosophy of the Wikimedia Foundation ===

At the Wikimedia Foundation, we strive for the proper balance between appropriate safeguards and controls related to assets and spending and undue bureaucracy. We assume that the staff is professional, has the best intentions and does not intend to spend Foundation funds (essentially donor contributions) recklessly.

We aim to provide a framework for purchasing that allows staff a fair amount of autonomy. In return, we ask for your cooperation in following the procedures we have set forth. We ask that staff exercise good judgment when making purchases with Foundation funds. We want staff to be able to make purchases that help them with their work and to feel supported in their work, at the same time, we need to adhere to reasonable standards. Our spending threshold is not the same as other top ten websites or Silicon Valley in general. When in doubt, one should err towards more frugality and not less.

As a budget owner and/or Supervisor/Manager, you have an added responsibility to ensure that expenditures are made per the guidelines, that proper approvals are obtained, to lead by example and to support the policy in general.

=== How to Make a Purchase ===

There are 3 main methods (subject to your approval level-see approval levels below):

# Order it through the Administrative Services Team -Head of Office Administration/Office Assistant/IT Manager or Admin Support person in your department (many purchases can be made this way; examples include: office-related purchases, phones, cell-phones, mi-fi, tech equipment, desks, chairs, general office supplies, as well as travel-related purchases (such as conference attendance, airfare, hotels, etc. see below for additional procedures related to travel). If you are not sure about where to start regarding a purchase, start with the Administrative Services Team.
# Order it directly from an existing Wikimedia Foundation vendor.
# Pay for it with personal funds and seek reimbursement via an Expense Report (this should be a last resort)

Charges should not be made to your budget without your approval. Within your budget departments, you can decide how you would like non-budget owner staff to make purchases. For example, you can decide that they can make purchases of up to US$100 without your pre-approval but ultimately, invoices and expense reports must be signed by budget owners and will not be paid without proper approvals.

=== Travel ===

Travel in most cases is subject to pre-approval independent of one's approval threshold (see [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel and expense policy|Travel policy]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel approval policy|Travel approval policy]])

Please complete a Travel Request Form in order to obtain pre-approval, then complete a draft travel itinerary using Egencia. (See Admin Services team for access/training for Egencia.) The travel will be finalized by the Admin Services team provided they have received the proper pre-approval.

Note, the Travel Approval Policy states that the Executive Director must approve travel in writing, in advance; the Executive Director has delegated this approval to c-level staff who can and should provide the written approval for staff travel in their departments. C-level staff must obtain written pre-approval for their own travel from the ED or DD.

=== Contracts ===

Purchases that involve contracts need to go through contract review; please allow time for this process. A Contract Review Form should be completed and signed by the requestor and the C-level supervisor. It should then be routed to the CFOO. Once the CFOO has reviewed it, the CFOO will determine if legal review is required, and if so, will forward it on. Finally, the actual contract (with the Contract review Form) must be routed to the C-Level staff or ED for signature based on their approval levels. Once the contract is signed by all parties, a copy needs to be forwarded to Accounting.

=== Meals ===

In addition to the guidelines regarding meals during travel, please note that peers are not authorized to approve meals with one another. For example, the manager of one department cannot take a manager from another department to lunch and expense it. If there is a legitimate work reason to do so, prior written approval must be obtained by the supervisor of the person who will be expensing the lunch.

=== Approvals and Approval Levels ===

Approval levels are:

* Non-Budget owner-Purchases of any amount must be approved by the budget owner
* Budget owner-US$1,000
* C-Level staff-US$10,000
* ED or DD must pre-approve expenditures over US$10,000.

Budget owners must sign off on invoices charged to their department via a direct signature on the invoice or an email approving the purchase. Additionally, the person who initiated the purchase should sign off on the invoice to acknowledge receipt.

If the purchase amount is higher than the budget owner's limit (typically US$1,000), the department C-level needs to sign off, and, if the amount is over US$10,000, the purchase needs to have been pre-approved via email by the C-level, the C-level's boss (ED or DD) with cc to the CFOO.

Expense reports must be reviewed and signed by one's supervisor. If the supervisor is not the budget owner, then the budget owner must also sign it. If the report is more than the budget owner's approval limit, then it must be signed also by the department C-Level but in general, expense reports should not involve high dollar amounts.

When reviewing expense reports, it is the reviewer's responsibility to ensure that they agree that the expenses are properly reimbursable by the organization. For example, travel dates on the report should coincide with the dates previously approved. If meals include persons other than the staff person, it should be agreed that there was a valid business reason for including the other person(s). Costs should be reviewed for reasonableness; if an expense seems high (i.e. a meal for one person that costs US$100), the supervisor should get more details from the staff person. If the supervisor does not agree that an expense should be charged to the organization, they can and should omit it from the report. If they are not sure, they can contact Accounting to learn whether the Wikimedia Foundation has reimbursed similar charges in the past.

The Accounting department will check the basic math, will check for general policy adherence (i.e. the Wikimedia Foundation does not reimburse mini bar expenses), and will check for proper currency exchange rates.

Expense codes and instructions on how to complete them can be found on the Office Wiki-Finance Corner.

=== Invoice and Expense Report Submission ===

Properly approved invoices and expense reports should be submitted to Accounting by 2pm PST on Wednesday for payment by the following Tuesday. Invoices that are related to a contract or have a blanket pre-approval should be signed to acknowledge receipt of the goods/services but do not need to be signed by all approvers since they signed the contract summary and/or initial contract.

Invoices/Expense reports and related payments are processed on a weekly cadence. Below is when you can expect to receive the funds, dependent on when the completed &amp; approved requests are received (incomplete or those missing approval can result in delays):

* '''Payment requests received with complete documentation &amp; approvals by Wednesday (by 2pm PST) will be processed that same week''', with payment going out by the following Tuesday.*
* '''Payment requests received with complete documentation &amp; approvals after Wednesday (or on Wednesday, but after 2pm PST) will be processed the following week''', with payment going out by the following Tuesday.
* Please note that the payment day may change due to Holidays/schedule conflicts/bank processing times.

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Expense reimbursement|Expense reimbursement]]

[[Category:Travel documentation{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>f7b2eah29nlw9i1gzv380crog44cbpq</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/it</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>60305</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587175</id>
      <parentid>542687</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:07Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587175</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="20194" sha1="lrkk1spq9v2sisr8fz2au8zvruszelh" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All accounts on this wiki are expected to follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]] of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|this wiki]] - including the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]].&lt;/span&gt;}}
Questa pagina descrive la '''policy sugli account''' del wiki della Governance di Wikimedia Foundation.

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Account registrati ==
{{Register account button}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Chiunque abbia un [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|account Wikimedia registrato]] ha un account sulla Wiki della Governance di Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Editor group accounts ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts with [[Special:ListUsers/editor|editor group access]] are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] or [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Legal]] departments to have editor rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in this group also have [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Expectations ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Members of the editor group are expected to:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Operate within this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]], in particular:&lt;/span&gt;
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Conduct policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content posting guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Namespaces guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Translations guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|manual of style]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Familiarize yourself with this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|editors toolbox]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|user manual]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Join the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's [[Project:Core Administrators Team|Core Administrators Team]] with questions, problems, or for assistance.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Amministratori ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Administrators on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the Communications or Legal departments to have administrator rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Steward e sysops globali ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Volunteers elected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] or selected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|Global sysops]] also have administrator rights on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki. They may use this to engage with content or maintenance of content in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|namespaces]] which can be [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|edited by registered accounts]]. However, they may not edit content within the main content namespace without first checking with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Diritti degli Amministratori di Traduzione ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Global sysops or Stewards interested in supporting efforts to address vandalism within translations may request to be added to the &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Translation administrators]]&quot; group. While Global Sysops and Stewards have many of the sysop rights on this wiki, rights associated with the Translation administrators group are necessary to manage pages [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|setup for translation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in the [[#editor|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To request being added to the Translation administrators group, please post a request on the Babel page or contact the Foundation's Communications department ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) with your request.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Requesting editor or administrator rights ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Staff may contact the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel once receiving approval from a manager within Legal or Communications. Staff can also check the [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Foundation Governance Wiki page on Office Wiki] for contact information on the current project lead for Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Steps for Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting editor rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization from your manager to request editor rights on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you are going to use the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Generally, [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation Board Trustees requesting editor or administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards requesting translation administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Thank you for your interest in supporting the efforts of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! If you would like translation administrator rights simply:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Make a request on [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Or contact a member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Rimozione dei diritti ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Due to departures, changes in roles, or unfortunately sometimes misconduct - removal of rights from an account is sometimes necessary.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Blocks_and_bans&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Blocchi e ban ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blocks and bans]] section of this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]] for more information on blocks and bans on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff departures or change in roles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Board departures ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Processes for account maintenance ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The below is intended as helpful reminders for the wiki's Core Administrators Team when processing account related requests.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting editor access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may provide editor access once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting editor group rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made via talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made by a current member of the Foundation Board, no verification is needed.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If account has not been created locally, use [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] to create a local account.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Post {{tl|welcome}} message to user's talk page using &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If possible, add accountholder to the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting administrator access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow [[#grantingeditor|above steps]] if also providing editor access.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account's need for administrator access has been established by the Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Notify the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting translation administrator access to Global Sysop or Steward accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Global Sysops or Stewards should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account is held by a Global Sysop or Steward.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing editor or translation administrator rights from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone removing editor group rights should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If person has publicly departed from their role, no additional verification is necessary.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Disable requested account's access to the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group.&lt;/span&gt;
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing administrator access from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their ca{{@}}wikimedia.org email address.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Regular audit of user group rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At least once a fiscal year, the Core Administrators Team should conduct an audit of all accounts with editor, administrator, or translation administrator rights and verify each accountholder's association with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[#removingadmin|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>lrkk1spq9v2sisr8fz2au8zvruszelh</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/my</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>60903</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587207</id>
      <parentid>539514</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587207</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9407" sha1="j1d8ypdc0ft6h4k1xe7aohwf0z986pf" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
'''IP အချက်အလက်တူးလ်'''' သည် အသုံးပြုသူများအား IP လိပ်စာများအကြောင်း လိုအပ်သည့် အချက်အလက်များကို ပံ့ပိုးပေးခြင်းဖြင့် Wikimedia ပရောဂျက်များကို ကာကွယ်ရန် ကူညီပေးသည်။ အသုံးပြုခွင့်အခြေအနေအရ၊ အသုံးပြုသူများသည် အောက်ပါလမ်းညွှန်ချက်များကို သဘောတူရပါမည်။
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|Background}} ==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Sites များသည် စေတနာ့ဝန်ထမ်းအသုံးပြုသူများ၏ ကမ္ဘာလုံးဆိုင်ရာအသိုက်အဝန်း၏ ပူးပေါင်းဆောင်ရွက်သည့် ထုတ်ကုန်ဖြစ်သည်။ ဝဘ်ဆိုက်များကို Wikimedia အကောင့်တစ်ခုဖြင့် သို့မဟုတ် မပါဘဲ တည်းဖြတ်နိုင်ပြီး အကောင့်တစ်ခုသို့ ဝင်ရောက်ခြင်း သို့မဟုတ် မပါဘဲ တည်းဖြတ်နိုင်သည်။
&lt;/div&gt; &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.&lt;/span&gt;
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
စာရင်းသွင်းမထားသော နှင့် အကောင့်ဝင်မဟုတ်သော ပံ့ပိုးကူညီသူများ၏ တည်းဖြတ်မှုများအပေါ် ဗဟိုပြုထားသည့် အလွဲသုံးစားမှု တိုက်ဖျက်ရေးလုပ်ငန်းကို လွယ်ကူချောမွေ့စေရန် IP သတင်းအချက်အလက် အင်္ဂါရပ်ကို တီထွင်ထားပါသည်။
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Requirements_for_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==ဝင်ရောက်ရန် လိုအပ်ချက်များ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removal of access ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users may voluntarily give up their access to the tool at any time by visiting Special:Preferences.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool. Further details are provided below.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Use and disclosure of IP information ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (&quot;IP information&quot;) may be disclosed.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Use of IP information ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Spur feeds] via the [[wikitech:Service/IPoid|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf GeoLite2 databases] ({{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}). Use of the tool is subject to the [https://spur.us/terms/ Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Disclosure ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Users who have agreed to the separate [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions|approved exceptions]] under that policy).&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>j1d8ypdc0ft6h4k1xe7aohwf0z986pf</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/fr</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>100240</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587158</id>
      <parentid>429898</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587158</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="11330" sha1="rmznlnq9rgzbcg23em7ku5gpy3i5ck5" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|Touristes regardant la {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} à l'intérieur du {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}]]
Cette page contient des informations sur '''la traduction du contenu du wiki de la Gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia'''.

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

Le Wiki de la gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia utilise l'[[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Extension de traduction]] pour gérer la traduction du contenu des pages. Toute personne disposant d'un compte utilisateur Wikimedia enregistré peut proposer ses traductions en utilisant ce système.

La barre latérale et le texte de l'interface du wiki sont gérés par les systèmes MediaWiki traditionnels.

&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_manual_of_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Manuel de traduction du style ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Gendering_of_words&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Genrer les mots ===

Pour les langues qui appliquent le genre à certains mots, il faut utiliser la forme du genre neutre à chaque fois que c'est possible.

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Liens importants ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Traduction de la barre latérale ===
:''Pour traduire les entrées de la barre latérale, aller sur [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
Les utilisateurs ayant des droits d'administrateur ou d'administrateur d'interface peuvent effectuer des traductions directement en utilisant les [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|étapes habituelles pour un site MediaWiki]]. En raison des risques d'abus liés à la forte fréquentation de ce contenu, seuls les utilisateurs disposant de ces droits approuvés (ou d'un droit supérieur) peuvent saisir ces traductions.

Tous les autres [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|utilisateurs]] peuvent proposer des traductions sur  [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Barre latérale]] et ensuite [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|informer un administrateur]] des mises à jour réalisées.
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Modèles de traduction ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
Les modèles et les modules dont le contenu et les traductions correspondantes proviennent d'autres wikis doivent être utilisés autant que possible afin d'éviter la charge de travail des traducteurs sur l'ensemble des wikis.
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Additional_translations_from_translatewiki.net&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Traductions supplémentaires sur translatewiki.net ===

En plus des usages déjà mentionnés de la traduction venant de [//translatewiki.net translatewiki. net], les traductions ci-dessous sont également tirées de translatewiki.net .

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Conseils pour les traducteurs ==

N'hésitez pas à ajouter vos propres conseils !

* Certains contenus peuvent être placés dans les modèles utilisés par la page que vous traduisez. Vous pouvez vérifier le code wiki de la page d'origine pour voir si les modèles ont besoin d'être traduits.
* Traduire l'espace de noms des pages. Beaucoup d'entre eux ont leur ''propre titre de page'' défini plus loin, dans le contenu de la page. Voir le [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Manuel de style]] pour plus d'informations à propos de l'entête des titres de page.

&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_page_editors_and_translation_admins&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Conseils pour les éditeurs de pages et les administrateurs de traduction ==

Avant de commencer et quand vous doutez de ce qu'il faut faire, commencez toujours par relire le ''[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|Tutoriel pour préparer le contenu à traduire]]'' ainsi que la [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|documentation de l'extension Translate]].

Afin de réduire le travail répétitif de traduction, utilisez les modèles et les autres fonctionnalités disponibles pour [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|dupliquer les efforts sur le contenu]].

Pour des raisons de cohérence sur l'ensemble du wiki et dans la mesure du possible :

* Dans les listes de liens avec puces, définissez les balises &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; uniquement dans le texte du lien.
* Incluez toujours le code de formatage en italiques (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) dans les balises qui entourent le contenu &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.
* Sauf pour la [[Home|page d'accueil]] et d'autres possibles exceptions uniques, la balise &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; de toute page traduite doit se trouver au début de la page, au-dessus de toute boîte d'information (comme les ''infoboxes'' et les notes chapeau).
* Dans les modèles, les paramètres d'entrée basés sur des numéros doivent toujours inclure leur alias numérique plutôt que de s'appuyer sur l'ordre des entrées dans le modèle. Par exemple : &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; doit s'écrire &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
* Généralement, les balises &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; doivent être nommées avec un numéro (1, 2, 3, etc.) en fonction de leur position à l'intérieur d'un ensemble de balises &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; ou de balises auto-générées &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Une fois que le ''tvar'' est défini, il ne doit pas être renommé.
* Les listes à puces qui reçoivent des mises à jour fréquentes - comme celle-ci - doivent avoir leur entrées séparées par leur propre balise &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Les autres listes à puces doivent être segmentées toutes les 2 à 4 entrées en fonction des tailles.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_able_to_support_your_efforts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Personnel capable de soutenir vos efforts ===

Voici le personnel comprenant les comptes des éditeurs actifs ou des administrateurs de ce wiki qui pourraient vous aider à formater le contenu pour la traduction. Notez bien que vous ne pouvez pas espérer qu'ils fassent le travail de formatage à votre place mais qu'ils peuvent plutôt vous aider en répondant à vos questions et vous épauler au fur et à mesure de votre progression dans le domaine de l'édition. N'hésitez pas à ajouter votre nom d'utilisateur si vous souhaitez vouloir aider vos collègues.

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Ressources importantes ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Ressources Wikimedia ===
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|Messages couramment utilisés]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|Messages intégrés couramment utilisés]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|Informations sur la traduction de la barre latérale]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|Tutoriel pour la traduction de contenu]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|Tutoriel pour la préparation du contenu à la traduction]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|Comprendre l'administration des traductions]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;span id=&quot;External_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Ressources externes ===
* [https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf Guide allemand sur le langage inclusif] (PDF) (Cité de Graz)
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Modèles à surveiller ==

Ces modèles traductibles doivent être surveillés et mis à jour régulièrement en fonction des besoins :
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Politiques connexes ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|Politique des comptes]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Politique de conduite]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|Politique des modifications]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|Politiques de la publication]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|Couverture]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Wikimedia:Contenu dupliqué]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|Babylon:portail des traducteurs Wikimedia sur Meta-Wiki]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>rmznlnq9rgzbcg23em7ku5gpy3i5ck5</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/fr</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>104009</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587147</id>
      <parentid>565056</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587147</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9010" sha1="ef0xkze7cpnn5q0wzgeu091p1j693al" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
Ce '''guide de style du wiki de la Gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia''' donne les règles de base à prendre en compte pour la mise en forme du contenu et la création des pages de ce site.

Les besoins spécifiques au type de contenu (résolutions, minutes, document juridique, etc.) prévalent toujours sur les recommandations fournies sur cette page. Ces dernières sont plus là pour vous aider à éviter toute incohérence inutile et à vous orienter quand il n'existe pas de structure prévue pour votre type de contenu.

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Règles générales ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* Essayez d'utiliser des mots et des phrases en anglais qui ne seront pas difficiles à traduire dans les autres langues 
* Si vous avez un doute, référez-vous au manuel de style des wikis des projets Wikimedia ou au [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|guide « Communiqué à propos de la Fondation Wikimedia »]] de Meta-Wiki

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Contractions et acronymes ===

Pour que le contenu soit plus facile à traduire et à comprendre dans les différentes langues, évitez d'utiliser les contractions et les acronymes.

Lorsque l'utilisation d'un acronyme est nécessaire ou difficile à éviter, assurez-vous d'avoir donné sa signification quand vous l'employez (par exemple: Fondation Wikimedia (''WMF''))

=== Dates ===

A chaque fois que c'est possible, utilisez le modèle {{tl|DateT}} pour formater correctement la date dans la langue et selon les préférences de l'utilisateur. Sinon les dates doivent avoir le format suivant :

* Année-Mois-Jour au format AAAA-MM-JJ (exemple : 2024-03-01)
* Jour Mois Année (exemple : 1 mars 2024)

&lt;span id=&quot;Gender_and_pronoun_usage&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Genre et utilisation des pronoms ===

Dans la mesure du possible, des pronoms neutres en matière de genre doivent être utilisés.

Les demandes d'utilisation de pronoms spécifiques lorsqu'elles font référence à la personne qui fait la demande doivent être réalisées chaque fois que cela est possible. Les limites doivent être partagées par l'équipe des administrateurs principaux avec les personnes qui font la demande.

Le contenu existant peut être modifié en masse en contactant l'[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|équipe des administrateurs principaux]] du wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Job_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Intitulé des postes ===

L'intitulé des postes (en anglais) doit être formulé avec des majuscules comme les noms propres; exemples : Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles

&lt;span id=&quot;Name_changes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Modifications des noms ===

Les particuliers qui demandent la modification de leur propre nom, quelles qu'en soient les raisons (y compris par mesure de sécurité ou pour la confidentialité), peuvent le faire en contactant l'[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|équipe des administrateurs principaux]] du wiki.

Les demandes de changements seront honorées, y compris dans le cadre du contenu historique, dans la mesure du possible. Les limites doivent être partagées par l'équipe des administrateurs principaux et les personnes qui font la demande.

&lt;span id=&quot;Project_names&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Nom des projets ===

Le nom des projets Wikimedia doivent utiliser les majuscules, ni raccourcis, ni abbréviés.

Exemples :

* Meta-Wiki (et non pas Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (et non pas Commons)
* English Wikipedia (et non pas enWP)

&lt;span id=&quot;Title,_header,_and_page_name_formatting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Formatage du titre, entête et nom de page ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
Autant que possible, l'[[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|utilisation des majuscules dans les phrases]] doit être utilisée pour tous les titres, les entêtes, et les noms des pages.

L'exception principale est l'utilisation flexible de la capitalisation du nom propre pour les politiques et les autres contenus ayant un large public externe.

Exemples de pages où la mise en majuscules des noms propres est la plus appropriée :

* Politique d'organisation majeure 
* Conseil d'administration
* Comité officiel du conseil 
* Résolution officielle du conseil

Exemples de pages où l'utilisation des majuscules est la plus appropriée :

* Politique spécifique à ce wiki seulement 
* Histoire des départements passés 
* Informations de la réunion régulière du conseil

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Titres des pages pour les espaces de noms des documents juridiques, les minutes, les politiques et les résolutions ===

Les titres des pages doivent être modifiés avec &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; quand c'est possible &amp;ndash; en y incluant ''Wikimedia'' ou ''Fondation Wikimedia'' selon le cas. Par contre les pages qui utilisent &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; '''ne doivent pas''' faire traduire leur titre.

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
Pages formatées proprement pour relecture et aide supplémentaire :

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Politique : Code universel de conduite]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Politique:Conditions d’utilisation]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Namespace_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Emplacement de l'espace de noms ==
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
Autant que possible, le contenu doit être rangé dans ces espaces de noms pour faciliter grandement la recherche de contenu.
;Espace de noms principal
:Contenu général, pages de navigation, ou contenu sans espace de noms clairement défini
;Espaces de noms de discussion
:Discussions et archives des discussions
; Wikimedia
:Contenu spécifique aux opérations du [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|wiki de la Gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia]]
; Policy
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Politiques]] de la Fondation Wikimedia et du Mouvement Wikimedia
; Resolution
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Résolutions]] du Conseil d’administration de la Fondation Wikimedia
; Legal
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Document juridiques]] de la Fondation Wikimedia
; Agenda
:Agendas des [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|réunions du Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee]]
; Minutes
:Minutes des [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|réunions du Conseil d'Administration de la Fondation Wikimedia]]
; Committee
:Contenu relatif aux comités du Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee
; Endowment
:Contenu relatif à [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]
; Memory
:Contenu relatif à la [[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Connaissance institutionnelle]] de la Fondation Wikimedia
; Archive
:Contenu [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|archivé]] ou historique qui n'est plus activement utilisé sur ce wiki et qui est disponible pour être migré vers un autre wiki (en général [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Utilisation de l'espace de noms des résolutions ===

Le contenu placé dans l'espace de noms Resolutions doit représenter des résolutions qui ont été prises en compte par le Conseil d'administration de la Fondation Wikimedia. Le modèle {{tl|resolution}} doit être utilisé au début des pages de résolution pour assurer la mise en forme nécessaire.

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Utilisation de l'espace de noms des règles ===

Le contenu placé dans l'espace de noms Policies doit représenter des politiques officielles de la Fondation Wikimedia. Les modèles {{tl|Policy-board}} et {{tl|Policy-staff}} doivent être utilisés pour aider à afficher les informations au lecteur.
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Category_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Placement de la catégorie ==

Tout contenu (page, fichier, modèle, etc.) de ce wiki doit avoir une catégorie dans l'arborescence des catégories [[:Category:All|Category:All]] :
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Traductions ==

:''Voir le [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Manuel de style des traductions]] ainsi que les [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Instructions pour traduire]].''</text>
      <sha1>ef0xkze7cpnn5q0wzgeu091p1j693al</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/hu</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>105283</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587160</id>
      <parentid>429899</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587160</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12551" sha1="qno4oq2i2m3g25fjq8tk1rmbwymtpv7" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tourists looking at the {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} inside the {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}&lt;/span&gt;]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This page contains information on '''translating content on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki'''.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki uses the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translation extension]] to handle translation of page content. Anyone with a registered Wikimedia user account is able to offer translations using this system.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The wiki's sidebar and interface text are managed through traditional MediaWiki systems.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Translations manual of style ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gendering of words ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
With languages that &quot;gender&quot; some words, gender-neutral variations of those words should be used whenever possible.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Important links ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Sidebar translations ===
&lt;/div&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;''To translate sidebar entries, please go to: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users with administrator or interface administrator rights can make translations directly using the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|usual steps for a MediaWiki site]]. Due to the potential for abuse given the high-traffic nature of this content, only users with these approved rights (or higher) may enter these translations.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All other [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|users]] may offer translations at [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]] and then [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|alert an administrator]] to the updates you have made.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Translation templates ===
&lt;/div&gt;
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Templates and modules with content and related translations from other wikis should be used as much as possible to avoid workload for translators across wikis.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Additional translations from translatewiki.net ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In addition to already mentioned usages of translation from [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], the below translations are also pulled from translatewiki.net.
&lt;/div&gt;

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tippek fordítóknak ==

Nyugodtan add hozzá saját tippjeidet!

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Some content may be placed within templates being used by the page you are translating. You may want to check the original page's wiki code for any templates in need of translating
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Translate the namespace for pages. Many within namespaces have a &quot;proper page title&quot; further within the page's content. See the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Manual of style]] for more information on page title headers.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Tips for page editors and translation admins ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Before beginning and when you are unsure what to do, always begin by reviewing the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&quot;]] and [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translate extension documentation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To reduce the amount of repetitive work for translations, please use templates and others features available through [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|duplicated content efforts]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For consistency across this wiki and whenever possible:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* In bullet lists of links, setup relevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags only within the link's text.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Always include italics formatting code (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) within the content's elevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* With the exception of the [[Home]] page and other possible unique exceptions, the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag for any translated page should be at the very top of the page above any information boxes (aka infoboxes and hatnotes).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* &quot;Number&quot; based entries in templates should always include their number alias rather than be based on the entries place within the template. For example: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Generally, &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags should be named using a number (1, 2, 3, etc.) based on its placement within a specific set of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags or autogenerated &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag. Once a tvar name is placed, it should not be renamed.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Bullet lists which have the potential for frequent updates - such as this one - should have each entry separated with its own &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags. All other bullet lists should be broken up every 2-4 entries depending on size of the entries.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff able to support your efforts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These are staff with active editor or administrator accounts on this wiki who ''might'' be able to support your efforts to setup content for translation. Please note that you should not expect these people to do your content setup work for you, but rather help answer your questions and support building your capacity in this area of wiki editing. Please feel free to add your own username if you are interested in supporting your colleagues.
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Relevant resources ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia resources ===
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Common messages&lt;/span&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Commonly used built-in messages&lt;/span&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Information on translating sidebar&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tutorial for content translation&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Understanding translation administration&lt;/span&gt;]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== External resources ===
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf German guide to inclusive language] (PDF) (City of Graz)&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Templates to monitor ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These translatable templates should be monitored and updated routinely as needed:
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Related policies ==
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Accounts policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Conduct policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Editing policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy posting guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Scope&lt;/span&gt;]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia:Duplicated content&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Babylon: Wikimedia translators' portal on Meta-Wiki&lt;/span&gt;]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>qno4oq2i2m3g25fjq8tk1rmbwymtpv7</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/vi</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>106459</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587179</id>
      <parentid>515196</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587179</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="20029" sha1="rllomj7uxf3z70jlnvzcw6m8niodv9t" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All accounts on this wiki are expected to follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]] of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|this wiki]] - including the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]].&lt;/span&gt;}}
Trang này cung cấp những thông tin sơ lược về '''quy định tài khoản''' tại Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ Wikimedia

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tài khoản đã đăng ký ==
{{Register account button}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Bất kỳ ai đã đăng ký [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|tài khoản Wikimedia]] sẽ tự động có tài khoản trên Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ Wikimedia.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Editor_group_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tài khoản của nhóm biên tập viên ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Tài khoản có nhóm biên tập viên là nhân viên của Quỹ Wikimedia và các nhà thầu được bộ phận Truyền thông hoặc Pháp lý chấp thuận để có quyền biên tập viên tại wiki này nhằm thực hiện nhiệm vụ công việc của họ.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in this group also have [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Expectations ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Members of the editor group are expected to:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Operate within this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]], in particular:&lt;/span&gt;
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Conduct policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content posting guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Namespaces guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Translations guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|manual of style]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Familiarize yourself with this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|editors toolbox]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|user manual]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Join the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's [[Project:Core Administrators Team|Core Administrators Team]] with questions, problems, or for assistance.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Bảo quản viên ==

Bảo quản viên trên Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ Wikimedia là nhân viên và nhà thầu của Quỹ Wikimedia được các bộ phận Truyền thông hoặc Pháp lý chấp thuận có quyền bảo quản viên tại wiki này nhằm thực hiện nhiệm vụ công việc của họ.

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Tiếp viên và Bảo quản viên toàn cục ===

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Các tình nguyện viên được cấp quyền [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|tiếp viên]] hoặc [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|bảo quản viên toàn cục]] cũng sẽ có quyền bảo quản viên tại Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ Wikimedia.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Translation administrator rights ====
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Global sysops or Stewards interested in supporting efforts to address vandalism within translations may request to be added to the &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Translation administrators]]&quot; group. While Global Sysops and Stewards have many of the sysop rights on this wiki, rights associated with the Translation administrators group are necessary to manage pages [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|setup for translation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in the [[#editor|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To request being added to the Translation administrators group, please post a request on the Babel page or contact the Foundation's Communications department ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) with your request.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Yêu cầu cấp quyền biên tập viên hoặc bảo quản viên ==

Nhân viên có thể liên hệ với nhóm Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ Wikimedia thông qua kênh nội bộ {{Wiki Slack channel link}} sau khi nhận được sự chấp thuận từ người quản lý của Bộ phận Pháp lý hoặc Truyền thông. Nhân viên cũng có thể xem [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki trang Wiki Quản trị của Tổ chức tại Wiki Văn phòng] để biết thông tin liên hệ của người đứng đầu dự án Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Steps for Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting editor rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization from your manager to request editor rights on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you are going to use the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Generally, [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation Board Trustees requesting editor or administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards requesting translation administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Thank you for your interest in supporting the efforts of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! If you would like translation administrator rights simply:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Make a request on [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Or contact a member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Removal of rights ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Due to departures, changes in roles, or unfortunately sometimes misconduct - removal of rights from an account is sometimes necessary.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Blocks and bans ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blocks and bans]] section of this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]] for more information on blocks and bans on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff departures or change in roles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Board departures ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Processes for account maintenance ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The below is intended as helpful reminders for the wiki's Core Administrators Team when processing account related requests.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting editor access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may provide editor access once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting editor group rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made via talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made by a current member of the Foundation Board, no verification is needed.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If account has not been created locally, use [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] to create a local account.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Post {{tl|welcome}} message to user's talk page using &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If possible, add accountholder to the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting administrator access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow [[#grantingeditor|above steps]] if also providing editor access.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account's need for administrator access has been established by the Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Notify the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting translation administrator access to Global Sysop or Steward accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Global Sysops or Stewards should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account is held by a Global Sysop or Steward.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing editor or translation administrator rights from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone removing editor group rights should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If person has publicly departed from their role, no additional verification is necessary.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Disable requested account's access to the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group.&lt;/span&gt;
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing administrator access from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their ca{{@}}wikimedia.org email address.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Regular audit of user group rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At least once a fiscal year, the Core Administrators Team should conduct an audit of all accounts with editor, administrator, or translation administrator rights and verify each accountholder's association with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[#removingadmin|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>rllomj7uxf3z70jlnvzcw6m8niodv9t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/vi</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>106518</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587167</id>
      <parentid>429904</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:01Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587167</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12055" sha1="p2m3sezr7yjg0dj3jqzmjisq3l7jzzw" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tourists looking at the {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} inside the {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}&lt;/span&gt;]]
Trang này cung cấp thông tin về việc '''biên dịch nội dung trên Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ Wikimedia'''.

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ Wikimedia sử dụng [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Tiện ích mở rộng Dịch thuật]] để xử lý việc dịch nội dung trang. Bất cứ ai đã đăng ký tài khoản thành viên Wikimedia đều có thể thêm và sửa đổi bản dịch bằng hệ thống này.

Thanh bên và văn bản giao diện của wiki được quản lý thông qua các hệ thống truyền thống của MediaWiki.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Translations manual of style ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gendering of words ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
With languages that &quot;gender&quot; some words, gender-neutral variations of those words should be used whenever possible.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Liên kết quan trọng ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Biên dịch thanh bên ===
:&lt;span class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;''Để dịch các mục nằm trong thanh bên, vui lòng truy cập: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users with administrator or interface administrator rights can make translations directly using the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|usual steps for a MediaWiki site]]. Due to the potential for abuse given the high-traffic nature of this content, only users with these approved rights (or higher) may enter these translations.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All other [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|users]] may offer translations at [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]] and then [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|alert an administrator]] to the updates you have made.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Bản mẫu dịch thuật ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Templates and modules with content and related translations from other wikis should be used as much as possible to avoid workload for translators across wikis.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Additional translations from translatewiki.net ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In addition to already mentioned usages of translation from [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], the below translations are also pulled from translatewiki.net.
&lt;/div&gt;

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Tips for translators ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Feel free to add your own tips!
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Some content may be placed within templates being used by the page you are translating. You may want to check the original page's wiki code for any templates in need of translating
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Translate the namespace for pages. Many within namespaces have a &quot;proper page title&quot; further within the page's content. See the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Manual of style]] for more information on page title headers.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Tips for page editors and translation admins ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Before beginning and when you are unsure what to do, always begin by reviewing the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&quot;]] and [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translate extension documentation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To reduce the amount of repetitive work for translations, please use templates and others features available through [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|duplicated content efforts]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For consistency across this wiki and whenever possible:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* In bullet lists of links, setup relevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags only within the link's text.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Always include italics formatting code (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) within the content's elevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* With the exception of the [[Home]] page and other possible unique exceptions, the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag for any translated page should be at the very top of the page above any information boxes (aka infoboxes and hatnotes).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* &quot;Number&quot; based entries in templates should always include their number alias rather than be based on the entries place within the template. For example: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Generally, &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags should be named using a number (1, 2, 3, etc.) based on its placement within a specific set of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags or autogenerated &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag. Once a tvar name is placed, it should not be renamed.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Bullet lists which have the potential for frequent updates - such as this one - should have each entry separated with its own &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags. All other bullet lists should be broken up every 2-4 entries depending on size of the entries.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff able to support your efforts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These are staff with active editor or administrator accounts on this wiki who ''might'' be able to support your efforts to setup content for translation. Please note that you should not expect these people to do your content setup work for you, but rather help answer your questions and support building your capacity in this area of wiki editing. Please feel free to add your own username if you are interested in supporting your colleagues.
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
== Trang trợ giúp liên quan ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia resources ===
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Common messages&lt;/span&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Commonly used built-in messages&lt;/span&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|Thông tin về dịch thanh bên]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|Hướng dẫn dịch nội dung]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|Hướng dẫn thiết lập nội dung để dịch]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Understanding translation administration&lt;/span&gt;]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== External resources ===
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf German guide to inclusive language] (PDF) (City of Graz)&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Bản mẫu để theo dõi ==

Các bản mẫu có thể dịch này cần được theo dõi và cập nhật thường xuyên khi cần:
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Quy định liên quan ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|Quy định tài khoản]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Quy định cư xử]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|Quy định biên tập]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|Hướng dẫn đăng tải quy định]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|Phạm vi]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Wikimedia:Nội dung trùng lặp]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|Babylon: Cổng thông tin cho biên dịch viên Wikimedia trên Meta-Wiki]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>p2m3sezr7yjg0dj3jqzmjisq3l7jzzw</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/vi</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>106535</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587154</id>
      <parentid>565063</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587154</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10725" sha1="10pdkk9fjhybhsxw8jfmxm8aonyshcg" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
'''Cẩm nang Biên soạn Wiki Quản trị của Quỹ Wikimedia''' này cung cấp những hướng dẫn cơ bản cần được quan tâm khi định dạng nội dung và tạo các trang trên trang web này.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At all times, the needs of the specific type of content (resolution, minutes, legal document, etc.) takes precedent over any guidelines provided on this page. These guides are more to help avoid unnecessary inconsistency and guidance where the type of content does not provide an existing framework.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Hướng dẫn chung ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Try to utilize English words and phrases which will not be difficult to translate into other languages
* When in doubt, refer to manual of styles on Wikimedia project wikis or the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|&quot;Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&quot; guide on Meta-Wiki]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When using an acronym is necessary or difficult to avoid, please be sure to introduce the acronym's meaning in its usage. (example: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Dates ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When possible the {{tl|DateT}} template should be utilized to properly format date to a user's language and preferences. Where not possible, dates should be formatted as:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Year-Month-Day as YYYY-MM-DD (example: 2024-03-01)
* Day Month Year (example: 1 March 2024)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gender and pronoun usage ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, gender-neutral pronouns should be used.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for use of specific pronouns when referring to person making the request should be honored whenever it is possible to do so. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Existing content can be changed en masse by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Job titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Job titles should be capitalized and treated as proper nouns. (examples: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Name changes ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Project names ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Meta-Wiki (not Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (not Commons)
* English Wikipedia (not enWP)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Title, header, and page name formatting ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|sentence case capitalization]] should be used for all titles, headers, and page names.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The primary exception is using a flexible use of proper noun capitalization for policies and other content with a large external audience.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where proper noun capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Major Organization Policy
* Board of Trustees
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Board Committee
* Formal Board Resolution
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where sentence case capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Policy specific to only this wiki
* History of past departments
* Information from a regular board meeting
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
== Tên trang cho không gian tên Pháp lý, Biên bản, Quy định và Nghị quyết ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Page titles should be altered with &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; as needed - with inclusion of Wikimedia or Wikimedia Foundation in title as appropriate. Pages using the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should '''not''' have their page title's marked for translation as well.
&lt;/div&gt;

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Pages properly formatted to review for additional help:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Quy định:Bộ Quy tắc Ứng xử Chung]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Quy định:Điều khoản sử dụng]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Namespace placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, content should be placed within these namespaces to facilitate greater searching of content.
&lt;/div&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Main namespace&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;General content, navigational pages, or content without a clear namespace&lt;/span&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Talk namespaces&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Discussions and archives of discussions&lt;/span&gt;
; Wikimedia
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to operations of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Policy
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation and Wikimedia Movement [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|policies]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Resolution
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]] by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Legal
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|legal documentation]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Agenda
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Agendas of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Minutes
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Minutes of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Committee
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Endowment
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Memory
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/span&gt;
; Archive
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archived]] or historical content no longer in active use on this wiki and available for migration to another wiki (generally [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
== Không gian tên Nghị quyết ==
&lt;/div&gt;

Nội dung được đặt trong không gian tên Nghị quyết phải là các nghị quyết đã được Hội đồng Quản trị Quỹ Wikimedia xem xét. Bản mẫu {{tl|resolution}} nên được đặt ở đầu các trang có nghị quyết để thống nhất về định dạng.

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
== Không gian tên Quy định ==
&lt;/div&gt;

Nội dung được đặt trong không gian tên Quy định phải là quy định chính thức của Quỹ Wikimedia. Các bản mẫu {{tl|Policy-board}} hoặc {{tl|Policy-staff}} nên được sử dụng để giúp hiển thị thông tin cho người đọc.
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Category placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[:Category:All|Category:All]] category tree:
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Translations ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
:''Please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Translations manual of style]] within the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Translations guidelines]].''
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>10pdkk9fjhybhsxw8jfmxm8aonyshcg</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/ar</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>109120</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587202</id>
      <parentid>539507</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587202</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8281" sha1="k26tbtoa282v51set2njoeoime9mdr0" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
تساعد &quot;أداة معلومات الآي بي&quot; المستخدمين على حماية مشاريع ويكيميديا من خلال توفير المعلومات التي يحتاجون إليها حول عناوين الآي بي. يجب على المستخدمين الاعتراف بالمبادئ التوجيهية التالية كشرط للوصول.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|Background}} ==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
مواقع ويكيميديا ​​هي نتاج تعاوني لمجتمع عالمي من المستخدمين المتطوعين. يمكن تحرير المواقع باستخدام أو بدون حساب ويكيميديا ويمكن تحريرها بتسجيل الدخول إلى الحساب أو بدونه.
&lt;/div&gt; &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.&lt;/span&gt;
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
طُورت ميزة معلومات الآي بي للمساعدة في تسريع العمل المضاد للإساءة التي تركز على تعديلات المساهمين غير المسجلين.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Requirements_for_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== متطلبات الوصول ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== نزع إمكانية الوصول ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users may voluntarily give up their access to the tool at any time by visiting Special:Preferences.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool. Further details are provided below.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_and_disclosure_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==استخدام معلومات الآي بي والإفصاح عنها==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (&quot;IP information&quot;) may be disclosed.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===استخدام معلومات الآي بي===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Spur feeds] via the [[wikitech:Service/IPoid|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf GeoLite2 databases] ({{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}). Use of the tool is subject to the [https://spur.us/terms/ Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Disclosure&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== الإفصاح ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Users who have agreed to the separate [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions|approved exceptions]] under that policy).&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>k26tbtoa282v51set2njoeoime9mdr0</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/pl</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>111451</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587166</id>
      <parentid>429903</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:00Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587166</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12592" sha1="bxoajghk9i8zg582gr9hnt9j19bniw2" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tourists looking at the {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} inside the {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}&lt;/span&gt;]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This page contains information on '''translating content on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki'''.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki uses the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translation extension]] to handle translation of page content. Anyone with a registered Wikimedia user account is able to offer translations using this system.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The wiki's sidebar and interface text are managed through traditional MediaWiki systems.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Translations manual of style ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gendering of words ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
With languages that &quot;gender&quot; some words, gender-neutral variations of those words should be used whenever possible.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Ważne strony ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Sidebar translations ===
&lt;/div&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;''To translate sidebar entries, please go to: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users with administrator or interface administrator rights can make translations directly using the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|usual steps for a MediaWiki site]]. Due to the potential for abuse given the high-traffic nature of this content, only users with these approved rights (or higher) may enter these translations.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All other [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|users]] may offer translations at [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]] and then [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|alert an administrator]] to the updates you have made.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Translation templates ===
&lt;/div&gt;
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Templates and modules with content and related translations from other wikis should be used as much as possible to avoid workload for translators across wikis.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Additional translations from translatewiki.net ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In addition to already mentioned usages of translation from [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], the below translations are also pulled from translatewiki.net.
&lt;/div&gt;

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Tips for translators ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Feel free to add your own tips!
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Some content may be placed within templates being used by the page you are translating. You may want to check the original page's wiki code for any templates in need of translating
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Translate the namespace for pages. Many within namespaces have a &quot;proper page title&quot; further within the page's content. See the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Manual of style]] for more information on page title headers.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Tips for page editors and translation admins ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Before beginning and when you are unsure what to do, always begin by reviewing the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&quot;]] and [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translate extension documentation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To reduce the amount of repetitive work for translations, please use templates and others features available through [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|duplicated content efforts]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For consistency across this wiki and whenever possible:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* In bullet lists of links, setup relevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags only within the link's text.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Always include italics formatting code (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) within the content's elevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* With the exception of the [[Home]] page and other possible unique exceptions, the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag for any translated page should be at the very top of the page above any information boxes (aka infoboxes and hatnotes).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* &quot;Number&quot; based entries in templates should always include their number alias rather than be based on the entries place within the template. For example: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Generally, &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags should be named using a number (1, 2, 3, etc.) based on its placement within a specific set of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags or autogenerated &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag. Once a tvar name is placed, it should not be renamed.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Bullet lists which have the potential for frequent updates - such as this one - should have each entry separated with its own &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags. All other bullet lists should be broken up every 2-4 entries depending on size of the entries.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff able to support your efforts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These are staff with active editor or administrator accounts on this wiki who ''might'' be able to support your efforts to setup content for translation. Please note that you should not expect these people to do your content setup work for you, but rather help answer your questions and support building your capacity in this area of wiki editing. Please feel free to add your own username if you are interested in supporting your colleagues.
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Relevant resources ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia resources ===
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Common messages&lt;/span&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Commonly used built-in messages&lt;/span&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Information on translating sidebar&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tutorial for content translation&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Understanding translation administration&lt;/span&gt;]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== External resources ===
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf German guide to inclusive language] (PDF) (City of Graz)&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Templates to monitor ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These translatable templates should be monitored and updated routinely as needed:
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Related policies ==
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Accounts policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Conduct policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Editing policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy posting guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Scope&lt;/span&gt;]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia:Duplicated content&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Babylon: Wikimedia translators' portal on Meta-Wiki&lt;/span&gt;]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>bxoajghk9i8zg582gr9hnt9j19bniw2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/ru</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>117095</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587209</id>
      <parentid>539517</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587209</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8170" sha1="jcivsebb17i0wi5hvnqmr7yry74d1y8" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
'''Инструмент «Информация об IP-адресах»''' (''IP Information tool'') помогает участникам защищать проекты Викимедиа, предоставляя необходимую информацию об IP-адресах. Для получения доступа участники должны согласиться со следующими правилами.
== {{int string|Background}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Sites are the collaborative product of a global community of volunteer users. The Sites can be edited with or without signing into a Wikimedia account.
&lt;/div&gt; &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.&lt;/span&gt;
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The IP Information tool was developed to help streamline anti-abuse work centered on the edits of unregistered and non-logged-in contributors.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Requirements_for_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Требования для доступа ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Отзыв доступа ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users may voluntarily give up their access to the tool at any time by visiting Special:Preferences.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool. Further details are provided below.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_and_disclosure_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Использование и раскрытие информации об IP-адресах ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (&quot;IP information&quot;) may be disclosed.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Использование информации об IP ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Spur feeds] via the [[wikitech:Service/IPoid|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf GeoLite2 databases] ({{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}). Use of the tool is subject to the [https://spur.us/terms/ Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Disclosure&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Раскрытие ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Users who have agreed to the separate [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions|approved exceptions]] under that policy).&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>jcivsebb17i0wi5hvnqmr7yry74d1y8</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Resolution:Language Committee Charter/2/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>117325</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587126</id>
      <parentid>373962</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587126</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="151" sha1="b5ww15fwec84firra89t2qzb2l61b31" xml:space="preserve">This resolution approved the Language Committee [[$1|charter]] laying out its scope and duties. It was unanimously approved online on October 16, 2012.</text>
      <sha1>b5ww15fwec84firra89t2qzb2l61b31</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Resolution:Language Committee Charter/en</title>
    <ns>100</ns>
    <id>117337</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587129</id>
      <parentid>555718</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587129</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2786" sha1="9e1qzyz2walwjfwctivkprnjeig2sjh" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = Language Committee Charter (2012)
 |notes = This resolution approved the Language Committee [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter|charter]] laying out its scope and duties. It was unanimously approved online on October 16, 2012.
}}
Resolved, that the Board of Trustees approves the Language Committee Charter, laying out the scope and duties of the Language Committee.

== Language Committee Charter ==

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

The committee is tasked as follows.

# The development and maintenance of:
## a clear step-by-step policy (based on quantitative indicators) for evaluating the feasibility of new language wikis, with an automated procedure for project development;
## support and policy development for script and localization related problems;
## documentation to support new language communities towards a stable growth rate;
## support and coordination for cross-language projects, helping smaller communities share resources and maximize their results;
## support and coordination to maintain compatibility among the different MediaWiki installations, in order to reduce the amount of development needed to upgrade the program base as far as localization is concerned.
# The processing of requests for new language subdomains of existing Wikimedia projects, providing it gives the Wikimedia Board of Trustees four days advance notice before approving a request.

=== Goals ===

The goals of the committee are to:

# minimize the political aspects connected to the release of new projects, moving the focus towards purely quantitative decision criteria;
# minimize the need of localization-related funding and development by providing a common shared policy;
# maximize the reuse of proven marketing techniques among different editions;
# maximize the co-operation level among different language communities by providing common fields of activity;
# achieve the widest possible localization level for MediaWiki at the lowest cost, in order to maintain and improve its leading role as an open-source content management system.

=== Transparency ===

* The whole set of activities of the language committee is public, and any advice from the community is welcome.
* The committee values the fact that projects are a property of the single editors who make it and considers users' necessities as the primary source for policy.
* The committee is especially interested in hearing those who proposed a new wiki in the past and got either refused or approved.

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>9e1qzyz2walwjfwctivkprnjeig2sjh</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/zh</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>118815</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587180</id>
      <parentid>579723</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587180</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="18658" sha1="13abaxs63z3n1axu3g76a4no0zmxtxg" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|本wiki]]網站上的所有賬號均需遵守本站的[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|方針、指引和程式]]——包括[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|行為方針]]。}}
本页概述了维基媒体基金会治理Wiki网站的'''账号方针'''。

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 已注册账号 ==
{{Register account button}}
[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|已注册维基媒体账号]]的任何人，在维基媒体基金会上均有账号。（按照本站的[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|编辑方针]]，）鼓励上述所有人参与[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|翻译工作]]和讨论页上的讨论。
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Editor_group_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 编者用户组账号 ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
拥有[[Special:ListUsers/editor|编者用户组权限]]的账号为维基媒体基金会职员，以及经[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|通讯]]或[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|法律]]部门批准拥有此wiki的编者权限以履行工作职责的承包人。

该组账户还拥有[[#translateadmin|翻译管理员权限]]。

&lt;span id=&quot;Expectations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 期望 ===

编者组的成员应当：
* 履行此wiki的[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|方针、指引及程序]]，特别是：
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|行为方针]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|内容发布指引]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|命名空间指引]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|翻译指引]]
* 請參閱維基網站的 [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|風格指南]]
* 熟悉本站点的[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|编辑工具箱]]和[[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|用户手册]]。
* 加入内部{{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack频道。
* 如有疑問、需要協助或故障排除，請聯繫維基的 [[Project:Core Administrators Team|管理人員核心團隊]]。
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 管理员 ==

拥有管理员用户组权限的账户为维基媒体基金会员工，以及经通讯或法律部门批准拥有此维基站的管理员权限以履行工作职责的承包人。

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 监管员与全域管理员 ===

被选举为[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|监管员]]或者被选为[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|全域管理员]]的志愿者也有维基媒体基金会治理维基站的管理员权限。他们可以藉此参与[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|注册用户可编辑]]的[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|命名空间]]的内容及维护工作。然而，他们不得在未征求基金会意见的情况下，编辑主要内容[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|命名空间]]下的内容。
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==== 翻译管理员权限 ====

有兴趣协助解决翻译破坏的全域管理员或监管员可以请求加入“[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|翻译管理员]]”用户组。全域管理员和监管员在本站虽然也有许多管理权限，亦仍然需要绑定到翻译管理员组的权限才能管理页面的[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|翻译配置]]。

[[#editor|编辑组]]的账户也拥有翻译管理员权限。

若需申请加入翻译管理员组，请在 Babel 页面发布请求，或联系基金会通讯部门（{{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}）提出申请。
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 请求编者或管理员权限 ==

一旦收到来自法律或通讯部门经理批准，职员可以通过内部{{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack频道，联络维基媒体基金会治理Wiki核心管理员团队。员工也可以查看[//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Office Wiki上的基金会治理维基页面]找到当前基金会治理维基站的项目负责人联系信息。

&lt;span id=&quot;Steps_for_Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_editor_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 为维基媒体基金会员工申请编辑权限的步骤 ===
# 通过电子邮件或 Slack 接收并记录管理员的授权，以请求此维基的编辑权限。
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you are going to use the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Generally, [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation Board Trustees requesting editor or administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards requesting translation administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Thank you for your interest in supporting the efforts of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! If you would like translation administrator rights simply:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Make a request on [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Or contact a member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 移除权限 ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Due to departures, changes in roles, or unfortunately sometimes misconduct - removal of rights from an account is sometimes necessary.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Blocks_and_bans&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 封禁及禁制 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blocks and bans]] section of this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]] for more information on blocks and bans on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff departures or change in roles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Board departures ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Processes for account maintenance ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The below is intended as helpful reminders for the wiki's Core Administrators Team when processing account related requests.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting editor access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may provide editor access once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting editor group rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made via talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made by a current member of the Foundation Board, no verification is needed.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If account has not been created locally, use [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] to create a local account.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Post {{tl|welcome}} message to user's talk page using &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If possible, add accountholder to the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting administrator access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow [[#grantingeditor|above steps]] if also providing editor access.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account's need for administrator access has been established by the Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Notify the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting translation administrator access to Global Sysop or Steward accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Global Sysops or Stewards should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account is held by a Global Sysop or Steward.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing editor or translation administrator rights from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone removing editor group rights should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If person has publicly departed from their role, no additional verification is necessary.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Disable requested account's access to the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group.&lt;/span&gt;
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing administrator access from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their ca{{@}}wikimedia.org email address.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Regular audit of user group rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At least once a fiscal year, the Core Administrators Team should conduct an audit of all accounts with editor, administrator, or translation administrator rights and verify each accountholder's association with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[#removingadmin|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>13abaxs63z3n1axu3g76a4no0zmxtxg</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/zh</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>118872</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587155</id>
      <parentid>579733</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587155</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7047" sha1="scgxq76n4vbbfybqlrzpnstvy5raqsk" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
此'''维基媒体基金会治理维基站格式手册'''概述了在本站排版内容格式与创建页面应考虑的基本指引。

任何时候，特定内容类型（如决议、纪要、法律文档等）之需要均先于此页面上的任何指引。此指引更多程度上是为了帮助避免不必要的不一致性，并为不存在现有框架的内容类型提供指引。

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 一般指引 ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* 尽量使用不难翻译成其它语言的英文单词和短语
* 有疑问时，参考维基媒体计划各维基站的格式手册或者[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation| Meta-Wiki上“谈及维基媒体基金会”的指南]]

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 简称和缩略词 ===

为便利内容的跨语言翻译和理解，请避免使用简称和缩略词。

有必要或者难以避免使用首字母缩略词时，请确保在使用时解释之。（例如：维基媒体基金会（“WMF”））

&lt;span id=&quot;Dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 日期 ===

如果可以，应当使用{{tl|DateT}}模板，以将日期按照用户的语言和偏好排版格式。无法使用时，日期应按如下格式排版：

* 年-月-日排版为YYYY-MM-DD（例如：2024-03-01）
* 日 月 年（例如：1 三月 2024）

&lt;span id=&quot;Gender_and_pronoun_usage&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 性别和代词的使用 ===

如果可以，应当使用中性的人称代词。

若本人要求使用特定人称代词称呼之，此要求应尽可能满足。核心管理员团队应向提出该要求的个人告知存在的任何限制。

现存内容可由[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|核心管理员团队]]批量修改。

&lt;span id=&quot;Job_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 职务 ===

职务应当首字母大写并作为专有名词处理。（例如：Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles）

&lt;span id=&quot;Name_changes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 更名 ===

个人出于任何理由（包括安全或隐私原因）要求更改自己名称的，可联系此维基站的[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|核心管理员团队]]。

改名要求将在可能的范围内尽量满足，包括在历史内容中。核心管理员团队应向提出该要求的个人告知存在的任何限制。

&lt;span id=&quot;Project_names&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 项目名称 ===

维基媒体项目的名称应首字母大写，且不得简写或缩写。

例如：

* Meta-Wiki（不要写成Meta）
* 维基共享资源（不要写成共享资源）
* 英文维基百科（不要写成enWP）

&lt;span id=&quot;Title,_header,_and_page_name_formatting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 标题、表头和页面名称格式 ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
如果可能，所有标题、表头和页面名称应使用[[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|句子式大写]]（即比照英文句子，只大写句首字母和专有名词等，英文：sentence case capitalization）。

主要例外是对政策方针和其它具有大量外部受众的内容灵活采用专有名词式大写。

专有名词式大写最合适的页面举隅：

* 重要的组织政策方针
* 理事会
* 官方理事会委员会
* 正式理事会决议

句子式大写最合适的页面举隅：

* 仅对本维基站有效的政策方针
* 过去部门的历史
* 来自常规理事会会议的信息

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms_in_page_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 页面标题中的缩写和首字母缩略词 ===

请避免在页面标题中使用缩写和首字母缩略词，以便翻译及跨语言理解。

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 法律、会议纪要、政策方针和决议命名空间下的页面标题 ===

页面标题应按需使用&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;修改——且酌情在标题内包括维基媒体或维基媒体基金会字样。使用&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;的页面'''不'''应该将页面标题也标记为可翻译。

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
需更多帮助时可参考格式正确的页面：

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|政策:通用行为准则]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|政策:使用条款]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Namespace_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 命名空间置放 ==
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
如有可能，内容应尽量置放在下列命名空间中，以利搜寻。
;主命名空间
:一般内容、导航页面或没有明确命名空间的内容
;讨论命名空间
:讨论和讨论存档
; Wikimedia
:与[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|维基媒体基金会治理维基站]]的运营相关的内容
; Policy
:维基媒体基金会和维基媒体运动[[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|政策方针]]
; Resolution
:维基媒体基金会理事会[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|决议]]
; Legal
:维基媒体基金会[[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|法律文件]]
; Agenda
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|维基媒体基金会理事会会议]]议程
; Minutes
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|维基媒体基金会理事会会议]]纪要
; Committee
:与维基媒体基金会理事会委员会相关的内容
; Endowment
:与[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|维基媒体捐赠]]相关的内容
; Memory
:维基媒体基金会的[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|机构知识]]
; Archive
:此维基上不再在用的[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|已存档]]或历史内容，可迁移至另一维基（一般是[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|元维基]]）
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 决议命名空间的使用 ===

置于决议命名空间的内容应为经维基媒体基金会理事会考虑的决议。为使格式恰当，应在决议页面顶端使用{{tl|resolution}}模板。

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 政策方针命名空间的使用 ===

置于政策方针命名空间的内容应为维基媒体基金会官方政策方针。应使用{{tl|Policy-board}}或{{tl|Policy-staff}}模板以便向读者显示信息。
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Category_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 分类置放 ==

此维基站点上的所有内容（页面、文件、模板等）均应置放在[[:Category:All|分类:全部]]分类树下的子类中。
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 翻译 ==

:''请参阅[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|翻译指引]]中的[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|翻译格式手册]]。''</text>
      <sha1>scgxq76n4vbbfybqlrzpnstvy5raqsk</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/es</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>122500</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587172</id>
      <parentid>515190</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587172</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="20330" sha1="kjeo1doa3pwhpp7jhweszywho9g662n" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All accounts on this wiki are expected to follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]] of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|this wiki]] - including the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]].&lt;/span&gt;}}
Esta página describe en términos generales la '''normativa de cuentas''' para el wiki de gobernanza de la Wikimedia Foundation.

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Cuentas registradas ==
{{Register account button}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registered Wikimedia account]] has an account on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki and (per this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|editing policy]]) is encouraged to participate in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|translation efforts]] and talk page discussions.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Editor group accounts ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts with [[Special:ListUsers/editor|editor group access]] are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] or [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Legal]] departments to have editor rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in this group also have [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Expectations ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Members of the editor group are expected to:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Operate within this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]], in particular:&lt;/span&gt;
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Normativa de conducta]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|Directrices de publicación de contenidos]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|Directrices de espacios de nombres]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Directrices de traducción]]
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|manual of style]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Familiarize yourself with this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|editors toolbox]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|user manual]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Join the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's [[Project:Core Administrators Team|Core Administrators Team]] with questions, problems, or for assistance.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Administrators ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Administrators on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the Communications or Legal departments to have administrator rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Stewards and Global sysops ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Volunteers elected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] or selected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|Global sysops]] also have administrator rights on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki. They may use this to engage with content or maintenance of content in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|namespaces]] which can be [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|edited by registered accounts]]. However, they may not edit content within the main content namespace without first checking with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Translation administrator rights ====
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Global sysops or Stewards interested in supporting efforts to address vandalism within translations may request to be added to the &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Translation administrators]]&quot; group. While Global Sysops and Stewards have many of the sysop rights on this wiki, rights associated with the Translation administrators group are necessary to manage pages [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|setup for translation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in the [[#editor|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To request being added to the Translation administrators group, please post a request on the Babel page or contact the Foundation's Communications department ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) with your request.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Requesting editor or administrator rights ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Staff may contact the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel once receiving approval from a manager within Legal or Communications. Staff can also check the [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Foundation Governance Wiki page on Office Wiki] for contact information on the current project lead for Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Steps for Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting editor rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization from your manager to request editor rights on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you are going to use the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Generally, [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation Board Trustees requesting editor or administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards requesting translation administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Thank you for your interest in supporting the efforts of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! If you would like translation administrator rights simply:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Make a request on [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Or contact a member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Removal of rights ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Due to departures, changes in roles, or unfortunately sometimes misconduct - removal of rights from an account is sometimes necessary.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Blocks and bans ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blocks and bans]] section of this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]] for more information on blocks and bans on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff departures or change in roles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Board departures ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Processes for account maintenance ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The below is intended as helpful reminders for the wiki's Core Administrators Team when processing account related requests.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting editor access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may provide editor access once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting editor group rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made via talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made by a current member of the Foundation Board, no verification is needed.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If account has not been created locally, use [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] to create a local account.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Post {{tl|welcome}} message to user's talk page using &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If possible, add accountholder to the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting administrator access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow [[#grantingeditor|above steps]] if also providing editor access.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account's need for administrator access has been established by the Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Notify the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting translation administrator access to Global Sysop or Steward accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Global Sysops or Stewards should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account is held by a Global Sysop or Steward.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing editor or translation administrator rights from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone removing editor group rights should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If person has publicly departed from their role, no additional verification is necessary.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Disable requested account's access to the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group.&lt;/span&gt;
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing administrator access from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their ca{{@}}wikimedia.org email address.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Regular audit of user group rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At least once a fiscal year, the Core Administrators Team should conduct an audit of all accounts with editor, administrator, or translation administrator rights and verify each accountholder's association with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[#removingadmin|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>kjeo1doa3pwhpp7jhweszywho9g662n</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Resolution:Language Committee Charter/arz</title>
    <ns>100</ns>
    <id>128924</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587127</id>
      <parentid>555717</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587127</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3529" sha1="enfzbctyczzeq0pz67gw714ouhvm908" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Language Committee Charter (2012)&lt;/span&gt;
 |notes = &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;This resolution approved the Language Committee [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter|charter]] laying out its scope and duties. It was unanimously approved online on October 16, 2012.&lt;/span&gt;
}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Resolved, that the Board of Trustees approves the Language Committee Charter, laying out the scope and duties of the Language Committee.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Language_Committee_Charter&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==الميثاق بتاع لجنه اللغات==

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The committee is tasked as follows.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# The development and maintenance of:
## a clear step-by-step policy (based on quantitative indicators) for evaluating the feasibility of new language wikis, with an automated procedure for project development;
## support and policy development for script and localization related problems;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
## documentation to support new language communities towards a stable growth rate;
## support and coordination for cross-language projects, helping smaller communities share resources and maximize their results;
## support and coordination to maintain compatibility among the different MediaWiki installations, in order to reduce the amount of development needed to upgrade the program base as far as localization is concerned.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# The processing of requests for new language subdomains of existing Wikimedia projects, providing it gives the Wikimedia Board of Trustees four days advance notice before approving a request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Goals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==الاهداف==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goals of the committee are to:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# minimize the political aspects connected to the release of new projects, moving the focus towards purely quantitative decision criteria;
# minimize the need of localization-related funding and development by providing a common shared policy;
# maximize the reuse of proven marketing techniques among different editions;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# maximize the co-operation level among different language communities by providing common fields of activity;
# achieve the widest possible localization level for MediaWiki at the lowest cost, in order to maintain and improve its leading role as an open-source content management system.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Transparency&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===الشفافيه===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* The whole set of activities of the language committee is public, and any advice from the community is welcome.
* The committee values the fact that projects are a property of the single editors who make it and considers users' necessities as the primary source for policy.
* The committee is especially interested in hearing those who proposed a new wiki in the past and got either refused or approved.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>enfzbctyczzeq0pz67gw714ouhvm908</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Resolution:Language Committee Charter/ja</title>
    <ns>100</ns>
    <id>128925</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587131</id>
      <parentid>555719</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587131</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3319" sha1="s0cic3unr1c5motbm2jfldpnutw6tok" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = 言語委員会憲章（2012年）
 |notes = この決議は、言語委員会の担当範囲と使命を定めた[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter|憲章]]に関するものであり、2012年10月16日に、オンライン上で全員一致により承認された。}}
}}
決議する。理事会理事は、言語委員会の使命と担当範囲を示した言語委員会憲章を承認する。

&lt;span id=&quot;Language_Committee_Charter&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==言語委員会憲章==

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

委員会の任務は以下の通りです。

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# The development and maintenance of:
## a clear step-by-step policy (based on quantitative indicators) for evaluating the feasibility of new language wikis, with an automated procedure for project development;
## support and policy development for script and localization related problems;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
## documentation to support new language communities towards a stable growth rate;
## support and coordination for cross-language projects, helping smaller communities share resources and maximize their results;
## support and coordination to maintain compatibility among the different MediaWiki installations, in order to reduce the amount of development needed to upgrade the program base as far as localization is concerned.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# The processing of requests for new language subdomains of existing Wikimedia projects, providing it gives the Wikimedia Board of Trustees four days advance notice before approving a request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Goals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 目標 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goals of the committee are to:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# minimize the political aspects connected to the release of new projects, moving the focus towards purely quantitative decision criteria;
# minimize the need of localization-related funding and development by providing a common shared policy;
# maximize the reuse of proven marketing techniques among different editions;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# maximize the co-operation level among different language communities by providing common fields of activity;
# achieve the widest possible localization level for MediaWiki at the lowest cost, in order to maintain and improve its leading role as an open-source content management system.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Transparency&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 透明性 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* The whole set of activities of the language committee is public, and any advice from the community is welcome.
* The committee values the fact that projects are a property of the single editors who make it and considers users' necessities as the primary source for policy.
* The committee is especially interested in hearing those who proposed a new wiki in the past and got either refused or approved.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>s0cic3unr1c5motbm2jfldpnutw6tok</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>587137</id>
      <parentid>587131</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:55:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587137</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3317" sha1="6kjyrtiiss1l9jmiloum9ymutgxq34v" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = 言語委員会憲章（2012年）
 |notes = この決議は、言語委員会の担当範囲と使命を定めた[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter|憲章]]に関するものであり、2012年10月16日に、オンライン上で全員一致により承認された。
}}
決議する。理事会理事は、言語委員会の使命と担当範囲を示した言語委員会憲章を承認する。

&lt;span id=&quot;Language_Committee_Charter&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==言語委員会憲章==

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

委員会の任務は以下の通りです。

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# The development and maintenance of:
## a clear step-by-step policy (based on quantitative indicators) for evaluating the feasibility of new language wikis, with an automated procedure for project development;
## support and policy development for script and localization related problems;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
## documentation to support new language communities towards a stable growth rate;
## support and coordination for cross-language projects, helping smaller communities share resources and maximize their results;
## support and coordination to maintain compatibility among the different MediaWiki installations, in order to reduce the amount of development needed to upgrade the program base as far as localization is concerned.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# The processing of requests for new language subdomains of existing Wikimedia projects, providing it gives the Wikimedia Board of Trustees four days advance notice before approving a request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Goals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 目標 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The goals of the committee are to:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# minimize the political aspects connected to the release of new projects, moving the focus towards purely quantitative decision criteria;
# minimize the need of localization-related funding and development by providing a common shared policy;
# maximize the reuse of proven marketing techniques among different editions;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# maximize the co-operation level among different language communities by providing common fields of activity;
# achieve the widest possible localization level for MediaWiki at the lowest cost, in order to maintain and improve its leading role as an open-source content management system.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Transparency&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 透明性 ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* The whole set of activities of the language committee is public, and any advice from the community is welcome.
* The committee values the fact that projects are a property of the single editors who make it and considers users' necessities as the primary source for policy.
* The committee is especially interested in hearing those who proposed a new wiki in the past and got either refused or approved.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>6kjyrtiiss1l9jmiloum9ymutgxq34v</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Resolution:Language Committee Charter/ko</title>
    <ns>100</ns>
    <id>128926</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587130</id>
      <parentid>555720</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587130</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3167" sha1="br1ngjok6cs8gfqvuhahoqylo05pu6n" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = 언어 위원회 헌장 (2012년)
 |notes = 이 결의안은 범위와 의무를 명시한 언어 위원회 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter|헌장]]을 승인했습니다. 2012년 10월 16일 온라인에서 만장일치로 승인되었습니다.}}
}}
이사회가 언어 위원회 헌장을 승인하여 언어 위원회의 범위와 의무를 명시하도록 결의했습니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Language_Committee_Charter&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==언어 위원회 헌장==

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

위원회의 임무는 다음과 같습니다.

# 개발 및 유지 관리:
## 프로젝트 개발을 위한 자동화된 절차와 함께 새로운 언어 위키의 타당성을 평가하기 위한 명확한 단계별 정책(양적 지표 기반)
## 스크립트 및 현지화 관련 문제에 대한 지원 및 정책 개발;
## 안정적인 성장률을 향한 새로운 언어 커뮤니티를 지원하는 문서;
## 교차 언어 프로젝트를 위한 지원 및 조정으로 소규모 커뮤니티가 리소스를 공유하고 결과를 극대화하도록 돕습니다.
## 현지화와 관련하여 프로그램 기반을 업그레이드하는 데 필요한 개발량을 줄이기 위해 다양한 미디어위키 설치 간에 호환성을 유지하기 위한 지원 및 조정.
# 요청을 승인하기 4일 전에 위키미디어 이사회에 사전 통지를 제공하는 경우 기존 위키미디어 프로젝트의 새로운 언어 하위 도메인에 대한 요청 처리.

&lt;span id=&quot;Goals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===목표===

위원회의 목표는 다음과 같습니다:

# 새 프로젝트 출시와 관련된 정치적 측면을 최소화하고 순전히 정량적인 결정 기준에 초점을 맞춥니다.
# 공통 공유 정책을 제공하여 현지화 관련 자금 및 개발의 필요성을 최소화합니다.&lt;!-- (이 분야에서 특별 프로젝트 위원회는 자세한 기술 목표를 받는...과 함께 작동합니다.) --&gt;;
# 서로 다른 에디션 간에 입증된 마케팅 기법의 재사용을 극대화합니다.
# 공통 활동 분야를 제공함으로써 서로 다른 언어 커뮤니티 간의 협력 수준을 극대화합니다.
# 오픈 소스 콘텐츠 관리 시스템으로서 주도적인 역할을 유지하고 개선하기 위해 가장 낮은 비용으로 미디어위키에 대한 가장 광범위한 지역화 수준을 달성합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Transparency&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===투명성===

* 언어 위원회의 모든 활동은 공개되며 커뮤니티의 조언을 환영합니다.
* 위원회는 프로젝트가 그것을 만드는 단일 편집자의 재산이라는 사실을 소중히 여기고 사용자의 필요를 정책의 주요 소스로 간주합니다.
* 위원회는 특히 과거에 새 위키를 제안했지만 거부되거나 승인된 사람들의 의견을 듣는 데 관심이 있습니다.

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>br1ngjok6cs8gfqvuhahoqylo05pu6n</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>587133</id>
      <parentid>587130</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587133</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3165" sha1="r2rgrg8nfvh3y9gwx9yazkgmgdesmcj" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = 언어 위원회 헌장 (2012년)
 |notes = 이 결의안은 범위와 의무를 명시한 언어 위원회 [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter|헌장]]을 승인했습니다. 2012년 10월 16일 온라인에서 만장일치로 승인되었습니다.
}}
이사회가 언어 위원회 헌장을 승인하여 언어 위원회의 범위와 의무를 명시하도록 결의했습니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Language_Committee_Charter&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==언어 위원회 헌장==

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

위원회의 임무는 다음과 같습니다.

# 개발 및 유지 관리:
## 프로젝트 개발을 위한 자동화된 절차와 함께 새로운 언어 위키의 타당성을 평가하기 위한 명확한 단계별 정책(양적 지표 기반)
## 스크립트 및 현지화 관련 문제에 대한 지원 및 정책 개발;
## 안정적인 성장률을 향한 새로운 언어 커뮤니티를 지원하는 문서;
## 교차 언어 프로젝트를 위한 지원 및 조정으로 소규모 커뮤니티가 리소스를 공유하고 결과를 극대화하도록 돕습니다.
## 현지화와 관련하여 프로그램 기반을 업그레이드하는 데 필요한 개발량을 줄이기 위해 다양한 미디어위키 설치 간에 호환성을 유지하기 위한 지원 및 조정.
# 요청을 승인하기 4일 전에 위키미디어 이사회에 사전 통지를 제공하는 경우 기존 위키미디어 프로젝트의 새로운 언어 하위 도메인에 대한 요청 처리.

&lt;span id=&quot;Goals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===목표===

위원회의 목표는 다음과 같습니다:

# 새 프로젝트 출시와 관련된 정치적 측면을 최소화하고 순전히 정량적인 결정 기준에 초점을 맞춥니다.
# 공통 공유 정책을 제공하여 현지화 관련 자금 및 개발의 필요성을 최소화합니다.&lt;!-- (이 분야에서 특별 프로젝트 위원회는 자세한 기술 목표를 받는...과 함께 작동합니다.) --&gt;;
# 서로 다른 에디션 간에 입증된 마케팅 기법의 재사용을 극대화합니다.
# 공통 활동 분야를 제공함으로써 서로 다른 언어 커뮤니티 간의 협력 수준을 극대화합니다.
# 오픈 소스 콘텐츠 관리 시스템으로서 주도적인 역할을 유지하고 개선하기 위해 가장 낮은 비용으로 미디어위키에 대한 가장 광범위한 지역화 수준을 달성합니다.

&lt;span id=&quot;Transparency&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
===투명성===

* 언어 위원회의 모든 활동은 공개되며 커뮤니티의 조언을 환영합니다.
* 위원회는 프로젝트가 그것을 만드는 단일 편집자의 재산이라는 사실을 소중히 여기고 사용자의 필요를 정책의 주요 소스로 간주합니다.
* 위원회는 특히 과거에 새 위키를 제안했지만 거부되거나 승인된 사람들의 의견을 듣는 데 관심이 있습니다.

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>r2rgrg8nfvh3y9gwx9yazkgmgdesmcj</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Resolution:Language Committee Charter/2/ja</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>128937</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587135</id>
      <parentid>373973</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:55:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587135</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="195" sha1="9ef834nmuldhxqhuax8x5hzrx8dr32o" xml:space="preserve">この決議は、言語委員会の担当範囲と使命を定めた[[$1|憲章]]に関するものであり、2012年10月16日に、オンライン上で全員一致により承認された。</text>
      <sha1>9ef834nmuldhxqhuax8x5hzrx8dr32o</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Resolution:Language Committee Charter/2/ko</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>128938</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587132</id>
      <parentid>373975</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587132</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="175" sha1="qfnv9ji95f810ino785dctt42ifmab2" xml:space="preserve">이 결의안은 범위와 의무를 명시한 언어 위원회 [[$1|헌장]]을 승인했습니다. 2012년 10월 16일 온라인에서 만장일치로 승인되었습니다.</text>
      <sha1>qfnv9ji95f810ino785dctt42ifmab2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Minutes:2004-07-24/1/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>131714</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587217</id>
      <parentid>387923</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:32Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587217</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="167" sha1="rbcbszwsb0455jq7lj2mhvrpcdj2gfg" xml:space="preserve">On Saturday 24 July 2004, there was a meeting on the [[$1|wikimedia]] [[$2|IRC channel]] regarding the [$3 Wikimedia Foundation website]. See also [[$4|on Meta-Wiki]].</text>
      <sha1>rbcbszwsb0455jq7lj2mhvrpcdj2gfg</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Minutes:2004-07-24/4/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>131717</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587218</id>
      <parentid>387926</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:32Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587218</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="351" sha1="plri4ct3jwctj7690f9wsdyhksyzd49" xml:space="preserve">For now, [$1 wikimedia.org] has no content and we do not own the .com, so it will redirect to [$2 wikimediafoundation.org] until both these things change, at which point the discussion can be re-opened. Discussions at that time will be whether we have two sites, and whether it is at wikimedia.org, wikimediafoundation.org or foundation.wikimedia.org.</text>
      <sha1>plri4ct3jwctj7690f9wsdyhksyzd49</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Minutes:2004-07-24/en</title>
    <ns>104</ns>
    <id>131754</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587221</id>
      <parentid>555230</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:34Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587221</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5157" sha1="r87mjzpyx6rufchxe135z3j2913hxr1" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Minutes}}
On Saturday 24 July 2004, there was a meeting on the [[irc:wikimedia|wikimedia]] [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC channels|IRC channel]] regarding the [//wikimediafoundation.org Wikimedia Foundation website]. See also [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting%2C July 2004|on Meta-Wiki]].

== Meeting outcomes ==

Below is a summary of the outcomes of the meeting. The full transcript is available on [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004/Meeting log|Meta-Wiki]] along with an unofficial [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004/Summarised log|summarised log]] and the meeting [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004|agenda]].
* For now, [//wikimedia.org wikimedia.org] has no content and we do not own the .com, so it will redirect to [//wikimediafoundation.org wikimediafoundation.org] until both these things change, at which point the discussion can be re-opened. Discussions at that time will be whether we have two sites, and whether it is at wikimedia.org, wikimediafoundation.org or foundation.wikimedia.org.
* The domain wikimedia-foundation.org will be registered.
* We should try to get the wikimedia.com domain.
* The Foundation wiki will be separate from Meta-Wiki.
* Allowing HTML would require development work, ''which Brooke did during the meeting and checked in to CVS head the next morning.''
* The foundation site should look different from Meta-Wiki.
* The current page-export system is quite crude but could be reworked if wanted
* The skin could be changed to not look like a wiki. [[User:Brooke Vibber (WMF)|Brooke]] volunteered to make this.
* HTML will be used only where necessary
* There will be one site (no subdomains)
* Internationalization (different interfaces for different languages) is a high priority (bounties suggested – see later). Templates will be used until then.
* We can have interlanguage links on the same domain (possibly namespace conflicts)
* The board will pick trusted translators (more than one for each language), possibly using some sort of [[{{lwp|WP:RFA}}|RfA]] style selection process.
* No pages will be marked official or unofficial as only people approved by the [[board|board]] can edit.
* [[User:Sj|Sj]] promised to write something up about managing translations.
* Access will be restricted since the site will allow for full HTML.
* Could HTML be restricted to certain pages?
* The site will not be translated into Klingon! We will aim for around 12 languages
* Could we have draft pages not viewable by the public?
* Could we allow some people to edit but not create pages?
* High importance pages will be protected, with much more restricted access
* If talk pages are hidden from view, and we could allow anons to edit there without editing the rest of the site, we could use normal talk pages for comments. If that is not possible, we could direct them to a single comments page on Meta-Wiki, or use a bulletin board (problematic as harder to clean up). Talk pages also need to have HTML disabled if this is going to be allowed.
* Email confirmation will not be necessary.
* People will be able to create accounts so they can change their skin, but not able to edit before the board approves them. (Is this technically possible?)
* Talk pages should be hidden from search engines.
* Are per namespace permissions possible?
* There will be links explaining how to contact us privately.
* The design of the site was not discussed in detail. It was decided there would be a design contest. This would be held within a short period (not 3 months).
* We could use the award money for bounties or users could donate money specifically for bounties
* Alternatives to bounties discussed were working for an hourly rate, thank you bonuses afterwards, paying external people
* There may be tax and contract issues involved with bounties. Need to check with an accountant
* Problems with bounties include decreased willingness to work for free, discourages cooperation, takes developers away from improving site performance or working on what they want to work on.
* If bounties were used, the development committee could decide the amount, perhaps up to a maximum amount set by the board
* Anthere will poll developers (privately) and editors (publicly) on their views of bounties
* A clearer list of prioritized feature requests will be put together
'''Action points for the board''': register wikimedia-foundation.org, contact owner of wikimedia.com, set up a design contest, create multi-language templates until Internationalization occurs, get some translators, protect the most important pages, give accounts to approved editors, create a talk page on Meta-Wiki until anon editing talk page features are implemented, bounty opinion survey

'''Action points for the developers''': redirect wikimedia.org to [//wikimediafoundation.org wikimediafoundation.org], allow HTML to work on the Foundation wiki, new skin for the Foundation wiki, internationalization of the UI, allow interlanguage links, prevent HTML on talk pages, allow talk pages to be hidden from the public and from search engines.</text>
      <sha1>r87mjzpyx6rufchxe135z3j2913hxr1</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/pa</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>134605</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587165</id>
      <parentid>429902</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:59Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587165</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12958" sha1="90ib9o31vy34zae3pqhfrf2aggcygn7" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|ਸੈਲਾਨੀ {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}} ਦੇ ਅੰਦਰ {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖਦੇ ਹੋਏ]]
ਇਸ ਸਫ਼ਿਆਂ 'ਤੇ '''ਵਿਕੀਮੀਡੀਆ ਬੁਨਿਆਦ ਸ਼ਾਸਨ ਵਿਕੀ ਤੇ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ ਦਾ ਤਰਜ਼ਮਾ'''' ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ ਹੈ।

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki uses the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translation extension]] to handle translation of page content. Anyone with a registered Wikimedia user account is able to offer translations using this system.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The wiki's sidebar and interface text are managed through traditional MediaWiki systems.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_manual_of_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ਸ਼ੈਲੀ ਦੇ ਤਰਜਮਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Gendering_of_words&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== ਸ਼ਬਦਾਂ ਦਾ ਲਿੰਗ ===

ਕੁਝ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਂ ਨੂੰ &quot;ਲਿੰਗ&quot; ਵਾਲੀਆਂ ਭਾਸ਼ਾਵਾਂ ਦੇ ਨਾਲ, ਜਦੋਂ ਵੀ ਸੰਭਵ ਹੋਵੇ ਉਨ੍ਹਾਂ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਂ ਦੇ ਲਿੰਗ-ਨਿਰਪੱਖ ਭਿੰਨਤਾਵਾਂ ਦੀ ਵਰਤੋਂ ਕੀਤੀ ਜਾਣੀ ਚਾਹੀਦੀ ਹੈ।

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ਜ਼ਰੂਰੀ ਕੜੀਆਂ ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== ਖੂੰਜੇ ਦੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤਰਜਮਾ ===
:''ਖੂੰਜੇ ਦੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਦੇ ਇੰਦਰਾਜ਼ ਦਾ ਤਰਜਮਾ ਕਰਨ ਲਈ, ਕਿਰਪਾ ਕਰਕੇ ਇਸ 'ਤੇ ਜਾਓ: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users with administrator or interface administrator rights can make translations directly using the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|usual steps for a MediaWiki site]]. Due to the potential for abuse given the high-traffic nature of this content, only users with these approved rights (or higher) may enter these translations.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All other [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|users]] may offer translations at [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]] and then [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|alert an administrator]] to the updates you have made.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== ਤਰਜਮਾ ਫ਼ਰਮੇ ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Templates and modules with content and related translations from other wikis should be used as much as possible to avoid workload for translators across wikis.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Additional_translations_from_translatewiki.net&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== translatewiki.net ਤੋਂ ਵਾਧੂ ਤਰਜਮੇ ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In addition to already mentioned usages of translation from [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], the below translations are also pulled from translatewiki.net.
&lt;/div&gt;

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ਤਰਜਮੇਕਾਰਾਂ ਲਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ ==

ਆਪਣੇ ਖ਼ੁਦ ਦੇ ਸੁਝਾਅ ਜੋੜਨ ਲਈ ਸੁਤੰਤਰ ਮਹਿਸੂਸ ਕਰੋ!

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Some content may be placed within templates being used by the page you are translating. You may want to check the original page's wiki code for any templates in need of translating
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Translate the namespace for pages. Many within namespaces have a &quot;proper page title&quot; further within the page's content. See the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Manual of style]] for more information on page title headers.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_page_editors_and_translation_admins&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ਸਫ਼ਾ ਸੰਪਾਦਕਾਂ ਅਤੇ ਤਰਜਮਾ ਪ੍ਰਬੰਧਕਾਂ ਲਈ ਸੁਝਾਅ ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Before beginning and when you are unsure what to do, always begin by reviewing the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&quot;]] and [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translate extension documentation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To reduce the amount of repetitive work for translations, please use templates and others features available through [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|duplicated content efforts]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
For consistency across this wiki and whenever possible:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* In bullet lists of links, setup relevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags only within the link's text.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Always include italics formatting code (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) within the content's elevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* With the exception of the [[Home]] page and other possible unique exceptions, the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag for any translated page should be at the very top of the page above any information boxes (aka infoboxes and hatnotes).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* &quot;Number&quot; based entries in templates should always include their number alias rather than be based on the entries place within the template. For example: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Generally, &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags should be named using a number (1, 2, 3, etc.) based on its placement within a specific set of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags or autogenerated &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag. Once a tvar name is placed, it should not be renamed.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Bullet lists which have the potential for frequent updates - such as this one - should have each entry separated with its own &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags. All other bullet lists should be broken up every 2-4 entries depending on size of the entries.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_able_to_support_your_efforts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== ਕਰਮਚਾਰੀ ਤੁਹਾਡੇ ਯਤਨਾਂ ਦਾ ਸਮਰਥਨ ਕਰਨ ਦੇ ਯੋਗ ਹੈ ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These are staff with active editor or administrator accounts on this wiki who ''might'' be able to support your efforts to setup content for translation. Please note that you should not expect these people to do your content setup work for you, but rather help answer your questions and support building your capacity in this area of wiki editing. Please feel free to add your own username if you are interested in supporting your colleagues.
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ਸੰਬੰਧਤ ਸਰੋਤ ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== ਵਿਕੀਮੀਡੀਆ ਸਰੋਤ ===
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|ਆਮ ਸੁਨੇਹੇ]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Commonly used built-in messages&lt;/span&gt;]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|ਖੂੰਜੇ ਦੀ ਪੱਟੀ ਤੇ ਤਰਜਮਾ ਕਰਨ ਬਾਰੇ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tutorial for content translation&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Understanding translation administration&lt;/span&gt;]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;span id=&quot;External_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== ਬਾਹਰੀ ਵਸੀਲੇ ===
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf German guide to inclusive language] (PDF) (City of Graz)&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ਨਿਗਰਾਨੀ ਲਈ ਫ਼ਰਮੇ ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These translatable templates should be monitored and updated routinely as needed:
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ਸਬੰਧਤ ਨੀਤੀਆਂ ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|ਖਾਤਿਆਂ ਦੀ ਨੀਤੀ]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|ਆਚਰਣ ਨੀਤੀ]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|ਸੋਧ ਨੀਤੀ]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy posting guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|ਦਾਇਰਾ]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|ਵਿਕੀਮੀਡੀਆ:ਮੁੜ ਦੁਹਰਾਈ ਸਮੱਗਰੀ]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|ਬੈਬੀਲੋਨ: ਮੈਟਾ-ਵਿਕੀ ਤੇ ਵਿਕੀਮੀਡੀਆ ਤਰਜਮੇਕਾਰਾਂ ਦਾ ਫਾਟਕ]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>90ib9o31vy34zae3pqhfrf2aggcygn7</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/pa</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>134662</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587178</id>
      <parentid>515195</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:09Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587178</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="20531" sha1="f7cq26ylez1amit7iafgm89xnafl8b1" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All accounts on this wiki are expected to follow the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]] of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|this wiki]] - including the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]].&lt;/span&gt;}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This page outlines the '''accounts policy''' for the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Registered accounts ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Register account button}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registered Wikimedia account]] has an account on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki and (per this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|editing policy]]) is encouraged to participate in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|translation efforts]] and talk page discussions.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Editor group accounts ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts with [[Special:ListUsers/editor|editor group access]] are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] or [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Legal]] departments to have editor rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in this group also have [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Expectations ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Members of the editor group are expected to:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Operate within this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|policies, guidelines, and procedures]], in particular:&lt;/span&gt;
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Conduct policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content posting guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Namespaces guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|ਤਰਜਮਾ ਦਿਸ਼ਾ-ਨਿਰਦੇਸ਼]]
* ਇਸ ਵਿਕੀ ਦੀ [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|ਸ਼ੈਲੀ ਦੀ ਦਸਤੀ]] ਦੀ ਪਾਲਣਾ ਕਰੋ।
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Familiarize yourself with this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|editors toolbox]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|user manual]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Join the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's [[Project:Core Administrators Team|Core Administrators Team]] with questions, problems, or for assistance.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Administrators ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Administrators on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki are Wikimedia Foundation staff and contractors approved by the Communications or Legal departments to have administrator rights to this wiki to perform their work duties.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Stewards and Global sysops ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Volunteers elected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Stewards]] or selected to serve as [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|Global sysops]] also have administrator rights on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki. They may use this to engage with content or maintenance of content in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|namespaces]] which can be [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|edited by registered accounts]]. However, they may not edit content within the main content namespace without first checking with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
==== Translation administrator rights ====
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Global sysops or Stewards interested in supporting efforts to address vandalism within translations may request to be added to the &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Translation administrators]]&quot; group. While Global Sysops and Stewards have many of the sysop rights on this wiki, rights associated with the Translation administrators group are necessary to manage pages [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|setup for translation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in the [[#editor|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To request being added to the Translation administrators group, please post a request on the Babel page or contact the Foundation's Communications department ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) with your request.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Requesting editor or administrator rights ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Staff may contact the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel once receiving approval from a manager within Legal or Communications. Staff can also check the [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Foundation Governance Wiki page on Office Wiki] for contact information on the current project lead for Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Steps for Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting editor rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization from your manager to request editor rights on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you are going to use the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation staff requesting administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Generally, [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Foundation Board Trustees requesting editor or administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards requesting translation administrator rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Thank you for your interest in supporting the efforts of Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! If you would like translation administrator rights simply:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Make a request on [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Or contact a member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Removal of rights ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Due to departures, changes in roles, or unfortunately sometimes misconduct - removal of rights from an account is sometimes necessary.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Blocks and bans ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please refer to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blocks and bans]] section of this wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Conduct policy]] for more information on blocks and bans on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff departures or change in roles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Board departures ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reaching the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Putting in a request to Communications department via the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process.&lt;/span&gt;
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Processes for account maintenance ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The below is intended as helpful reminders for the wiki's Core Administrators Team when processing account related requests.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting editor access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may provide editor access once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting editor group rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made via talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made by a current member of the Foundation Board, no verification is needed.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If account has not been created locally, use [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] to create a local account.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Post {{tl|welcome}} message to user's talk page using &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If possible, add accountholder to the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting administrator access to Foundation staff or Board accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Foundation staff or Board should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Follow [[#grantingeditor|above steps]] if also providing editor access.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account's need for administrator access has been established by the Core Administrators Team.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Notify the Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If accountholder is a member of the Foundation Board, notify Office of the CEO that access has been granted.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Granting translation administrator access to Global Sysop or Steward accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone granting administrator rights to Global Sysops or Stewards should:
&lt;/div&gt;

# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the account is held by a Global Sysop or Steward.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing editor or translation administrator rights from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Anyone removing editor group rights should:
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If person has publicly departed from their role, no additional verification is necessary.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Disable requested account's access to the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; or &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; user group.&lt;/span&gt;
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removing administrator access from accounts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their ca{{@}}wikimedia.org email address.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Regular audit of user group rights ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At least once a fiscal year, the Core Administrators Team should conduct an audit of all accounts with editor, administrator, or translation administrator rights and verify each accountholder's association with the Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[#removingadmin|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>f7cq26ylez1amit7iafgm89xnafl8b1</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/ko</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>135311</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587163</id>
      <parentid>429901</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:57Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587163</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12395" sha1="e3xctx2u1jpospf7dh6imexmpl5sypn" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tourists looking at the {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} inside the {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}&lt;/span&gt;]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This page contains information on '''translating content on the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki'''.
&lt;/div&gt;

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki uses the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translation extension]] to handle translation of page content. Anyone with a registered Wikimedia user account is able to offer translations using this system.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The wiki's sidebar and interface text are managed through traditional MediaWiki systems.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Translations manual of style ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gendering of words ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
With languages that &quot;gender&quot; some words, gender-neutral variations of those words should be used whenever possible.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Important links ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Sidebar translations ===
&lt;/div&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;''To translate sidebar entries, please go to: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users with administrator or interface administrator rights can make translations directly using the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|usual steps for a MediaWiki site]]. Due to the potential for abuse given the high-traffic nature of this content, only users with these approved rights (or higher) may enter these translations.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All other [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|users]] may offer translations at [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]] and then [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|alert an administrator]] to the updates you have made.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Translation templates ===
&lt;/div&gt;
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
다른 위키에서 콘텐츠와 관련 번역을 포함하는 템플릿과 모듈은 위키에서 번역자를 위한 작업 부담을 피하기 위해 가능한 한 많이 사용되어야 한다.
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Additional translations from translatewiki.net ===
&lt;/div&gt;

이미 언급된 [//translatewiki.net translatewiki. net]에서 번역을 사용하는 것 외에도 아래의 번역은 translatewiki .net에서 가져온 것입니다.

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Tips for translators ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Feel free to add your own tips!
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Some content may be placed within templates being used by the page you are translating. You may want to check the original page's wiki code for any templates in need of translating
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Translate the namespace for pages. Many within namespaces have a &quot;proper page title&quot; further within the page's content. See the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Manual of style]] for more information on page title headers.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Tips for page editors and translation admins ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Before beginning and when you are unsure what to do, always begin by reviewing the [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&quot;]] and [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Translate extension documentation]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To reduce the amount of repetitive work for translations, please use templates and others features available through [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|duplicated content efforts]].
&lt;/div&gt;

이 위키에서 일관성을 위해 가능하면:

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* In bullet lists of links, setup relevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags only within the link's text.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Always include italics formatting code (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) within the content's elevant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* With the exception of the [[Home]] page and other possible unique exceptions, the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag for any translated page should be at the very top of the page above any information boxes (aka infoboxes and hatnotes).
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* &quot;Number&quot; based entries in templates should always include their number alias rather than be based on the entries place within the template. For example: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should be &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Generally, &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags should be named using a number (1, 2, 3, etc.) based on its placement within a specific set of &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags or autogenerated &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tag. Once a tvar name is placed, it should not be renamed.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Bullet lists which have the potential for frequent updates - such as this one - should have each entry separated with its own &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags. All other bullet lists should be broken up every 2-4 entries depending on size of the entries.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Staff able to support your efforts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These are staff with active editor or administrator accounts on this wiki who ''might'' be able to support your efforts to setup content for translation. Please note that you should not expect these people to do your content setup work for you, but rather help answer your questions and support building your capacity in this area of wiki editing. Please feel free to add your own username if you are interested in supporting your colleagues.
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Relevant resources ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Wikimedia resources ===
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|일반적인 메시지]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|일반적으로 사용되는 내장 메시지]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Information on translating sidebar&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tutorial for content translation&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Tutorial for setting content up for translation&lt;/span&gt;]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Understanding translation administration&lt;/span&gt;]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== External resources ===
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf German guide to inclusive language] (PDF) (City of Graz)&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Templates to monitor ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
These translatable templates should be monitored and updated routinely as needed:
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Related policies ==
&lt;/div&gt;
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Accounts policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Conduct policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Editing policy&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy posting guidelines&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Scope&lt;/span&gt;]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia:Duplicated content&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Babylon: Wikimedia translators' portal on Meta-Wiki&lt;/span&gt;]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>e3xctx2u1jpospf7dh6imexmpl5sypn</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content/en</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>135558</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587183</id>
      <parentid>429891</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587183</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4888" sha1="86notj3zv9s81gxzz93hodujtkq9to4" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
These pages - primarily templates - are duplicates from other Wikimedia wikis and should be synchronized whenever possible for maintenance purposes:
&lt;noinclude&gt;== General purpose ==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
== Navigation related ==

Links may need to be localized to this wiki.
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
== Translations related ==
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! Page on this wiki !! Original page to sync with !! Origin wiki !! Translations available
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|Category:Duplicated Wikidata content]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Wikimedia:Translations]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>86notj3zv9s81gxzz93hodujtkq9to4</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content/de</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>135671</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587182</id>
      <parentid>431548</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587182</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5075" sha1="d4dwgp6qayrq98jhfu9970jztdgnvai" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
Diese Seiten - hauptsächlich Vorlagen - sind Duplikate aus anderen Wikimedia-Wikis und sollten aus Wartungsgründen soweit möglich synchronisiert sein:
&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;General_purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Allgemeine Zwecke ==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Navigation_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Mit Bezug zu Navigation ==

Links müssen möglicherweise für dieses Wiki lokalisiert werden.
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Mit Bezug zu Übersetzungen ==
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! Seite in diesem Wiki !! Originalseite zur Synchronisation !! Ursprungswiki !! Übersetzungen verfügbar
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|Kategorie:Duplizierter Inhalt aus dem Meta-Wiki]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|Kategorie:Duplizierter Inhalt aus Wikidata]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Wikimedia:Übersetzungen]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>d4dwgp6qayrq98jhfu9970jztdgnvai</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>135804</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587194</id>
      <parentid>583562</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587194</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9235" sha1="90j34akqnkbrsgzm7hxtwkd53rem67a" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance navbox}}
&lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:1--&gt;
This page provides specified information regarding the Wikimedia Foundation's compliance with:
&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:2--&gt; the European Union (&quot;EU&quot;) Digital Services Act (i.e. Regulation (EU) 2022/2065) - the &quot;'''DSA'''&quot;, and&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:3--&gt; Regulation (EU) 2021/784 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2021 on addressing the dissemination of terrorist content online - '''&quot;TCOR&quot;''' (also known as '''&quot;TERREG&quot;''')&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
== Contacting the Wikimedia Foundation with legal complaints and questions == &lt;!--T:4--&gt;

&lt;!--T:5--&gt;
'''Legal complaints or enquiries''' should be sent to us, by members of the public or by competent authorities:
&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:6--&gt; By ''email'': &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}&lt;/tvar&gt;, and/or&lt;/translate&gt;
* &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:7--&gt; By ''post'': &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation c/o CT Corporation System, 330 North Brand Boulevard, Glendale, California 91203-2336, USA&lt;/tvar&gt;&lt;/translate&gt;
&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:8--&gt;
Competent authorities ''only'' ('''not''' members of the public), when acting in accordance with the DSA, may optionally also contact us indirectly, via our designated DSA Article 13 Representative, VeraSafe Netherlands B.V. (&quot;VeraSafe&quot;). VeraSafe is contactable by email at &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{email|dsaeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}&lt;/tvar&gt;, or by post at &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;VeraSafe Netherlands B.V., Keizersgracht 555, Amsterdam 1017 DR, The Netherlands&lt;/tvar&gt;. Its telephone number is: &lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;+420 228 881 031&lt;/tvar&gt;.

&lt;!--T:9--&gt;
If you are a competent authority asking for the '''removal of allegedly illegal content''', we ask that your communications comply with [&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2187-1-1&lt;/tvar&gt; DSA Article 9]. If you are a private person/organization reporting allegedly illegal content on the sites that we host, we ask that you ensure that your report includes the information prescribed by [&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2556-1-1&lt;/tvar&gt; DSA Article 16(2)]. In respect of '''user data requests''', please read our [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Requests for user information procedures &amp; guidelines&lt;/tvar&gt;|Requests for User Information Procedures and Guidelines]], and also note the requirements of [&lt;tvar name=&quot;4&quot;&gt;//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2280-1-1&lt;/tvar&gt; DSA Article 10].

&lt;!--T:10--&gt;
We invite you to consult our [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Terrorist and violent extremist content procedures and guidelines&lt;/tvar&gt;|Terrorist and Violent Extremist Content (TVEC) Procedures and Guidelines]] when contacting us about TVEC. Our EU Legal Representative for the purposes of TCOR Article 17 is also VeraSafe Netherlands B.V.. We encourage EU/EEA competent authorities to contact &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;{{email|tvecnotice|wikimedia.org}}&lt;/tvar&gt; directly, as indicated in the TVEC Procedures and Guidelines. However, they may in addition / alternatively contact our TCOR EU Legal Representative, either by email at &lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;{{email|tcoeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}&lt;/tvar&gt;, or by post or telephone to the contact details set out above.
&lt;/translate&gt;

&lt;translate&gt;
&lt;!--T:11--&gt;
Other contact details (e.g., for use in an emergency threatening the life of an individual) can be found at: [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;:Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contact Information&lt;/tvar&gt;|Legal and Safety Contact Information]].

&lt;!--T:12--&gt;
If you are a user of the Wikimedia Projects, or you have participated in Wikimedia events or activities to which the Wikimedia Foundation Privacy Policy also applies, you can find information about your EU GDPR rights, and contact details for privacy questions and complaints, in the [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia Foundation Privacy Policy]].

== DSA Transparency == &lt;!--T:13--&gt;

&lt;!--T:14--&gt;
The Wikimedia Foundation publishes data for the purposes of DSA Article 24(2). It can be found here: [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Userbase Statistics&lt;/tvar&gt;|EU DSA - Userbase Statistics]]

&lt;!--T:15--&gt;
Other DSA-mandated data is now included in our regular [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive&lt;/tvar&gt;|Wikimedia Foundation Transparency Reports]]. ''[[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Supplemental Transparency Report for August-September 2023&lt;/tvar&gt;|An interim EU data supplement was published for August-September 2023]].''

&lt;!--T:16--&gt;
Independent audit reports and EU Systemic Risk Assessment and Mitigation (SRAM) documentation can be found [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive&lt;/tvar&gt;|here]].

== Office Action appeals == &lt;!--T:17--&gt;

&lt;!--T:18--&gt;
If you are in the EU and wish to make a formal complaint after the Wikimedia Foundation takes, or decides not to take, an [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions&lt;/tvar&gt;|Office Action]] (for example, suspending a user account, or removing content), then you can complain by emailing &lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;{{email|appeals|wikimedia.org}}&lt;/tvar&gt;. Complaints should be sufficiently specific and backed up with supporting evidence. Complaints should be submitted as early as reasonably possible (no later than 6 months after the decision in question). As indicated in DSA Articles 17(3)(f) and 21, there may also be out-of-court dispute settlement&lt;tvar name=&quot;3&quot;&gt;&lt;ref&gt;[https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/dsa-out-court-dispute-settlement#ecl-inpage-List-of-bodies Out-of-court dispute settlement bodies under the Digital Services Act (DSA)]&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/tvar&gt; and judicial redress routes available to you, depending on applicable law and jurisdiction. We cannot advise you about these, although we ask that you first try to resolve the matter with us directly.

== Supplemental notes == &lt;!--T:19--&gt;
&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:20--&gt; The Wikimedia Foundation's working language is English, so we are grateful when English is used to correspond with us. However, you can communicate with us in other languages, such as Dutch, if you prefer; we will then rely on machine translation tools to the extent necessary. If you send us documents in a language other than English, we appreciate if they can be easily translated using machine translation tools. Badly scanned PDFs can be a particular source of problems for us.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:21--&gt; The Wikimedia Foundation's designation of EU Representatives for the purposes of the EU GDPR, TCOR or DSA does not create an EU establishment for the Wikimedia Foundation, nor are the Representatives expected to involve themselves personally in the resolution of complaints or requests under those laws. The key role of such Representatives is to offer relevant persons an additional way to contact the Wikimedia Foundation. Relevant complaints or requests will be forwarded to the Wikimedia Foundation, where they will usually be evaluated as they would be if you send them to the Wikimedia Foundation directly, and in line with the Wikimedia Foundation's legal obligations. This is a less direct method of contacting us, and it may therefore increase the time it takes to address your communication. Although the email addresses provided above for our EU DSA and TCOR Representative use the &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;&quot;@wikimedia.org&quot;&lt;/tvar&gt; domain name, any emails sent to those addresses will be forwarded automatically to VeraSafe's own email system.&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:22--&gt; Various user-groups and other entities in the wider Wikimedia Movement, including some in the EU, use the Wikimedia trademark in their name, but they are independent of the Wikimedia Foundation and do not represent it. They have no particular authority or responsibility for the Wikimedia Projects, and cannot be held liable for the content of the Projects. Accordingly, if you have a complaint or a request concerning content on the Wikimedia Projects (such as Wikipedia), you are encouraged to resolve it directly with the user community of that Project, using the help network they provide. If that does not work, please contact the Wikimedia Foundation directly, using the details provided above (typically: &lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;{{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}&lt;/tvar&gt;).&lt;/translate&gt;
# &lt;translate&gt;&lt;!--T:23--&gt; The [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;1&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use&lt;/tvar&gt;|Terms of Use]] governing usage of Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia projects are machine-readable; for guidance on how to use our API and other tools for machine interaction with these Terms of Use, see [[&lt;tvar name=&quot;2&quot;&gt;Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation TOU Machine Readability and Interaction&lt;/tvar&gt;|our TOU Machine Readability and Interaction guidance]].&lt;/translate&gt;

== {{int string|References}} ==
{{reflist}}

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:European Union Compliance{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>90j34akqnkbrsgzm7hxtwkd53rem67a</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Process/ms</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>135879</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587229</id>
      <parentid>532816</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:01:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587229</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="18119" sha1="gkrb7tx1x307qud8b4mkbqwmvfzot9g" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note, this document includes 2 sections which look very similar. The first section contains basics about purchasing policy and process. The second section repeats what is in the first section but includes additional information that is relevant for supervisors and/or budget owners.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Purchasing-Values/Philosophy of the Wikimedia Foundation ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At the Wikimedia Foundation, we strive for the proper balance between appropriate safeguards and controls related to assets and spending and undue bureaucracy. We assume that the staff is professional, has the best intentions and does not intend to spend Foundation funds (essentially donor contributions) recklessly.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We aim to provide a framework for purchasing that allows staff a fair amount of autonomy. In return, we ask for your cooperation in following the procedures we have set forth. We ask that staff exercise good judgment when making purchases with Foundation funds. We want staff to be able to make purchases that help them with their work and to feel supported in their work, at the same time, we need to adhere to reasonable standards. Our spending threshold is not the same as other top ten websites or Silicon Valley in general. When in doubt, one should err towards more frugality and not less.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== How to Make a Purchase ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
There are 3 main methods (subject to approval level-see approval levels below):
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# Order it through the Administrative Services Team-Head of Office Administration/Office Assistant/IT Manager or Admin Support person in your department - (many purchases can be made this way; examples include: office-related purchases, phones, cell-phones, mi-fi, tech equipment, desks, chairs, general office supplies, as well as travel-related purchases — such as conference attendance, airfare, hotels, etc.- see below for additional procedures related to travel). If you are not sure about where to start regarding a purchase, start with the Administrative Services Team.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# Order it directly from an existing Wikimedia Foundation vendor.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# Pay for it with personal funds and seek reimbursement via an Expense Report (this should be a last resort).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you do not have your own budget, you must seek written approval from the budget owner before incurring costs to their budget. It is up to each department to determine the logistics of spending within the department-however, invoices and expense reports must ultimately be approved by budget owners and will not be paid without proper approvals.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Travel&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Perjalanan ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Travel in most cases is subject to pre-approval independent of one's approval threshold (see [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel and expense policy|Travel policy]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel approval policy|Travel approval policy]])
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please complete a Travel Request Form in order to obtain pre-approval, then complete a draft travel itinerary using Egencia. (See Admin Services team for access/training for Egencia.) The travel will be finalized by the Admin Services team provided they have received the proper pre-approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note, the Travel Approval Policy states that the Executive Director must approve travel in writing, in advance; the Executive Director has delegated this approval to c-level staff who can and should provide the written approval for staff travel in their departments. C-level staff must obtain written pre-approval for their own travel from the ED or DD.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contracts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Purchases that involve contracts need to go through contract review; please allow time for this process. A Contract Review Form should be completed and signed by the requestor and the C-level supervisor. It should then be routed to the CFOO. Once the CFOO has reviewed it, the CFOO will determine if legal review is required, and if so, will forward it on. Finally, the actual contract must be routed (with the Contract Review Form) to the C-Level staff or ED for signature based on their approval levels. Once the contract is signed by all parties, a copy needs to be forwarded to Accounting. (Note: If you are contemplating hiring an independent contractor, see HR.)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Meals ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In addition to the guidelines regarding meals during travel, please note that peers are not authorized to approve meals with one another. For example, the manager of one department cannot take a manager from another department to lunch and expense it. If there is a legitimate work reason to do so, prior written approval must be obtained by the supervisor of the person who will be expensing the lunch.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Approvals and Approval Levels ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Approval levels are:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Non-Budget owner-Purchases of any amount must be approved by the budget owner
* Budget owner-US$1,000
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* C-Level staff-US$10,000
* ED or DD must pre-approve expenditures over US$10,000.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Budget owners must sign off on invoices charged to their department via a direct signature on the invoice or an email approving the purchase. Additionally, the person who initiated the purchase should sign off on the invoice to acknowledge receipt.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the purchase amount is higher than the budget owner's limit (typically US$1,000), the department C-level needs to sign off, and, if the amount is over US$10,000, the purchase needs to have been pre-approved via email by the C-level, the C-level's boss (ED or DD) with cc to the CFOO.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Expense reports must be reviewed and signed by one's supervisor and the budget owner if they are not the same. If the total is greater than US$1,000, the report must also be signed by the department C-Level. Expense reports, expense codes and instructions on how to complete them can be found on the Office Wiki-Finance Corner.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Invoice and Expense Report Submission ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Properly approved invoices and expense reports should be submitted to Accounting by 5 pm on Tuesday for payment on Friday. Invoices and expense reports should clearly mark the department and account code(s). Account codes can be found on the Office Wiki Finance Corner. Invoices that are related to a contract or have a blanket pre-approval should be signed to acknowledge receipt of the goods/services but do not need to be signed by all approvers since they signed the contract summary and/or initial contract.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you have been given a Wikimedia Foundation American Express card in your name, you should pay the bill directly and seek reimbursement per an expense report.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Policy and Process for Budget owners and/or Supervisors/Managers ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Purchasing-Values/Philosophy of the Wikimedia Foundation ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At the Wikimedia Foundation, we strive for the proper balance between appropriate safeguards and controls related to assets and spending and undue bureaucracy. We assume that the staff is professional, has the best intentions and does not intend to spend Foundation funds (essentially donor contributions) recklessly.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We aim to provide a framework for purchasing that allows staff a fair amount of autonomy. In return, we ask for your cooperation in following the procedures we have set forth. We ask that staff exercise good judgment when making purchases with Foundation funds. We want staff to be able to make purchases that help them with their work and to feel supported in their work, at the same time, we need to adhere to reasonable standards. Our spending threshold is not the same as other top ten websites or Silicon Valley in general. When in doubt, one should err towards more frugality and not less.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As a budget owner and/or Supervisor/Manager, you have an added responsibility to ensure that expenditures are made per the guidelines, that proper approvals are obtained, to lead by example and to support the policy in general.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== How to Make a Purchase ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
There are 3 main methods (subject to your approval level-see approval levels below):
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# Order it through the Administrative Services Team -Head of Office Administration/Office Assistant/IT Manager or Admin Support person in your department (many purchases can be made this way; examples include: office-related purchases, phones, cell-phones, mi-fi, tech equipment, desks, chairs, general office supplies, as well as travel-related purchases (such as conference attendance, airfare, hotels, etc. see below for additional procedures related to travel). If you are not sure about where to start regarding a purchase, start with the Administrative Services Team.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# Order it directly from an existing Wikimedia Foundation vendor.
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
# Pay for it with personal funds and seek reimbursement via an Expense Report (this should be a last resort)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Charges should not be made to your budget without your approval. Within your budget departments, you can decide how you would like non-budget owner staff to make purchases. For example, you can decide that they can make purchases of up to US$100 without your pre-approval but ultimately, invoices and expense reports must be signed by budget owners and will not be paid without proper approvals.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Travel ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Travel in most cases is subject to pre-approval independent of one's approval threshold (see [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel and expense policy|Travel policy]] and [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel approval policy|Travel approval policy]])
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Please complete a Travel Request Form in order to obtain pre-approval, then complete a draft travel itinerary using Egencia. (See Admin Services team for access/training for Egencia.) The travel will be finalized by the Admin Services team provided they have received the proper pre-approval.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note, the Travel Approval Policy states that the Executive Director must approve travel in writing, in advance; the Executive Director has delegated this approval to c-level staff who can and should provide the written approval for staff travel in their departments. C-level staff must obtain written pre-approval for their own travel from the ED or DD.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contracts ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Purchases that involve contracts need to go through contract review; please allow time for this process. A Contract Review Form should be completed and signed by the requestor and the C-level supervisor. It should then be routed to the CFOO. Once the CFOO has reviewed it, the CFOO will determine if legal review is required, and if so, will forward it on. Finally, the actual contract (with the Contract review Form) must be routed to the C-Level staff or ED for signature based on their approval levels. Once the contract is signed by all parties, a copy needs to be forwarded to Accounting.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Meals ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In addition to the guidelines regarding meals during travel, please note that peers are not authorized to approve meals with one another. For example, the manager of one department cannot take a manager from another department to lunch and expense it. If there is a legitimate work reason to do so, prior written approval must be obtained by the supervisor of the person who will be expensing the lunch.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Approvals and Approval Levels ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Approval levels are:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Non-Budget owner-Purchases of any amount must be approved by the budget owner
* Budget owner-US$1,000
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* C-Level staff-US$10,000
* ED or DD must pre-approve expenditures over US$10,000.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Budget owners must sign off on invoices charged to their department via a direct signature on the invoice or an email approving the purchase. Additionally, the person who initiated the purchase should sign off on the invoice to acknowledge receipt.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If the purchase amount is higher than the budget owner's limit (typically US$1,000), the department C-level needs to sign off, and, if the amount is over US$10,000, the purchase needs to have been pre-approved via email by the C-level, the C-level's boss (ED or DD) with cc to the CFOO.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Expense reports must be reviewed and signed by one's supervisor. If the supervisor is not the budget owner, then the budget owner must also sign it. If the report is more than the budget owner's approval limit, then it must be signed also by the department C-Level but in general, expense reports should not involve high dollar amounts.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When reviewing expense reports, it is the reviewer's responsibility to ensure that they agree that the expenses are properly reimbursable by the organization. For example, travel dates on the report should coincide with the dates previously approved. If meals include persons other than the staff person, it should be agreed that there was a valid business reason for including the other person(s). Costs should be reviewed for reasonableness; if an expense seems high (i.e. a meal for one person that costs US$100), the supervisor should get more details from the staff person. If the supervisor does not agree that an expense should be charged to the organization, they can and should omit it from the report. If they are not sure, they can contact Accounting to learn whether the Wikimedia Foundation has reimbursed similar charges in the past.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Accounting department will check the basic math, will check for general policy adherence (i.e. the Wikimedia Foundation does not reimburse mini bar expenses), and will check for proper currency exchange rates.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Expense codes and instructions on how to complete them can be found on the Office Wiki-Finance Corner.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Invoice and Expense Report Submission ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Properly approved invoices and expense reports should be submitted to Accounting by 2pm PST on Wednesday for payment by the following Tuesday. Invoices that are related to a contract or have a blanket pre-approval should be signed to acknowledge receipt of the goods/services but do not need to be signed by all approvers since they signed the contract summary and/or initial contract.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Invoices/Expense reports and related payments are processed on a weekly cadence. Below is when you can expect to receive the funds, dependent on when the completed &amp; approved requests are received (incomplete or those missing approval can result in delays):
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;'''Payment requests received with complete documentation &amp; approvals by Wednesday (by 2pm PST) will be processed that same week''', with payment going out by the following Tuesday.&lt;/span&gt;*
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;'''Payment requests received with complete documentation &amp; approvals after Wednesday (or on Wednesday, but after 2pm PST) will be processed the following week''', with payment going out by the following Tuesday.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that the payment day may change due to Holidays/schedule conflicts/bank processing times.&lt;/span&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Expense reimbursement|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Expense reimbursement&lt;/span&gt;]]

[[Category:Travel documentation{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>gkrb7tx1x307qud8b4mkbqwmvfzot9g</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/ne</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>138184</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587150</id>
      <parentid>565060</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587150</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10659" sha1="couqipry2370b0qujchihqnof364p1g" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This '''Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki manual of style''' outlines basic guidelines which should be considered when formatting content and creating pages on this site.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At all times, the needs of the specific type of content (resolution, minutes, legal document, etc.) takes precedent over any guidelines provided on this page. These guides are more to help avoid unnecessary inconsistency and guidance where the type of content does not provide an existing framework.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== General guidelines ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Try to utilize English words and phrases which will not be difficult to translate into other languages
* When in doubt, refer to manual of styles on Wikimedia project wikis or the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|&quot;Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&quot; guide on Meta-Wiki]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When using an acronym is necessary or difficult to avoid, please be sure to introduce the acronym's meaning in its usage. (example: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== मितिहरू ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When possible the {{tl|DateT}} template should be utilized to properly format date to a user's language and preferences. Where not possible, dates should be formatted as:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Year-Month-Day as YYYY-MM-DD (example: 2024-03-01)
* Day Month Year (example: 1 March 2024)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gender and pronoun usage ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, gender-neutral pronouns should be used.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for use of specific pronouns when referring to person making the request should be honored whenever it is possible to do so. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Existing content can be changed en masse by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Job_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== कार्य शीर्षक ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Job titles should be capitalized and treated as proper nouns. (examples: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Name changes ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Project names ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Meta-Wiki (not Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (not Commons)
* English Wikipedia (not enWP)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Title, header, and page name formatting ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|sentence case capitalization]] should be used for all titles, headers, and page names.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The primary exception is using a flexible use of proper noun capitalization for policies and other content with a large external audience.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where proper noun capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Major Organization Policy
* Board of Trustees
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Board Committee
* Formal Board Resolution
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where sentence case capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Policy specific to only this wiki
* History of past departments
* Information from a regular board meeting
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Page titles for Legal, Minutes, Policies, and Resolutions namespaces ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Page titles should be altered with &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; as needed - with inclusion of Wikimedia or Wikimedia Foundation in title as appropriate. Pages using the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should '''not''' have their page title's marked for translation as well.
&lt;/div&gt;

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Pages properly formatted to review for additional help:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Universal Code of Conduct&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Terms of Use&lt;/span&gt;]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Namespace placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, content should be placed within these namespaces to facilitate greater searching of content.
&lt;/div&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Main namespace&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;General content, navigational pages, or content without a clear namespace&lt;/span&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Talk namespaces&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Discussions and archives of discussions&lt;/span&gt;
; Wikimedia
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to operations of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Policy
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation and Wikimedia Movement [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|policies]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Resolution
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]] by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Legal
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|legal documentation]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Agenda
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Agendas of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Minutes
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Minutes of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Committee
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Endowment
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Memory
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/span&gt;
; Archive
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archived]] or historical content no longer in active use on this wiki and available for migration to another wiki (generally [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Usage of Resolutions namespace ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Resolutions namespace should be resolutions which were considered by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. The {{tl|resolution}} template should be used at the top of resolution pages for proper formatting.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Usage of Policies namespace ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Policies namespace should be official Wikimedia Foundation policies. The {{tl|Policy-board}} or {{tl|Policy-staff}} templates should be used to help with displaying information for readers.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Category placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[:Category:All|Category:All]] category tree:
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== अनुवादहरू ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
:''Please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Translations manual of style]] within the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Translations guidelines]].''
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>couqipry2370b0qujchihqnof364p1g</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Resolution:Language Committee Charter/de</title>
    <ns>100</ns>
    <id>138293</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587128</id>
      <parentid>555716</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587128</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3272" sha1="7jzycs55k3lx28lp8zldd6987shfdnn" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = Satzung des Sprachkomitees (2012)
 |notes = Mit diesem Beschluss wurde die [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter|Satzung]] des Sprachkomitees genehmigt, in der dessen Umfang und Pflichten festgelegt wurden. Er wurde am 16. Oktober 2012 online einstimmig angenommen.}}
}}
Beschlossen, dass das Kuratorium die Satzung des Sprachkomitees genehmigt, in der der Umfang und die Aufgaben des Sprachkomitees festgelegt sind.

&lt;span id=&quot;Language_Committee_Charter&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Satzung des Sprachkomitees ==

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

Das Komitee ist wie folgt beauftragt:

# Die Entwicklung und Aufrechterhaltung von:
## einer klaren Schritt-für-Schritt-Richtline (auf quantitativen Indikatoren geruhend) zur Evaluierung und Realisierung von Wikis in neuen Sprachen mit einer automatisierten Prozedur zur Projektentwicklung;
## Unterstützung und Richtliniengestaltung für Probleme des Schriftsystems und der Lokalisierung;
## Dokumentation um Unterstützung für Communities in neuen Sprachen, um eine solide Wachstumsrate zu ermöglichen;
## Unterstützung und Koodination für sprachübergreifende Projekte um mit kleineren Communities Ressourcen zu teilen und ihre Ergebnisse zu maximieren;
## Unterstützung und Koodination zum Erhalt der Kompatibilität zwischen verschiedenen MediaWiki Installationen um den benötigten Entwicklungsaufwand gering zuhalten, sofern er zur Aufrüstung der Basis-Programm die Lokalisierung betrifft.
# Die Verarbeitung von Anfragen für neue Sprachversionen bestehender Wikimedia-Projekte, sofern es dem Kuratorium vier Tage im Voraus Bescheid gibt, bevor es eine Anfrage genehmigt.

&lt;span id=&quot;Goals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Ziele ===

Die Ziele des Komitees sind:

# Minimierung politischer Aspekte die im Zusammenhang mit der Veröffentlichung neuer Projekte stehen um den Fokus auf rein quantitative Entscheidungskriterien zu lenken;
# Minimierung des Bedarfs an lokalisierungsbezogenen Mitteln und Entwicklungen durch die Bereitstellung einer gemeinsamen Richtlinie;
# Maximierung der Wiederverwendung von bewährten Marketingtechniken aus unterschiedlichen Ausgaben;
# Maximierung der Kooperation zwischen verschiedenen Sprachgemeinschaften durch gemeinsame Tätigkeitsfelder;
# Erreichung des größtmöglichen Lokalisierungsgrades für MediaWiki zu den geringstmöglichen Kosten, um seine führende Rolle als Open-Source Content Management System zu erhalten und zu verbessern.

&lt;span id=&quot;Transparency&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Transparenz ===

* Alle Aktivitäten des Sprachkomitees sind öffentlich, und Hinweise aus der Community sind willkommen.
* Das Komitee schätzt die Tatsache, dass Projekte das (geistige) Eigentum der einzelnen Autoren, die zu ihnen beitragen, sind, und betrachtet die Bedürfnisse der Benutzer als Hauptquelle der Richtlinien.
* Das Komitee ist besonders daran interessiert, diejenigen anzuhören, in der Vergangenheit ein neues Wiki vorgeschlagen haben, und deren Vorschlag entweder abgelehnt oder genehmigt wurde.

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>7jzycs55k3lx28lp8zldd6987shfdnn</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>587136</id>
      <parentid>587128</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:55:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587136</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3270" sha1="ocn60rxf4csku17h9i1lgzzrjz4f6hc" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{resolution
 |type = committees
 |year = 2012
 |status = passed
 |title = Satzung des Sprachkomitees (2012)
 |notes = Mit diesem Beschluss wurde die [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Language committee#Charter|Satzung]] des Sprachkomitees genehmigt, in der dessen Umfang und Pflichten festgelegt wurden. Er wurde am 16. Oktober 2012 online einstimmig angenommen.
}}
Beschlossen, dass das Kuratorium die Satzung des Sprachkomitees genehmigt, in der der Umfang und die Aufgaben des Sprachkomitees festgelegt sind.

&lt;span id=&quot;Language_Committee_Charter&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Satzung des Sprachkomitees ==

=== {{int string|Scope}} ===

Das Komitee ist wie folgt beauftragt:

# Die Entwicklung und Aufrechterhaltung von:
## einer klaren Schritt-für-Schritt-Richtline (auf quantitativen Indikatoren geruhend) zur Evaluierung und Realisierung von Wikis in neuen Sprachen mit einer automatisierten Prozedur zur Projektentwicklung;
## Unterstützung und Richtliniengestaltung für Probleme des Schriftsystems und der Lokalisierung;
## Dokumentation um Unterstützung für Communities in neuen Sprachen, um eine solide Wachstumsrate zu ermöglichen;
## Unterstützung und Koodination für sprachübergreifende Projekte um mit kleineren Communities Ressourcen zu teilen und ihre Ergebnisse zu maximieren;
## Unterstützung und Koodination zum Erhalt der Kompatibilität zwischen verschiedenen MediaWiki Installationen um den benötigten Entwicklungsaufwand gering zuhalten, sofern er zur Aufrüstung der Basis-Programm die Lokalisierung betrifft.
# Die Verarbeitung von Anfragen für neue Sprachversionen bestehender Wikimedia-Projekte, sofern es dem Kuratorium vier Tage im Voraus Bescheid gibt, bevor es eine Anfrage genehmigt.

&lt;span id=&quot;Goals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Ziele ===

Die Ziele des Komitees sind:

# Minimierung politischer Aspekte die im Zusammenhang mit der Veröffentlichung neuer Projekte stehen um den Fokus auf rein quantitative Entscheidungskriterien zu lenken;
# Minimierung des Bedarfs an lokalisierungsbezogenen Mitteln und Entwicklungen durch die Bereitstellung einer gemeinsamen Richtlinie;
# Maximierung der Wiederverwendung von bewährten Marketingtechniken aus unterschiedlichen Ausgaben;
# Maximierung der Kooperation zwischen verschiedenen Sprachgemeinschaften durch gemeinsame Tätigkeitsfelder;
# Erreichung des größtmöglichen Lokalisierungsgrades für MediaWiki zu den geringstmöglichen Kosten, um seine führende Rolle als Open-Source Content Management System zu erhalten und zu verbessern.

&lt;span id=&quot;Transparency&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Transparenz ===

* Alle Aktivitäten des Sprachkomitees sind öffentlich, und Hinweise aus der Community sind willkommen.
* Das Komitee schätzt die Tatsache, dass Projekte das (geistige) Eigentum der einzelnen Autoren, die zu ihnen beitragen, sind, und betrachtet die Bedürfnisse der Benutzer als Hauptquelle der Richtlinien.
* Das Komitee ist besonders daran interessiert, diejenigen anzuhören, in der Vergangenheit ein neues Wiki vorgeschlagen haben, und deren Vorschlag entweder abgelehnt oder genehmigt wurde.

== {{resolution|string=Voting}} ==

* {{resolution|string=Approved}} Ting Chen, Bishakha Datta, Matt Halprin, Samuel Klein, Patricio Lorente, Jan-Bart de Vreede, Jimmy Wales, Kat Walsh, Stu West, Alice Wiegand</text>
      <sha1>ocn60rxf4csku17h9i1lgzzrjz4f6hc</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Resolution:Language Committee Charter/2/de</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>138294</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587134</id>
      <parentid>404033</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:55:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Minorax</username>
        <id>1325</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587134</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="188" sha1="23f3kut8w8pn7vvzt0lo5063kk8vf5b" xml:space="preserve">Mit diesem Beschluss wurde die [[$1|Satzung]] des Sprachkomitees genehmigt, in der dessen Umfang und Pflichten festgelegt wurden. Er wurde am 16. Oktober 2012 online einstimmig angenommen.</text>
      <sha1>23f3kut8w8pn7vvzt0lo5063kk8vf5b</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/cs</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>140812</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587156</id>
      <parentid>429897</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587156</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10856" sha1="rb440gj0d92vc3xyhn49cm9vkd5fgo3" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|Turisté při pohledu na {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} uvnitř {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}]]
Tato stránka obsahuje informace o '''překládání obsahu na Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki'''.

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki používá [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|rozšíření Translation]] pro překlad obsahu stránky. Kdokoli s registrovaným uživatelským účtem Wikimedie je schopen nabízet překlady pomocí tohoto systému.

Postranní panel a text rozhraní wiki jsou spravovány prostřednictvím tradičních systémů MediaWiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_manual_of_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Příručka překladů stylu ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Gendering_of_words&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Pohlaví slov ===

U jazyků, které &quot;genderují&quot; některá slova, by se měly používat genderově neutrální varianty těchto slov, kdykoli je to možné.

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Důležité odkazy ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Překlady postranního panelu ===
:''Chcete-li přeložit položky postranního panelu, přejděte na: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
Uživatelé s právy správce nebo správce rozhraní mohou provádět překlady přímo pomocí [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|obvyklých kroků pro stránky MediaWiki]]. Vzhledem k možnosti zneužití vzhledem k vysoké návštěvnosti tohoto obsahu mohou tyto překlady vkládat pouze uživatelé s těmito schválenými právy (nebo vyššími).

Všichni ostatní [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|uživatelé]] mohou nabízet překlady na [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia: Pokyny pro překlady/Postranní panel]] a poté [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|upozornit správce]] na aktualizace, které jste provedli.
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Šablony překladu ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
Šablony a moduly s obsahem a související překlady z jiných wikin by měly být používány co nejvíce, aby se zabránilo pracovní zátěži pro překladatele napříč wikinami.
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Additional_translations_from_translatewiki.net&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Další překlady z translatewiki.net ===

Kromě již zmíněných použití překladu z [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net] jsou níže uvedené překlady také převzaty z translatewiki.net.

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tipy pro překladatele ==

Neváhejte a přidejte své vlastní tipy!

* Některý obsah může být umístěn v šablonách používaných stránkou, kterou překládáte. Možná budete chtít zkontrolovat wiki kód původní stránky, zda neobsahuje šablony, které je třeba přeložit
* Přeložte jmenný prostor pro stránky. Mnohé v rámci jmenných prostorů mají &quot;správný název stránky&quot; dále v obsahu stránky. Viz [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Příručka stylu]] pro více informací o hlavičkách titulků stránek.

&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_page_editors_and_translation_admins&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tipy pro editory stránek a správce překladů ==

Než začnete a když si nejste jisti, co dělat, vždy začněte tím, že si projdete [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Výukový program pro nastavení obsahu pro překlad&quot;]] a [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Dokumentaci rozšíření Translate]].

Chcete-li snížit množství opakované práce při překladech, použijte šablony a další funkce dostupné prostřednictvím [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|duplikovaného obsahu]].

Pro konzistenci na této wiki a kdykoli je to možné:

* V seznamech odkazů s odrážkami nastavte relevantní značky &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; pouze v textu odkazu.
* Vždy zahrňte kód formátování kurzívou (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) do relevantních značek obsahu &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.
* S výjimkou stránky [[Home]] a dalších možných jedinečných výjimek by značka &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages ​​/&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; pro každou přeloženou stránku měla být úplně nahoře stránku nad libovolnými informačními boxy (také znám jako infoboxy a kloboukové poznámky).
* Položky založené na &quot;číslech&quot; v šablonách by měly vždy obsahovat jejich číselný alias, nikoli vycházet z položek umístěných v šabloně. Například: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|informace}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; by mělo být &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=informace}}&lt;/nowiki &gt;&lt;/code&gt;
* Obecně platí, že značky &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; by měly být pojmenovány pomocí čísla (1, 2, 3 atd.) na základě umístění v konkrétním sada značek &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; nebo automaticky generovaná značka &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Jakmile je název tvaru umístěn, neměl by být přejmenován.
* Seznamy s odrážkami, které mají potenciál pro časté aktualizace – jako je tento – by měly mít každý záznam oddělený vlastními značkami &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Všechny ostatní seznamy odrážek by měly být rozděleny každé 2-4 položky v závislosti na velikosti položek.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_able_to_support_your_efforts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Personál schopný podpořit vaše úsilí ===

Toto jsou zaměstnanci s aktivním editorem nebo administrátorskými účty na této wiki, kteří ''mohou'' podpořit vaše úsilí o nastavení obsahu pro překlad. Vezměte, prosím, na vědomí, že byste neměli očekávat, že tito lidé udělají práci s nastavením obsahu za vás, ale spíše vám pomohou zodpovědět vaše otázky a podpořit budování vaší kapacity v této oblasti úprav wiki. Pokud máte zájem podpořit své kolegy, neváhejte přidat své vlastní uživatelské jméno.

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Další zdroje ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Zdroje Wikimedie ===
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|Běžné zprávy]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|Běžně používané vestavěné zprávy]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|Informace o překladu postranního panelu]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|Návod pro překlad obsahu]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|Výukový program pro nastavení obsahu pro překlad]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|Porozumění administrativě překladů]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;span id=&quot;External_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Externí zdroje ===
* [https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf německý průvodce inkluzivním jazykem] (PDF) (Město Graz)
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Šablony ke sledování ==

Tyto přeložitelné šablony by měly být monitorovány a podle potřeby pravidelně aktualizovány:
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Související zásady ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|Zásady účtů]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Zásady chování]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|Zásady úprav]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|Pokyny pro zveřejňování zásad]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|Rozsah]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Wikimedia:Duplicitní obsah]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|Babylon: portál překladatelů Wikimedie na Meta-Wiki]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>rb440gj0d92vc3xyhn49cm9vkd5fgo3</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/zh</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>141733</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587168</id>
      <parentid>579775</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587168</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9706" sha1="mlo7m5trg2yya61el6psddujr9hnsjt" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|游客注视{{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}中的{{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}}]]
此页面包含有关'''在维基媒体基金会治理维基站上翻译内容'''的信息。

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

维基媒体基金会治理维基站使用[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|翻译扩展]]处理页面内容的翻译。任何拥有维基媒体账号的用户均可使用该系统提供翻译。

此维基站的侧边栏和界面文本使用传统MediaWiki系统管理。

&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_manual_of_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 翻译格式手册 ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Gendering_of_words&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 单词的性别 ===

有些语言中，部分单词区分“性别”。尽量使用这些单词的中性词形。

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 重要链接 ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 侧边栏翻译 ===
:''要翻译侧边栏条目，请前往：[[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
具备管理员或界面管理员权限的用户可按照[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|翻译MediaWiki站点的常见步骤]]直接翻译。考虑到此内容高浏览量的性质有可能招致滥用破坏，仅获准具有此等权利（或更高权利）的用户才能输入这些内容的翻译。

其他所有[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|用户]]可在[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|维基媒体:翻译指引/侧边栏]]提供翻译，并[[Wikimedia talk:Babel|向管理员通知]]所作出的更新。
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 翻译模板 ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
为避免增加跨维基译者的工作负担，应尽可能使用带有来自其它维基站的内容及相关翻译的模板和模块。
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Additional_translations_from_translatewiki.net&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 来自 translatewiki.net 的额外翻译===

上面已经提到了一些来自[//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net]的译文。另外，以下翻译也是从translatewiki.net拉取的。

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 给译者的提示 ==

尽管把你自己的提示加进来！

* 您翻译的页面中，一些内容可能位于页面所使用的模板中。您或许想检查原页面的维基源代码寻找需要翻译的模板。
* 翻译页面的命名空间。命名空间之内的许多页面在页面内容中还会有一个“主要页面标题”。参见[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|格式手册]]深入了解页面标题表头。

&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_page_editors_and_translation_admins&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 给条目编者和翻译管理员的提示 ==

在开始之前和您不确定该做什么的时候，一律从回顾[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|“内容翻译配置教程”]]和[[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|翻译扩展的文档]]开始入手。

为减少翻译的重复工作，请使用模板及[[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|副本内容]]提供的其它功能。

为了本维基的连贯，一旦条件允许：

* 记录链接的项目符号列表中，只在链接的文字部分配置相关的&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;标签。
* 斜体格式代码（&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;）一律放在与内容相关的&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;标签内。
* 所有可翻译页面的&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;标签均应放在页面的最顶端，在任何信息框（又名“infoboxes”“顶注”）的上方，但[[首页]]和其它特殊页面除外。
* 模板中基于“数字”的数据项均应包含其数字别名，而不是基于各数据项在模板中的位置确定。例如，不应该写&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;，而应写成&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
* 一般，&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;标签应按照其在特定&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;标签或自动生成的&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;标签中的位置，以一个数字（1、2、3等）命名。一旦给tvar标签配置了名称，就不应再重命名。
* 有可能经常更新的项目符号列表（比如本列表）应将每一条数据项都用单独的&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;标签分隔开。其它项目符号列表应每2-4条数据项分隔一次，具体视各数据项的大小而定。

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_able_to_support_your_efforts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 工作人员可以支持您的辛勤付出 ===

以下工作人员在这个维基站上有活跃的编者或管理员账号，他们''或许''可以支持您的翻译配置工作。请注意，不应指望这些人士完成您的内容配置工作，而应预期他们通过回答问题、辅助您建立自己在这一方面的维基编辑能力的方式帮助您。如果您对帮助同僚有兴趣，尽管将您自己的用户名加进来。

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 相关资源 ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 维基媒体资源 ===
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|通用消息]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|常用内置消息]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|有关翻译侧边栏的信息]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|内容翻译教程]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|翻译配置教程]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|理解翻译管理]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;span id=&quot;External_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== 外部资源 ===
* [https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf 德语包容性语言指南] (PDF) (格拉茲市)
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 要监视的模板 ==

以下可翻译模板应受到监视并按需定期更新：
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 相关政策 ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|账户方针]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|行为方针]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|编辑方针]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|政策发布指引]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|范围]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|维基媒体:副本内容]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|巴比伦:Meta-Wiki上的维基译者门户]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>mlo7m5trg2yya61el6psddujr9hnsjt</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content/cs</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>145354</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587181</id>
      <parentid>432335</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587181</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5041" sha1="tk1t2n2x1eox7p8jhu5s8sfxmjosr92" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
Tyto stránky – především šablony – jsou duplikáty z jiných wikin Wikimedie a měly by být synchronizovány, kdykoli je to možné pro účely údržby:
&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;General_purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Obecný účel ==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Navigation_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Související s navigací ==

Odkazy může být nutné lokalizovat na tuto wiki.
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Související s překlady ==
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! Stránka na této wiki !! Původní stránka k synchronizaci !! Wiki původu !! Dostupné překlady
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|Kategorie:Duplicitní obsah Meta-Wiki]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|Kategorie:Duplicitní obsah Wikidat]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Wikimedia:Překlady]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>tk1t2n2x1eox7p8jhu5s8sfxmjosr92</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/cs</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>145448</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587169</id>
      <parentid>515188</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587169</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="17400" sha1="pxjq6mdvtt83mfvp8k3bhzkus6bu9qn" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} Očekává se, že všechny účty na této wiki budou dodržovat [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|zásady, směrnice a postupy]] [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|této wiki]] – včetně [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|zásad chování]].}}
Tato stránka popisuje '''zásady účtů''' pro Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Registrované účty ==
{{Register account button}}
&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Každý, kdo má [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|registrovaný účet Wikimedia]], má účet na Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Editor_group_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Účty skupin editorů ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
Účty s [[Special:ListUsers/editor|přístupem skupiny editorů]] jsou zaměstnanci a dodavatelé Wikimedia Foundation schválení odděleními [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] nebo [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Legal]] k tomu, aby měli práva editora k této wiki, aby mohli plnit své pracovní povinnosti.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in this group also have [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Expectations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Očekávání ===

Od členů skupiny editorů se očekává, že:
* Pracujte v rámci [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|zásad, pokynů a postupů]] této wiki, zejména:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Zásady chování]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|Pokyny pro zveřejňování obsahu]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|Pokyny pro jmenné prostory]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Pokyny pro překlady]]
* Postupujte podle [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|příručky stylu]] této wiki.
* Seznamte se se [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|sadou nástrojů editorů]] a [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|uživatelskou příručkou]] této wiki.
* Připojte se k internímu kanálu {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack.
* S dotazy, problémy nebo pro pomoc kontaktujte [[Project:Core Administrators Team|tým základních administrátorů]] wiki.
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Administrátoři ==

Administrátoři na Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki jsou zaměstnanci a dodavatelé Wikimedia Foundation schválení komunikačním nebo právním oddělením k tomu, aby měli administrátorská práva k této wiki, aby mohli plnit své pracovní povinnosti.

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Správci a globální sysopové ===

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Dobrovolníci zvolení jako [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|správci]] nebo vybraní jako [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|globální sysops]] mají také administrátorská práva na Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki. Nemohou však upravovat skutečný obsah v rámci hlavního obsahu [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|jmenných prostorů]], aniž by si to nejprve ověřili u nadace.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==== Práva správce překladu ====

Globální sysopové nebo správci, kteří mají zájem podpořit snahy o řešení vandalismu v překladech, mohou požádat o přidání do skupiny &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Translation administrators]]&quot; (správci překladů). Zatímco globální sysopsové a stewardi mají mnoho sysopových práv na této wiki, práva spojená se skupinou Translation administrators jsou nezbytná pro správu stránek [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|nastavení překladu]].

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in the [[#editor|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.
&lt;/div&gt;

Chcete-li požádat o přidání do skupiny správců překladu, odešlete žádost na stránku Babel nebo se se svou žádostí obraťte na oddělení komunikace nadace ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}).
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Žádost o práva editora nebo administrátora ==

Zaměstnanci mohou kontaktovat tým hlavních administrátorů Wikimedia Foundation Governance prostřednictvím interního kanálu Slack {{Wiki Slack channel link}}, jakmile obdrží souhlas od manažera v právním oddělení nebo v oddělení komunikace. Zaměstnanci mohou také zkontrolovat [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Foundation Governance Wiki stránku na Office Wiki], kde najdete kontaktní informace o aktuálním vedoucím projektu pro Foundation Governance Wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Steps_for_Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_editor_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Kroky pro pracovníky Wikimedia Foundation požadující práva editora ===
# Přijměte a zdokumentujte (prostřednictvím e-mailu nebo Slacku) oprávnění od svého manažera, abyste mohli požádat o práva editora na této wiki.
# Pokud váš manažer není v oddělení komunikace nebo právního oddělení, musíte také obdržet a zdokumentovat (prostřednictvím e-mailu nebo Slack) oprávnění k získání práv editora na této wiki od manažera v oddělení komunikace nebo právního oddělení.
#* Pokud se chystáte použít e-mailový proces ve výši talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org k podání žádosti o přístup editora, můžete svůj e-mail použít také jako žádost o schválení manažera od oddělení komunikace.
# Pokud jej ještě nemáte, založte si přidružený účet nadace Wikimedia Foundation pro použití na wiki projektu Wikimedia tak, že váš manažer bude kontaktovat IT služby Wikimedia Foundation (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Vytvoření účtu se obvykle provádí jako součást onboardingu.
#* Pro tuto wiki nemusíte žádat o další účet a vaše přihlašovací údaje pro wiki projektu Wikimedia by na této wiki měly fungovat. Vaše přihlašovací údaje pro Office Wiki jsou však samostatné a na této wiki nemusí fungovat.
# Kontaktujte základní tým administrátorů wiki a požádejte o práva skupiny editorů. Pro vašeho manažera může být snazší podat žádost, ale měli byste je buď zahrnout do žádosti, nebo poskytnout dokumentaci o schválení manažera. Od {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}} je preferovaným způsobem, jak kontaktovat základní tým s žádostí o přidání práv, provést jednu z následujících akcí:
#* Oslovení hlavního týmu prostřednictvím interního kanálu Slack {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
#* Odesláním požadavku na oddělení komunikace prostřednictvím e-mailu ve výši talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
#* Kontaktování člena základního týmu přes Slack.
&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Zaměstnanci Wikimedia Foundation požadující administrátorská práva ===

Obecně platí, že [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrátorská práva nejsou nutná]] pro většinu činností zaměstnanců a představenstva na této wiki. Pokud se však domníváte, že tato práva můžete potřebovat ke své práci, kontaktujte prosím současného vedoucího projektu Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki na Slacku nebo tým hlavních administrátorů wiki prostřednictvím interního kanálu Slack {{Wiki Slack channel link}} a začněte konverzovat o svých potřebách.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_Board_Trustees_requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Správní rada nadace Wikimedia požadující práva editora nebo administrátora ===

Každý člen správní rady nadace Wikimedia, který požaduje práva editora nebo administrátora, by se měl obrátit na kancelář generálního ředitele, která poté zdokumentuje přístup a požádá o zpracování tým hlavních správců wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Global_Sysops_and_Stewards_requesting_translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Wikimedia Global Sysops and Stewards požadující práva administrátora překladu ===

Děkujeme za váš zájem o podporu úsilí Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! Pokud byste chtěli práva správce překladu, jednoduše:
* Požádejte o [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].
* Nebo kontaktujte člena hlavního administrátorského týmu wiki.
&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Odnětí práv ==

Kvůli odchodům, změnám v rolích nebo bohužel někdy i špatnému chování - odebrání práv z účtu je někdy nutné.

&lt;span id=&quot;Blocks_and_bans&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Blokování a zákazy ===

Více informací o blokování a zákazech na této wiki najdete v sekci [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blokování a zákazy]] této wiki [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Zásady chování]].

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_departures_or_change_in_roles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Odchody zaměstnanců nebo změna rolí ===

Žádosti o odebrání práv z účtů zaměstnanců by měl zasílat manažer vlastníka účtu, zástupce oddělení lidí nebo zástupce IT služeb základnímu týmu administrátorů této wiki.

Od {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}} je preferovaným způsobem, jak dosáhnout požadavků hlavního týmu souvisejících s odebráním práv z účtů zaměstnanců, kontaktovat člena základního týmu prostřednictvím Slacku nebo e-mailu. Kvůli někdy citlivé povaze těchto požadavků by neměly být zasílány prostřednictvím kanálů velkých skupin (jako jsou skupinové e-maily nebo kanály Slack).

&lt;span id=&quot;Board_departures&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Odchody z rady ===

Žádosti o odebrání práv z účtů odcházejících členů správní rady nadace by měl zasílat zástupce z kanceláře generálního ředitele, oddělení IT služeb nebo lidí.

Od {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}} je preferovaným způsobem, jak kontaktovat hlavní tým s žádostí o odebrání práv z účtů správce, provést jednu z následujících akcí:
* Oslovení hlavního týmu prostřednictvím interního kanálu Slack {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
* Odesláním požadavku na oddělení komunikace prostřednictvím e-mailu ve výši talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;span id=&quot;Processes_for_account_maintenance&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Procesy pro vedení účtu ==

Níže uvedené je zamýšleno jako užitečné připomenutí pro tým hlavních administrátorů wiki při zpracování požadavků souvisejících s účtem.
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_editor_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Udělení přístupu editora k účtům zaměstnanců nadace nebo správní rady ===

Kterýkoli člen základního týmu administrátorů wiki může po formálním podání žádosti poskytnout přístup editora.

Každý, kdo uděluje práva skupiny editorů zaměstnancům nadace nebo správní radě, by měl:
# Ověřit, že osoba, která žádost podává, má souhlas od svého manažera, a pokud není členem komunikačního nebo právního oddělení, manažera z jednoho z těchto dvou oddělení.
#* Pokud je žádost podána prostřednictvím e-mailové adresy talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org bez předchozího souhlasu od manažera komunikace nebo právního oddělení, ověřte, že komunikace žádost schválila.
#* Pokud žádost podá současný člen nadační rady, není třeba žádné ověření.
# Pokud účet nebyl vytvořen lokálně, použijte [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] k vytvoření místního účtu.
# Poskytnout požadovaný přístup k účtu uživatelské skupině &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; na neomezeně dlouhou dobu, pokud nebylo s požadavkem spojeno konkrétní datum ukončení.
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/span&gt;
# Odeslat zprávu {{tl|welcome}} na diskusní stránku uživatele pomocí &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.
# Pokud je to možné, přidat vlastníka účtu do interního kanálu Slack {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
# Pokud je majitel účtu členem nadační rady, oznámit kanceláři generálního ředitele, že přístup byl udělen.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_administrator_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Udělení administrátorského přístupu k účtům zaměstnanců nadace nebo správní rady ===

Od září 2024 má pouze vedoucí projektu týmu Core Administrators práva &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; na jejich zaměstnanecký účet potřebná k poskytování administrátorských práv. Tým důvěryhodnosti a bezpečnosti může také poskytnout administrátorská práva, pokud vedoucí projektu jinak nemůže požadavek zpracovat.

Každý, kdo uděluje administrátorská práva zaměstnancům nadace nebo správní radě, by měl:

# Pokud poskytujete také přístup editora, postupovat podle [[#grantingeditor|těchto kroků]].
# Ověřte, zda má osoba, která žádost podává, souhlas od svého manažera.
# Ověřte, že potřeba přístupu správce k účtu byla stanovena týmem hlavních správců.
# Poskytněte požadovaný přístup k účtu uživatelské skupině &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; na neomezeně dlouhou dobu, pokud nebylo s požadavkem spojeno konkrétní datum ukončení.
# Informujte tým hlavních administrátorů prostřednictvím interního kanálu {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack, že byl udělen přístup.
# Pokud je majitel účtu členem nadační rady, oznamte kanceláři generálního ředitele, že přístup byl udělen.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_translation_administrator_access_to_Global_Sysop_or_Steward_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Udělení přístupu administrátora překladu k účtům global sysop nebo steward ===

Od září 2024 může tým Core Administrators poskytovat práva správce překladu. Tým důvěryhodnosti a bezpečnosti může také poskytnout práva správce překladu, pokud tým hlavních správců jinak nemůže požadavek zpracovat. Komisaři mohou také udělit práva správce překladu podle svého uvážení nebo postoupit jakékoli požadavky týmu hlavních správců.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.
&lt;/div&gt;

Každý, kdo uděluje administrátorská práva Global Sysops nebo Stewardům, by měl:

# Ověřit, že účet je v držení globálního sysopa nebo stewarda.
# Poskytnout požadovaný přístup k účtu uživatelské skupině &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; na neomezeně dlouhou dobu, pokud nebylo s požadavkem spojeno konkrétní datum ukončení.
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_editor_or_translation_administrator_rights_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Odebrání práv editora nebo administrátora překladu z účtů ===

Po formálním podání žádosti může kterýkoli člen hlavního týmu administrátorů wiki odebrat práva editora nebo administrátora překladu.

Každý, kdo odebírá práva skupiny editorů, by měl:
# Ověřit, že žádost má souhlas příslušného manažera, kanceláře generálního ředitele, kanceláře IT nebo oddělení lidí.
#* Pokud osoba veřejně odešla ze své role, není nutné žádné další ověření.
# Zakázat požadovaný přístup účtu k uživatelské skupině &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; nebo &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt;.
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_administrator_access_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Odebrání přístupu správce z účtů ===

Pouze tým Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety má nezbytný přístup a oprávnění k odebrání administrátorských práv z účtu na této wiki.

Manažer majitele účtu, Kancelář generálního ředitele, Kancelář IT, Oddělení Lidé nebo hlavní tým správců této wiki mohou poslat jakékoli takové požadavky s dokumentací nebo vysvětlením podle potřeby týmu Trust &amp; Safety prostřednictvím jejich e-mailové adresy ca{{@}}wikimedia.org.

&lt;span id=&quot;Regular_audit_of_user_group_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Pravidelný audit práv uživatelské skupiny ===

Nejméně jednou za fiskální rok by měl tým hlavních administrátorů provést audit všech účtů s právy editora, administrátora nebo administrátora překladu a ověřit spojení každého majitele účtu s nadací.

Všem zaměstnancům, správní radě, globálním sysopům nebo komisařům, kteří již nejsou ve svých rolích, by měla být odebrána práva přidružené uživatelské skupiny. Členové týmu hlavních administrátorů mohou podle potřeby odebrat práva editora a správce překladu. Žádosti o odebrání práv skupiny administrátorů by měly být [[#removingadmin|odeslány týmu pro důvěru a bezpečnost nadace]].</text>
      <sha1>pxjq6mdvtt83mfvp8k3bhzkus6bu9qn</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/cs</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>145765</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587143</id>
      <parentid>565052</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587143</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8480" sha1="l9prnqakojz9fk3aareiewfvjiku25d" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
Tato '''příručka stylu Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki''' nastiňuje základní pokyny, které je třeba vzít v úvahu při formátování obsahu a vytváření stránek na tomto webu.

Potřeby konkrétního typu obsahu (usnesení, zápis, právní dokument atd.) mají vždy přednost před pokyny uvedenými na této stránce. Tyto návody mají spíše pomoci vyhnout se zbytečným nekonzistentnostem a návodům tam, kde typ obsahu neposkytuje existující rámec.

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Obecné pokyny ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* Snažte se používat anglická slova a fráze, které nebude těžké přeložit do jiných jazyků
* V případě pochybností se podívejte do příručky stylů na wiki projektu Wikimedia nebo do [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|&quot;Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&quot; průvodce na Meta-Wiki]]

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Kontrakce a zkratky ===

Chcete-li obsah snáze přeložit a pochopit v různých jazycích, nepoužívejte zkracování a zkratky.

Pokud je použití zkratky nezbytné nebo je obtížné se mu vyhnout, nezapomeňte uvést význam zkratky při jejím použití. (příklad: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))

&lt;span id=&quot;Dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Termíny ===

Pokud je to možné, měla by být použita šablona {{tl|DateT}} ke správnému formátování data podle jazyka a preferencí uživatele. Pokud to není možné, data by měla být ve formátu:

* Rok-Měsíc-Den jako RRRR-MM-DD (příklad: 2024-03-01)
* Den Měsíc Rok (příklad: 1. března 2024)

&lt;span id=&quot;Gender_and_pronoun_usage&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Použití pohlaví a zájmen ===

Kdykoli je to možné, měla by se používat rodově neutrální zájmena.

Žádosti o použití konkrétních zájmen při odkazu na osobu, která žádost podává, by měly být respektovány, kdykoli je to možné. Veškerá omezení by měl sdílet tým hlavních administrátorů s jednotlivcem, který žádost podává.

Stávající obsah lze hromadně změnit kontaktováním [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|týmu hlavních administrátorů]] wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Job_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Pracovní pozice ===

Názvy pracovních pozic by měly být psány velkými písmeny a mělo by se s nimi nakládat jako s vlastními podstatnými jmény. (příklady: generální ředitel, předseda, ředitel pracovních pozic)

&lt;span id=&quot;Name_changes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Změny jména ===

Jednotlivci, kteří požadují změny v použití svého vlastního jména, z jakýchkoli důvodů (včetně bezpečnosti nebo ochrany osobních údajů), tak mohou učinit kontaktováním [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|hlavního týmu administrátorů]] wiki.

Žádosti o změny budou respektovány, a to i v rámci historického obsahu, jak jen to bude možné. Veškerá omezení by měl sdílet tým hlavních administrátorů s jednotlivcem, který žádost podává.

&lt;span id=&quot;Project_names&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Názvy projektů ===

Názvy projektů Wikimedie by měly být psány velkými písmeny, nikoli zkráceny nebo zkracovány.

Příklady:

* Meta-Wiki (nikoli Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (ne Commons)
* Anglická Wikipedie (ne enWP)

&lt;span id=&quot;Title,_header,_and_page_name_formatting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Formátování názvu, záhlaví a názvu stránky ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
Kdykoli je to možné, u všech názvů, záhlaví a názvů stránek by se měla používat počáteční [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|velká písmena vět]].

Primární výjimkou je použití flexibilního použití velkých písmen správného jména pro zásady a další obsah s velkým externím publikem.

Příklady stránek, kde je nejvhodnější používat velká písmena u podstatných jmen:

* Hlavní organizační pravidla
* Správní rada
* Výbor úřední desky
* Formální usnesení představenstva

Příklady stránek, kde je nejvhodnější používat velká a malá písmena ve větách:

* Zásady specifické pouze pro tuto wiki
* Historie minulých oddělení
* Informace z pravidelné schůze představenstva

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Názvy stránek pro obory názvů Právní předpisy, Zápisy, Zásady a Rezoluce ===

Názvy stránek by měly být podle potřeby změněny s &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; - podle potřeby se zahrnutím Wikimedia nebo Wikimedia Foundation v názvu. Stránky používající &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; by měly '''neměly''' mít také název stránky označený pro překlad.

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
Stránky správně naformátované ke kontrole pro další nápovědu:

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Zásady:Univerzální kodex chování]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Zásady:Podmínky použití]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Namespace_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Umístění jmenného prostoru ==
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
Kdykoli je to možné, obsah by měl být umístěn do těchto jmenných prostorů, aby se usnadnilo lepší vyhledávání obsahu.
;Hlavní jmenný prostor
:Obecný obsah, navigační stránky nebo obsah bez jasného jmenného prostoru
;Diskusní jmenné prostory
:Diskuse a archivy diskuzí
; Wikimedia
:Obsah související s operacemi [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]
; Policy
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Zásady]] Wikimedia Foundation a Wikimedia Movement
; Resolution
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Usnesení]] správní rady nadace Wikimedia
; Legal
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Právní dokumentace]]Wikimedia Foundation
; Agenda
:Programy zasedání [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|schůzí správní rady nadace Wikimedia]]
; Minutes
:Zápisy ze [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|zasedání správní rady nadace Wikimedia]]
; Committee
:Obsah související s výbory správní rady nadace Wikimedia
; Endowment
:Obsah související s [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]
; Memory
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institucionální znalosti]] nadace Wikimedia
; Archive
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archivovaný]] nebo historický obsah, který se již na této wiki aktivně nepoužívá a je k dispozici pro migraci na jinou wiki (obecně [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Použití jmenného prostoru Resolutions ===

Obsah umístěný do jmenného prostoru Resolutions by měl být usneseními, která byla posouzena správní radou nadace Wikimedia. Pro správné formátování by měla být šablona {{tl|resolution}} použita v horní části stránek rozlišení.

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Použití jmenného prostoru Policies ===

Obsah umístěný do jmenného prostoru Policies by měl být oficiálními pravidly Wikimedia Foundation. Šablony {{tl|Policy-board}} nebo {{tl|Policy-staff}} by měly být použity jako pomoc se zobrazováním informací pro čtenáře.
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Category_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Umístění kategorie ==

Veškerý obsah (stránky, soubory, šablony atd.) na této wiki by měl být umístěn do kategorie, která je součástí stromu kategorií [[:Category:All|Category:All]]:
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Překlady ==

:''Prosím, podívejte se na [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Příručku překladového stylu]] v [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Pokynech k překladům]].''</text>
      <sha1>l9prnqakojz9fk3aareiewfvjiku25d</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/fi</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>148897</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587206</id>
      <parentid>539511</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587206</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7848" sha1="pp4qs026h6dipbz95364gex0svdpdxz" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
'''IP-tietotyökalu''' auttaa käyttäjiä suojaamaan Wikimedia-hankkeita tarjoamalla tarvittavia tietoja IP-osoitteista. Ehtona tälle pääsyoikeudelle käyttäjien tulee hyväksyä seuraava käytäntö.
== {{int string|Background}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Wikimedia Sites are the collaborative product of a global community of volunteer users. The Sites can be edited with or without signing into a Wikimedia account.
&lt;/div&gt; &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Certain logged-in users are given access to limited amounts of information about IP addresses to help them to enforce or investigate potential violations of Wikimedia Foundation or user community-based policies.&lt;/span&gt;
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The IP Information tool was developed to help streamline anti-abuse work centered on the edits of unregistered and non-logged-in contributors.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Requirements_for_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Vaatimukset tietoihin pääsyyn ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Pääsyoikeuksien poistaminen ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users may voluntarily give up their access to the tool at any time by visiting Special:Preferences.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool. Further details are provided below.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_and_disclosure_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== IP-tietojen käyttö ja paljastaminen ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (&quot;IP information&quot;) may be disclosed.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Use_of_IP_information&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== IP-tietojen käyttö ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Spur feeds] via the [[wikitech:Service/IPoid|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf GeoLite2 databases] ({{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}). Use of the tool is subject to the [https://spur.us/terms/ Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Disclosure&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Paljastaminen ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Users who have agreed to the separate [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions|approved exceptions]] under that policy).&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>pp4qs026h6dipbz95364gex0svdpdxz</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content/zh</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>149385</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587188</id>
      <parentid>579737</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587188</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4954" sha1="7u90jis2cgx5ttr51738mvwbko0jybs" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
这些页面——主要是模板——是来自其它维基媒体基金会维基站的副本，出于维护目的应尽可能同步。
&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;General_purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 通用 ==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Navigation_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==與导航栏相關==

此维基需要本地化的链接
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==翻译相关==
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! 在此维基站上的页面 !! 应与之同步的原页面 !! 来源维基站 !! 翻译可用
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|分类：重复的元维基内容]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|分类：重复的维基数据内容]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|维基媒体:翻译]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>7u90jis2cgx5ttr51738mvwbko0jybs</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Process/cs</title>
    <ns>106</ns>
    <id>150779</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587227</id>
      <parentid>532814</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:01:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587227</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="16782" sha1="kn5reemn7v3haqg03k3v4qj7p4tt3ul" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
Všimněte si, že tento dokument obsahuje 2 sekce, které vypadají velmi podobně. První část obsahuje základy nákupní politiky a procesu. Druhá část opakuje to, co je v první části, ale obsahuje další informace, které jsou důležité pro orgány dohledu a nebo vlastníky rozpočtu.

&lt;span id=&quot;Purchasing-Values/Philosophy_of_the_Wikimedia_Foundation&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Nákupní hodnoty/filosofie Wikimedia Foundation ===

Ve Wikimedia Foundation se snažíme o správnou rovnováhu mezi vhodnými zárukami a kontrolami souvisejícími s majetkem a výdaji a nepřiměřenou byrokracií. Předpokládáme, že zaměstnanci jsou profesionální, mají ty nejlepší úmysly a nehodlají nadační prostředky (v podstatě dárcovské příspěvky) utrácet neuváženě.

Naším cílem je poskytnout rámec pro nákup, který zaměstnancům umožňuje značnou míru autonomie. Na oplátku vás žádáme o spolupráci při dodržování postupů, které jsme stanovili. Žádáme zaměstnance, aby při nákupech z fondů nadace uplatňovali dobrý úsudek. Chceme, aby zaměstnanci mohli nakupovat to, co jim pomáhá v práci, a aby se cítili ve své práci podporováni, zároveň musíme dodržovat rozumné standardy. Náš práh útraty není stejný jako u ostatních deseti nejlepších webů nebo obecně v Silicon Valley. V případě pochybností by se člověk měl mýlit směrem k větší šetrnosti a ne k menší.

&lt;span id=&quot;How_to_Make_a_Purchase&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Jak provést nákup ===

Existují 3 hlavní metody (v závislosti na úrovni schválení – viz úrovně schválení níže):

# Objednání prostřednictvím týmu administrativních služeb – vedoucího administrace kanceláře/asistenta kanceláře/IT Managera nebo administrátora ve vašem oddělení – (mnoho nákupů lze provést tímto způsobem; příklady zahrnují: nákupy související s kanceláří, telefony, mobilní telefony, mi-fi, technické vybavení, stoly, židle, běžné kancelářské potřeby a také nákupy související s cestováním – např. účast na konferencích, letenky, hotely atd. – další postupy související s cestováním naleznete níže). Pokud si nejste jisti, kde s nákupem začít, začněte s týmem administrativních služeb.
# Objednání přímo od stávajícího dodavatele Wikimedia Foundation.
# Zaplacení osobními prostředky a požádání o náhradu prostřednictvím zprávy o výdajích (toto by měla být poslední možnost).

Nemáte-li svůj vlastní rozpočet, musíte si vyžádat písemný souhlas vlastníka rozpočtu, než mu do jeho rozpočtu vzniknou náklady. Je na každém oddělení, aby určilo logistiku výdajů v rámci oddělení – nicméně faktury a výkazy výdajů musí být nakonec schváleny vlastníky rozpočtu a nebudou zaplaceny bez řádného schválení.

&lt;span id=&quot;Travel&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Cestování ===

Cestování ve většině případů podléhá předběžnému schválení nezávisle na limitu pro schválení (viz [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel and expense policy|Cestovní zásady]] a [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel approval policy|Zásady schvalování cest]])

Vyplňte prosím formulář cestovní žádosti, abyste získali předběžné schválení, a poté vyplňte návrh cestovního itineráře pomocí Egencia. (Viz tým Admin Services pro přístup/školení pro Egenciu.) Cestu dokončí tým Admin Services za předpokladu, že obdržel řádné předběžné schválení.

Poznámka: Zásady schvalování cest uvádí, že výkonný ředitel musí předem písemně schválit cestu. Výkonný ředitel delegoval tento souhlas na zaměstnance na úrovni C, kteří mohou a měli by poskytnout písemný souhlas s cestami zaměstnanců na jejich oddělení. Zaměstnanci úrovně C musí získat písemný předběžný souhlas s vlastní cestou od ED nebo DD.

&lt;span id=&quot;Contracts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Smlouvy ===

Nákupy, které zahrnují smlouvy, musí projít kontrolou smlouvy. Prosím počkejte na tento proces. Formulář pro přezkoumání smlouvy by měl vyplnit a podepsat žadatel a nadřízený na úrovni C. Poté by měl být směrován k CFOO. Jakmile ji finanční ředitel zkontroluje, finanční ředitel určí, zda je vyžadována právní kontrola, a pokud ano, předá ji dále. Nakonec musí být skutečná smlouva předána (s formulářem pro přezkoumání smlouvy) pracovníkům úrovně C nebo ED k podpisu na základě jejich úrovní schválení. Jakmile je smlouva podepsána všemi stranami, musí být její kopie zaslána do účetnictví. (Poznámka: Pokud uvažujete o najmutí nezávislého dodavatele, viz HR.)

&lt;span id=&quot;Meals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Stravování ===

Kromě pokynů týkajících se stravování během cestování si prosím uvědomte, že kolegové nejsou oprávněni schvalovat stravování mezi sebou. Například manažer jednoho oddělení nemůže vzít manažera z jiného oddělení na oběd a zaplatit ho. Je-li k tomu oprávněný pracovní důvod, je třeba získat předchozí písemný souhlas nadřízeného osoby, která bude oběd vydávat.

&lt;span id=&quot;Approvals_and_Approval_Levels&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Schválení a úrovně schválení ===

Úrovně schválení jsou:

* Nerozpočtový vlastník – nákupy jakékoli částky musí schválit vlastník rozpočtu
* Vlastník rozpočtu – 1 000 USD
* Zaměstnanci na úrovni C – 10 000 USD
* ED nebo DD musí předem schválit výdaje nad 10 000 USD.

Vlastníci rozpočtu musí podepsat faktury účtované jejich oddělení přímým podpisem na faktuře nebo e-mailem potvrzujícím nákup. Kromě toho by osoba, která iniciovala nákup, měla podepsat fakturu a potvrdit její přijetí.

Pokud je částka nákupu vyšší než limit vlastníka rozpočtu (obvykle 1 000 USD), musí oddělení C-úrovně odhlásit, a pokud je částka vyšší než 10 000 USD, nákup musí být předem schválen e-mailem C-úrovně, šéf C-úrovně (ED nebo DD) s cc pro CFOO.

Zprávy o výdajích musí zkontrolovat a podepsat nadřízený a vlastník rozpočtu, pokud nejsou totožné. Pokud je celková částka vyšší než 1 000 USD, musí být zpráva podepsána také oddělením úrovně C. Výkazy výdajů, kódy výdajů a pokyny, jak je vyplnit, naleznete na Office Wiki-Finance Corner.

&lt;span id=&quot;Invoice_and_Expense_Report_Submission&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Odeslání zprávy o fakturách a výdajích ===

Řádně schválené faktury a hlášení o výdajích odevzdejte do úterý do 17:00 účetní jednotce k pátečnímu proplacení. Faktury a hlášení o výdajích by měly jasně označovat kód(y) oddělení a účtu. Kódy účtů lze nalézt na Office Wiki Finance Corner. Faktury, které souvisejí se smlouvou nebo mají všeobecné předběžné schválení, by měly být podepsány jako potvrzení přijetí zboží/služeb, ale nemusí být podepsány všemi schvalovateli, protože podepsali souhrn smlouvy a nebo původní smlouvu.

Pokud vám byla přidělena karta Wikimedia Foundation American Express na vaše jméno, měli byste zaplatit účet přímo a požadovat náhradu na základě zprávy o výdajích.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_Purchasing_and_Disbursement_Policy_and_Process_for_Budget_owners_and/or_Supervisors/Managers&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Zásady a proces nákupu a vyplácení Wikimedia Foundation pro vlastníky rozpočtu a nebo supervizory/manažery ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Purchasing-Values/Philosophy_of_the_Wikimedia_Foundation&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Nákupní hodnoty/filosofie Wikimedia Foundation ===

Ve Wikimedia Foundation se snažíme o správnou rovnováhu mezi vhodnými zárukami a kontrolami souvisejícími s majetkem a výdaji a nepřiměřenou byrokracií. Předpokládáme, že zaměstnanci jsou profesionální, mají ty nejlepší úmysly a nehodlají nadační prostředky (v podstatě dárcovské příspěvky) utrácet neuváženě.

Naším cílem je poskytnout rámec pro nákup, který zaměstnancům umožňuje značnou míru autonomie. Na oplátku vás žádáme o spolupráci při dodržování postupů, které jsme stanovili. Žádáme zaměstnance, aby při nákupech z fondů nadace uplatňovali dobrý úsudek. Chceme, aby zaměstnanci mohli nakupovat to, co jim pomáhá v práci, a aby se cítili ve své práci podporováni, zároveň musíme dodržovat rozumné standardy. Náš práh útraty není stejný jako u ostatních deseti nejlepších webů nebo obecně v Silicon Valley. V případě pochybností by se člověk měl mýlit směrem k větší šetrnosti a ne k menší.

Jako vlastník rozpočtu a nebo supervizor/manažer máte další odpovědnost za to, abyste zajistili, že výdaje budou prováděny v souladu s pokyny, že budou získána řádná schválení, půjdete příkladem a budete obecně podporovat politiku.

&lt;span id=&quot;How_to_Make_a_Purchase&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Jak provést nákup ===

Existují 3 hlavní způsoby (v závislosti na vaší úrovni schválení – viz úrovně schválení níže):

# Objednání prostřednictvím týmu administrativních služeb – vedoucího administrace kanceláře/asistenta kanceláře/IT Managera nebo administrátora ve vašem oddělení – (mnoho nákupů lze provést tímto způsobem; příklady zahrnují: nákupy související s kanceláří, telefony, mobilní telefony, mi-fi, technické vybavení, stoly, židle, běžné kancelářské potřeby a také nákupy související s cestováním – např. účast na konferencích, letenky, hotely atd. – další postupy související s cestováním naleznete níže). Pokud si nejste jisti, kde s nákupem začít, začněte s týmem administrativních služeb.
# Objednání přímo od stávajícího dodavatele Wikimedia Foundation.
# Zaplacení osobními prostředky a požádání o náhradu prostřednictvím zprávy o výdajích (toto by měla být poslední možnost).

Bez vašeho souhlasu by neměly být účtovány poplatky do vašeho rozpočtu. V rámci svých rozpočtových oddělení se můžete rozhodnout, jak chcete, aby zaměstnanci, kteří nejsou vlastníky rozpočtu, nakupovali. Můžete se například rozhodnout, že mohou nakupovat až do výše 100 USD bez vašeho předběžného schválení, ale nakonec musí být faktury a výkazy výdajů podepsány vlastníky rozpočtu a nebudou zaplaceny bez řádného schválení.

&lt;span id=&quot;Travel&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Cestování ===

Cestování ve většině případů podléhá předběžnému schválení nezávisle na limitu pro schválení (viz [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel and expense policy|Cestovní zásady]] a [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Travel approval policy|Zásady schvalování cest]])

Vyplňte, prosím, formulář cestovní žádosti, abyste získali předběžné schválení, a poté vyplňte návrh cestovního itineráře pomocí Egencia. (Viz tým Admin Services pro přístup/školení pro Egenciu.) Cestu dokončí tým Admin Services za předpokladu, že obdržel řádné předběžné schválení.

Poznámka: Zásady schvalování cest uvádí, že výkonný ředitel musí předem písemně schválit cestu. Výkonný ředitel delegoval tento souhlas na zaměstnance na úrovni C, kteří mohou a měli by poskytnout písemný souhlas s cestami zaměstnanců na jejich oddělení. Zaměstnanci úrovně C musí získat písemný předběžný souhlas s vlastní cestou od ED nebo DD.

&lt;span id=&quot;Contracts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Smlouvy ===

Nákupy, které zahrnují smlouvy, musí projít kontrolou smlouvy. Prosím, počkejte na tento proces. Formulář pro přezkoumání smlouvy by měl vyplnit a podepsat žadatel a nadřízený na úrovni C. Poté by měl být směrován k CFOO. Jakmile ji finanční ředitel zkontroluje, finanční ředitel určí, zda je vyžadována právní kontrola, a pokud ano, předá ji dále. Nakonec musí být skutečná smlouva (s formulářem pro přezkoumání smlouvy) předána pracovníkům úrovně C nebo ED k podpisu na základě jejich úrovní schválení. Jakmile je smlouva podepsána všemi stranami, musí být její kopie zaslána do účetnictví.

&lt;span id=&quot;Meals&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Stravování ===

Kromě pokynů týkajících se stravování během cestování si prosím uvědomte, že kolegové nejsou oprávněni schvalovat stravování mezi sebou. Například manažer jednoho oddělení nemůže vzít manažera z jiného oddělení na oběd a zaplatit ho. Je-li k tomu oprávněný pracovní důvod, je třeba získat předchozí písemný souhlas nadřízeného osoby, která bude oběd vydávat.

&lt;span id=&quot;Approvals_and_Approval_Levels&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Schválení a úrovně schválení ===

Úrovně schválení jsou:

* Nerozpočtový vlastník – nákupy jakékoli částky musí schválit vlastník rozpočtu
* Vlastník rozpočtu – 1 000 USD
* Zaměstnanci na úrovni C – 10 000 USD
* ED nebo DD musí předem schválit výdaje nad 10 000 USD.

Vlastníci rozpočtu musí podepsat faktury účtované jejich oddělení přímým podpisem na faktuře nebo e-mailem potvrzujícím nákup. Kromě toho by osoba, která iniciovala nákup, měla podepsat fakturu a potvrdit její přijetí.

Pokud je částka nákupu vyšší než limit vlastníka rozpočtu (obvykle 1 000 USD), musí ji oddělení C-úrovně schválit, a pokud je částka vyšší než 10 000 USD, nákup musí být předem schválen e-mailem C-level, šéf C-úrovně (ED nebo DD) s ccm pro CFOO.

Zprávy o výdajích musí zkontrolovat a podepsat nadřízený. Není-li nadřízený vlastníkem rozpočtu, musí jej podepsat také vlastník rozpočtu. Pokud je zpráva vyšší než schvalovací limit vlastníka rozpočtu, musí být podepsána také oddělením úrovně C, ale obecně by zprávy o výdajích neměly zahrnovat vysoké částky v dolarech.

Při kontrole výkazů výdajů je odpovědností kontrolora zajistit, aby souhlasil s tím, že náklady jsou organizací řádně propláceny. Například data cesty ve zprávě by se měla shodovat s dříve schválenými daty. Pokud se na stravování podílejí i jiné osoby než personál, mělo by být dohodnuto, že pro zařazení další osoby (osob) existuje platný obchodní důvod. Náklady by měly být přezkoumány z hlediska přiměřenosti. Pokud se náklady zdají vysoké (tj. jídlo pro jednu osobu, které stojí 100 USD), měl by nadřízený získat další podrobnosti od zaměstnance. Pokud nadřízený nesouhlasí s tím, že by organizaci měly být účtovány náklady, může a měl by je ve zprávě vynechat. Pokud si nejsou jisti, mohou se obrátit na Účetnictví a zjistit, zda Wikimedia Foundation v minulosti podobné poplatky proplácela.

Účetní oddělení zkontroluje základní matematiku, zkontroluje dodržování obecných zásad (tj. Wikimedia Foundation nehradí výdaje na minibar) a zkontroluje správné směnné kurzy.

Kódy výdajů a pokyny, jak je vyplnit, najdete na Office Wiki-Finance Corner.

&lt;span id=&quot;Invoice_and_Expense_Report_Submission&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Odeslání zprávy o fakturách a výdajích ===

&lt;div class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;
Řádně schválené faktury a hlášení o výdajích odevzdejte do úterka do 17:00 na účetní jednotku k platbě v pátek. Faktury a hlášení o výdajích by měly jasně označovat kód(y) oddělení a účtu. Kódy účtů lze nalézt na Office Wiki-Finance Corner. Faktury, které se týkají smlouvy, by měly být podepsány, aby bylo potvrzeno přijetí zboží/služeb, ale nemusí být podepsány všemi schvalovateli, protože podepsali úvodní shrnutí smlouvy a nebo smlouva.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Invoices/Expense reports and related payments are processed on a weekly cadence. Below is when you can expect to receive the funds, dependent on when the completed &amp; approved requests are received (incomplete or those missing approval can result in delays):
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;'''Payment requests received with complete documentation &amp; approvals by Wednesday (by 2pm PST) will be processed that same week''', with payment going out by the following Tuesday.&lt;/span&gt;*
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;'''Payment requests received with complete documentation &amp; approvals after Wednesday (or on Wednesday, but after 2pm PST) will be processed the following week''', with payment going out by the following Tuesday.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that the payment day may change due to Holidays/schedule conflicts/bank processing times.&lt;/span&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Expense reimbursement|Náhrada výdajů]]

[[Category:Travel documentation{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>kn5reemn7v3haqg03k3v4qj7p4tt3ul</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/89/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>154688</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587201</id>
      <parentid>467518</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587201</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="382" sha1="3psyjysxd3pg155u3wk2pe1ocd9ubj6" xml:space="preserve">Users who meet the [[$1|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).</text>
      <sha1>3psyjysxd3pg155u3wk2pe1ocd9ubj6</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/21/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>159358</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587197</id>
      <parentid>565144</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587197</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1007" sha1="etncwbiiu3h8ahhn84imgfqcg6ngapi" xml:space="preserve">The Wikimedia Foundation's designation of EU Representatives for the purposes of the EU GDPR, TCOR or DSA does not create an EU establishment for the Wikimedia Foundation, nor are the Representatives expected to involve themselves personally in the resolution of complaints or requests under those laws. The key role of such Representatives is to offer relevant persons an additional way to contact the Wikimedia Foundation. Relevant complaints or requests will be forwarded to the Wikimedia Foundation, where they will usually be evaluated as they would be if you send them to the Wikimedia Foundation directly, and in line with the Wikimedia Foundation's legal obligations. This is a less direct method of contacting us, and it may therefore increase the time it takes to address your communication. Although the email addresses provided above for our EU DSA and TCOR Representative use the $1 domain name, any emails sent to those addresses will be forwarded automatically to VeraSafe's own email system.</text>
      <sha1>etncwbiiu3h8ahhn84imgfqcg6ngapi</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/en</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>159842</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587199</id>
      <parentid>585304</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587199</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8135" sha1="nz7oaqyje6ca20y1s5d2jvfell62pmw" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance navbox}}
This page provides specified information regarding the Wikimedia Foundation's compliance with:
* the European Union (&quot;EU&quot;) Digital Services Act (i.e. Regulation (EU) 2022/2065) - the &quot;'''DSA'''&quot;, and
* Regulation (EU) 2021/784 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2021 on addressing the dissemination of terrorist content online - '''&quot;TCOR&quot;''' (also known as '''&quot;TERREG&quot;''')
== Contacting the Wikimedia Foundation with legal complaints and questions ==

'''Legal complaints or enquiries''' should be sent to us, by members of the public or by competent authorities:
* By ''email'': {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}, and/or
* By ''post'': Wikimedia Foundation c/o CT Corporation System, 330 North Brand Boulevard, Glendale, California 91203-2336, USA
Competent authorities ''only'' ('''not''' members of the public), when acting in accordance with the DSA, may optionally also contact us indirectly, via our designated DSA Article 13 Representative, VeraSafe Netherlands B.V. (&quot;VeraSafe&quot;). VeraSafe is contactable by email at {{email|dsaeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}, or by post at VeraSafe Netherlands B.V., Keizersgracht 555, Amsterdam 1017 DR, The Netherlands. Its telephone number is: +420 228 881 031.

If you are a competent authority asking for the '''removal of allegedly illegal content''', we ask that your communications comply with [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2187-1-1 DSA Article 9]. If you are a private person/organization reporting allegedly illegal content on the sites that we host, we ask that you ensure that your report includes the information prescribed by [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2556-1-1 DSA Article 16(2)]. In respect of '''user data requests''', please read our [[Special:MyLanguage/Requests for user information procedures &amp; guidelines|Requests for User Information Procedures and Guidelines]], and also note the requirements of [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2280-1-1 DSA Article 10].

We invite you to consult our [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Terrorist and violent extremist content procedures and guidelines|Terrorist and Violent Extremist Content (TVEC) Procedures and Guidelines]] when contacting us about TVEC. Our EU Legal Representative for the purposes of TCOR Article 17 is also VeraSafe Netherlands B.V.. We encourage EU/EEA competent authorities to contact {{email|tvecnotice|wikimedia.org}} directly, as indicated in the TVEC Procedures and Guidelines. However, they may in addition / alternatively contact our TCOR EU Legal Representative, either by email at {{email|tcoeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}, or by post or telephone to the contact details set out above.

Other contact details (e.g., for use in an emergency threatening the life of an individual) can be found at: [[:Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contact Information|Legal and Safety Contact Information]].

If you are a user of the Wikimedia Projects, or you have participated in Wikimedia events or activities to which the Wikimedia Foundation Privacy Policy also applies, you can find information about your EU GDPR rights, and contact details for privacy questions and complaints, in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Wikimedia Foundation Privacy Policy]].

== DSA Transparency ==

The Wikimedia Foundation publishes data for the purposes of DSA Article 24(2). It can be found here: [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Userbase Statistics|EU DSA - Userbase Statistics]]

Other DSA-mandated data is now included in our regular [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive|Wikimedia Foundation Transparency Reports]]. ''[[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Supplemental Transparency Report for August-September 2023|An interim EU data supplement was published for August-September 2023]].''

Independent audit reports and EU Systemic Risk Assessment and Mitigation (SRAM) documentation can be found [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive|here]].

== Office Action appeals ==

If you are in the EU and wish to make a formal complaint after the Wikimedia Foundation takes, or decides not to take, an [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office Action]] (for example, suspending a user account, or removing content), then you can complain by emailing {{email|appeals|wikimedia.org}}. Complaints should be sufficiently specific and backed up with supporting evidence. Complaints should be submitted as early as reasonably possible (no later than 6 months after the decision in question). As indicated in DSA Articles 17(3)(f) and 21, there may also be out-of-court dispute settlement&lt;ref&gt;[https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/dsa-out-court-dispute-settlement#ecl-inpage-List-of-bodies Out-of-court dispute settlement bodies under the Digital Services Act (DSA)]&lt;/ref&gt; and judicial redress routes available to you, depending on applicable law and jurisdiction. We cannot advise you about these, although we ask that you first try to resolve the matter with us directly.

== Supplemental notes ==
# The Wikimedia Foundation's working language is English, so we are grateful when English is used to correspond with us. However, you can communicate with us in other languages, such as Dutch, if you prefer; we will then rely on machine translation tools to the extent necessary. If you send us documents in a language other than English, we appreciate if they can be easily translated using machine translation tools. Badly scanned PDFs can be a particular source of problems for us.
# The Wikimedia Foundation's designation of EU Representatives for the purposes of the EU GDPR, TCOR or DSA does not create an EU establishment for the Wikimedia Foundation, nor are the Representatives expected to involve themselves personally in the resolution of complaints or requests under those laws. The key role of such Representatives is to offer relevant persons an additional way to contact the Wikimedia Foundation. Relevant complaints or requests will be forwarded to the Wikimedia Foundation, where they will usually be evaluated as they would be if you send them to the Wikimedia Foundation directly, and in line with the Wikimedia Foundation's legal obligations. This is a less direct method of contacting us, and it may therefore increase the time it takes to address your communication. Although the email addresses provided above for our EU DSA and TCOR Representative use the &quot;@wikimedia.org&quot; domain name, any emails sent to those addresses will be forwarded automatically to VeraSafe's own email system.
# Various user-groups and other entities in the wider Wikimedia Movement, including some in the EU, use the Wikimedia trademark in their name, but they are independent of the Wikimedia Foundation and do not represent it. They have no particular authority or responsibility for the Wikimedia Projects, and cannot be held liable for the content of the Projects. Accordingly, if you have a complaint or a request concerning content on the Wikimedia Projects (such as Wikipedia), you are encouraged to resolve it directly with the user community of that Project, using the help network they provide. If that does not work, please contact the Wikimedia Foundation directly, using the details provided above (typically: {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}).
# The [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Terms of Use]] governing usage of Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia projects are machine-readable; for guidance on how to use our API and other tools for machine interaction with these Terms of Use, see [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation TOU Machine Readability and Interaction|our TOU Machine Readability and Interaction guidance]].

== {{int string|References}} ==
{{reflist}}

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:European Union Compliance{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>nz7oaqyje6ca20y1s5d2jvfell62pmw</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/nl</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>161968</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587177</id>
      <parentid>515949</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:08Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587177</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="17560" sha1="n6iqantm8w90qw7kalfvloe079dkuic" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} Van alle accounts op deze wiki wordt verwacht dat ze het [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|beleid, richtlijnen en procedures]] van [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|deze wiki]] volgen - inclusief de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Gedragscode]].}}
Deze pagina geeft een overzicht van '''het beleid voor accounts''' van de Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==Geregistreerde accounts==
{{Register account button}}
Iedereen met een [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|geregistreerd Wikimedia-account]] heeft een account op de Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki en wordt (volgens het [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|bewerkingsbeleid]]) van deze wiki aangemoedigd om deel te nemen aan [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|vertaalinspanningen]] en overlegpagina-discussies.
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Editor_group_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Bewerkersgroep accounts ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
Accounts in [[Special:ListUsers/editor|de bewerkersgroep]] zijn medewerkers en contractanten van de Wikimedia Foundation die zijn goedgekeurd door de [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communicatie]] of [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Juridische]] afdelingen moeten bewerkingsrechten hebben op deze wiki om hun werktaken uit te voeren.

Accounts in deze groep hebben ook [[#translateadmin|de rechten vertaalbeheerder]].

&lt;span id=&quot;Expectations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Verwachtingen ===

Van de leden van de redactiegroep wordt verwacht dat zij:
* Werken binnen het [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|beleid, de richtlijnen en de procedures]] van deze wiki, in het bijzonder:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Gedragsbeleid]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|Inhoud plaatsen richtlijnen]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|Namespaces richtlijnen]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Vertalingen richtlijnen]]
* Deze wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|stijl handleiding]] volgen.
* Maak uzelf vertrouwd met de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|redacteur hulpmiddelen]] en de [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|gebruikershandleiding]] van deze wiki.
* Doe mee aan het interne {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack-kanaal.
* Neem contact op met het [[Project:Core Administrators Team|team Core Administrators]] van de wiki bij vragen, problemen of om hulp.
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Beheerders ==

Beheerders op de Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki zijn medewerkers en aannemers van de Wikimedia Foundation die door de communicatie- of juridische afdelingen zijn goedgekeurd om beheerdersrechten op deze wiki te hebben om hun werkzaamheden uit te voeren.

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Stewards en Globale beheerders ===

Een vrijwilliger gekozen om te dienen als [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|stewards]] of geselecteerd om te dienen als [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|globale beheerder]] heeft ook beheerdersrechten op de Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki. Deze vrijwilligers kunnen dit gebruiken om zich bezig te houden met inhoud of onderhoud van inhoud in [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|namespaces]] die kunnen worden [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|bewerkt door geregistreerde accounts]]. Ze mogen echter geen inhoud bewerken binnen de name namespace van de inhoud zonder eerst contact op te nemen met de Foundation.
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==== Beheerdersrechten voor vertalingen ====

Globale beheerders of stewards die geïnteresseerd zijn in het ondersteunen van inspanningen om vandalisme in vertalingen aan te pakken, kunnen verzoeken om te worden toegevoegd aan de groep &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Vertaalbeheerders]]&quot;. Hoewel globale beheerders en stewards veel van de beheerdersrechten op deze wiki hebben, zijn rechten die verband houden met de groep Vertaalbeheerders nodig om pagina's te beheren [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|Voor vertaling instellen]].

Accounts in de [[#editor|bewerkingsgroep]] hebben ook rechten vertaalbeheerder.

Om te vragen om bij de groep beheerders van vertalingen te worden gevoegd, kunt u een verzoek op de Babel-pagina plaatsen of contact opnemen met de afdeling communicatie van de Foundation ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) met uw verzoek.
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Aanvragen van bewerkers- of beheerdersrechten ==

Medewerkers kunnen contact opnemen met het team Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators via het interne {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack-kanaal zodra ze toestemming hebben gekregen van een manager binnen Legal of Communications. Men kan ook [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki deze Foundation Governance Wiki pagina] controleren voor contactgegevens over de huidige projectleiding van Foundation Governance wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Steps_for_Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_editor_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Stappen voor medewerkers van de Wikimedia Foundation die editorrechten aanvragen ===
# Ontvang en documenteer (via e-mail of Slack) toestemming van uw manager om editorrechten op deze wiki aan te vragen.
# Als uw manager niet in de afdeling 'Communications' of 'Legal' zit, moet u ook (via e-mail of Slack) toestemming ontvangen en documenteren om de redactierechten op deze wiki te ontvangen van een manager in een van die afdelingen.
#* Als u het e-mailproces van talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org gaat gebruiken om uw verzoek om toegang als redacteur in te dienen, kunt u uw e-mail ook gebruiken als een verzoek om goedkeuring door de manager van de afdeling Communicatie.
# Als u er nog geen heeft, maak dan een aan de Wikimedia Foundation gelieerd account aan voor gebruik op Wikimedia-projectwiki's door uw manager contact op te laten nemen met Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Het aanmaken van een account wordt over het algemeen gedaan als onderdeel van het aansluiten bij de Wikimedia-beweging.
#* U hoeft geen extra account aan te vragen voor deze wiki, en uw inloggegevens voor Wikimedia-projectwiki's zouden op deze wiki moeten werken. Uw aanmeldingsgegevens voor Office Wiki zijn echter gescheiden en werken mogelijk niet op deze wiki.
# Neem contact op met het team Core Administrators van de wiki en vraag om rechten voor de bewerkersgroep. Het kan voor uw manager gemakkelijker zijn om het verzoek in te dienen, maar u moet deze persoon in het verzoek opnemen of documentatie verstrekken van de goedkeuring(en) van de manager. Vanaf {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}} is de voorkeursmethode om dit team te bereiken met verzoeken om extra rechten een van de volgende dingen:
#* Contact met het team opnemen via interne Slack-kanaal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
#* Een verzoek indienen bij de afdeling Communicatie via het e-mail proces talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
#* Contact opnemen met een lid van het team via Slack.
&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Aanvragen van beheerdersrechten door medewerkers van de Wikimedia Foundation ===

Over het algemeen zijn [[Special:ListGroupRights|beheerdersrechten niet nodig]] voor de meeste personeels- en bestuursactiviteiten op deze wiki. Als u echter denkt dat u deze rechten nodig heeft om uw werk te kunnen doen, neem dan contact op met de huidige Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki-projectleider op Slack of het team Core Administrators van de wiki via het interne Slack-kanaal van {{Wiki Slack channel link}} om dit te bespreken.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_Board_Trustees_requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Aanvragen van bewerkers/beheerdersrechten door bestuursleden van de Wikimedia Foundation ===

Elk bestuurslid van de Wikimedia Foundation die rechten als redacteur of beheerder wil, moet contact opnemen met het kantoor van de CEO, die vervolgens de toegang zal documenteren en de verwerking zal aanvragen door het team Core Administrators van de wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Global_Sysops_and_Stewards_requesting_translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Wikimedia globale beheerders en stewards vragen beheerdersrechten aan voor vertalingen ===

Bedankt voor uw belangstelling in het ondersteunen van de inspanningen van Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki! Als u de rechten van  een vertalingsbeheerder wilt krijgen:
* Maak een verzoek aan op [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].
* Of neem contact op met een lid van het team Core Administrators van de wiki.
&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Verwijderen van rechten ==

Vanwege vertrek, veranderingen in rollen of helaas soms wangedrag is het soms noodzakelijk om rechten van een account te verwijderen.

&lt;span id=&quot;Blocks_and_bans&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Blokkades en verbanningen ===

Raadpleeg de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blokkades en verbanningen]] in het [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Gedragsbeleid]] van deze wiki's voor meer informatie over blokkades en bans.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_departures_or_change_in_roles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Vertrek van personeel of verandering van rol ===

Verzoeken om rechten te verwijderen van personeelsaccounts moeten worden verzonden door de manager van de eigenaar van het account, een vertegenwoordiger van de personeelsafdeling of een vertegenwoordiger van IT-diensten aan het team Core Administrators van deze wiki.

Vanaf {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, is de voorkeursmethode voor het doen van deze verzoeken om een lid van het team Core Administrators via Slack of e-mail te contacteren. Vanwege het soms gevoelige karakter van deze verzoeken moeten zij niet worden gedaan via grote groepskanalen (zoals groepsmails of Slack-kanalen).

&lt;span id=&quot;Board_departures&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Vertrek van bestuursleden ===

Verzoeken tot verwijdering van rechten van accounts van vertrekkende leden van de Raad van Bestuur van de Foundation moeten worden ingediend door een vertegenwoordiger van het kantoor van de CEO, IT-services of de personeelsafdeling.

Vanaf {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}} zijn methoden om het team Core Administrators te bereiken met verzoeken om rechten van verwijderen:
* Het team Core Administrators benaderen via het interne Slack-kanaal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
* Een verzoek indienen bij de afdeling Communicatie via de e-mail talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;span id=&quot;Processes_for_account_maintenance&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Processen voor onderhoud accounts ==

Het onderstaande is bedoeld als nuttige herinnering voor het team Core Administrators van de wiki bij het verwerken van accountgerelateerde verzoeken.
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_editor_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Toegang tot bewerken geven aan medewerkers van de Foundation of aan bestuursleden ===

Elk lid van het team Core Administrators van de wiki kan deze toegang geven zodra een verzoek officieel is ingediend.

Wie bewerkingsgroepsrechten verleent aan het medewerkers van de Foundation of aan het Bestuur, moet:
# Controleren dat de persoon die het verzoek indient, de goedkeuring heeft van zijn manager en, indien hij geen lid is van de afdelingen Communicatie of Juridische zaken, een manager van een van die twee afdelingen.
#* Als een verzoek wordt gedaan via een e-mailadres van talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org zonder voorafgaande toestemming van de communicatie- of juridische manager, controleer dan of de afdeling Communicatie het verzoek heeft goedgekeurd.
#* Indien een verzoek wordt ingediend door een huidig bestuurslid van de Foundation, is geen verificatie nodig.
# Als het account niet lokaal is gemaakt, gebruik [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] om een lokaal account te maken.
# Geef het gevraagde account toegang tot de gebruikersgroep &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; voor onbepaalde tijd, tenzij bij het verzoek een specifieke einddatum is aangegeven.
#* Toegang tot deze groep biedt ook [[#translateadmin|rechten vertaalbeheerder]], zodat u niet beide hoeft toe te voegen.
# Plaats een bericht {{tl|welcome}} op de overlegpagina van de gebruiker met &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.
# Voeg de houder van het account, indien mogelijk, toe aan het interne Slack-kanaal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}
# Indien de gebruiker bestuurslid is van de Foundation, moet het kantoor van de CEO worden meegedeeld dat de toegang is verleend.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_administrator_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Beheerderstoegang verlenen aan medewerkers van de Foundation of bestuursleden ===

Vanaf september 2024 heeft alleen de Projectleider van het team Core Administrators de rechten van &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; op hun personeelsaccount die nodig zijn om administratieve rechten te verlenen. Het team Trust and Safety kan ook administratieve rechten verstrekken indien de projectleider anders het verzoek niet kan verwerken.

Iedereen die beheerdersrechten verleent aan medewerkers of bestuur van de Foundation moet:

# De [[#grantingeditor|bovenstaande stappen]] volgen als u ook toegang voor bewerkingen verleent.
# Controleren of de persoon die het verzoek indient, de goedkeuring heeft van zijn manager.
# Verifiëren dat de administratie-toegang van het account door het team Core Administrators is verleend.
# Geef aan het genoemde account toegang tot de gebruikersgroep &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; voor onbepaalde tijd, tenzij een specifieke einddatum in het verzoek is aangegeven.
# Stel het team Core Administrators via het interne {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack-kanaal in kennis dat toegang is verleend.
# Indien de accounthouder bestuurslid is van de Foundation, moet het kantoor van de CEO worden meegedeeld dat de toegang is verleend.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_translation_administrator_access_to_Global_Sysop_or_Steward_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Toegang als vertaalbeheerder verlenen aan globale beheer / steward ===

Vanaf september 2024 kan het team Core Administrators beheerdersrechten voor vertalingen verstrekken. Het team Trust and Safety kan ook beheerdersrechten voor vertalingen verlenen als het andere team de aanvraag anderszins niet kan verwerken. Stewards kunnen ook naar eigen goeddunken vertaalbeheerdersrechten verlenen, of verzoeken doorverwijzen naar het team Core Administrators.

Merk op dat het personeel of het bestuur van de Wikimedia Foundation [[#editor|bewerkersgroeprechten]] moet aanvragen voor hun Wikimedia Foundation wiki-gebruikersaccount, tenzij alleen het onderhoud van vertaalprocessen wordt uitgevoerd.

Iedereen die beheerdersrechten verleent aan globale beheerders of stewards moet:

# Controleren of het account in het bezit is van een globale beheerder of steward.
# Aangevraagde accounttoegang verlenen aan een gebruikersgroep &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; voor onbepaalde tijd, tenzij er een specifieke einddatum aan de aanvraag is aangegeven.
#* Houd er rekening mee dat accounts die al in de groep &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; zijn, deze rechten hebben en daarom niet in beide groepen tegelijkertijd hoeven te zijn.
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_editor_or_translation_administrator_rights_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Rechten van bewerkers of vertalers verwijderen ===

Elk lid van het team Core Administrators van de wiki kan de rechten van bewerkers of vertaalbeheerders verwijderen zodra een formeel verzoek is ingediend.

Iedereen die de rechten van een bewerkersgroep verwijdert, moet:
# Controleren of de aanvraag de juiste goedkeuring heeft van de manager, het kantoor van de CEO, de IT-afdeling of de personeelsafdeling.
#* Als de persoon publiekelijk zijn rol heeft opgegeven, is er geen aanvullende verificatie nodig.
# Schakel de toegang van het aangevraagde account tot de gebruikersgroep &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; of &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; uit.
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_administrator_access_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Beheerderstoegang verwijderen ===

Alleen het Wikimedia Foundation team Trust Safety heeft de nodige toegang en rechten om beheerdersrechten van een account op deze wiki te verwijderen.

De manager van een accounthouder, het kantoor van de CEO, Office IT, de personeelsafdeling of het team Core Administrators van deze wiki kunnen dergelijke verzoeken, met documentatie of uitleg indien nodig, naar het team Trust &amp; Safety sturen naar hun e-mailadres ca{{@}}wikimedia.org.

&lt;span id=&quot;Regular_audit_of_user_group_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Regelmatige controle van de rechten van gebruikersgroepen ===

Ten minste één keer per boekjaar moet het team Core Administrators een audit uitvoeren van alle accounts met bewerkings-, beheerders- of vertalingsadministratie-rechten en de associatie van elke rekeninghouder met de Foundation verifiëren.

Van alle medewerkers, bestuursleden, globale beheerders en stewards die niet langer die rol hebben, moeten de rechten van de geassocieerde gebruikersgroep worden verwijderd. Leden van het team van Core Administrators kunnen indien nodig de rechten van bewerkers en vertaalbeheerders intrekken. Verzoeken tot verwijdering van beheerdersgroepsrechten moeten worden verzonden naar het team Trust &amp; Safety van de Foundation.</text>
      <sha1>n6iqantm8w90qw7kalfvloe079dkuic</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/fr</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>163991</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587173</id>
      <parentid>587092</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587173</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="19530" sha1="92xoyrk39cwncij9togy1ja27b4cpj0" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} Tous les comptes de ce wiki sont supposés suivre les [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|polices, les règles et les procédures]] de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|ce wiki]] - y compris la [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|politique de conduite]].}}
Cette page présente la '''police concernant les comptes''' du wiki de la gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia.

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Comptes enregistrés ==
{{Register account button}}
Toute personne qui a un [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|compte Wikimedia enregistré]] possède un compte sur le wiki de la gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia et (grâce à la [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|police d'édition]] de ce wiki) elle est encouragée à participer aux [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|efforts de traduction]] et aux commentaires sur les pages de discussion.
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Editor_group_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Comptes du groupe des contributeurs ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
Les comptes qui possèdent un [[Special:ListUsers/editor|accès au groupe des éditeurs]] sont le personnel de la Fondation Wikimedia et les prestataires approuvés par le département [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Communications]] ou [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Juridique]] pour avoir les droits d'édition sur ce wiki afin de réaliser leurs propres tâches.

Les comptes dans ce groupe ont également les [[#translateadmin|droits d'administrateurs de traduction]].

&lt;span id=&quot;Expectations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Attentes ===

Les membres du groupe des éditeurs sont sensés :
* opérer suivant les [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|polices, règles et procédures]] de ce wiki, en particulier :
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Règles de conduite]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|Règles pour poster du contenu]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|Règles des espaces de noms]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Règles concernant les traductions]]
* Suivre le [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|manuel de style]] de ce wiki.
* Familiarisez-vous avec la [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|boîte à outils des contributeurs]] et le [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|manuel utilisateur]] de ce wiki.
* Rejoignez le canal Slack {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
* Contacter l'[[Project:Core Administrators Team|Equipe des administrateurs du noyau]] du wiki avec votre question, vos problèmes ou pour de l'assistance.
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Administrateurs ==

Les administrateurs du wiki de gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia sont le personnel et les entreprises de la Fondation Wikimedia approuvés par les services de communication ou juridiques pour avoir des droits d'administrateur sur ce wiki afin d'effectuer leurs tâches de travail.

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Stewards et administrateurs système globaux ===

Les bénévoles qui sont élus pour servir de [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Steward]] ou sélectionnés pour être [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|administrateur système global]] ont aussi des droit d'administrateur sur le wiki de la gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia. Ils peuvent l'utiliser pour agir sur le contenu ou la maintenance du contenu dans les [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|espaces de noms]] qui peuvent être [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|modifiés par les comptes enregistrés]]. Néanmoins, ils ne peuvent pas modifier le contenu de l'espace de noms principal (''main:'') sans l'accord préalable de la Fondation.
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==== Droits des administrateurs de traduction ====

Les opérateurs système globaux ou les stewards intéressés pour participer aux efforts de lutte contre le vandalisme dans les traductions peuvent demander à être ajoutés au groupe des ''[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Administrateurs de traduction]]''. Alors que les opérateurs système globaux et les stewards possèdent la plupart des droits des opérateurs système de ce wiki, les droits associés au groupe des administrateurs de traduction sont nécessaires pour gérer la [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|configuration pour la traduction]] des pages.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Accounts in the [[#editor|editor group]] also have translation administrator rights.
&lt;/div&gt;

Pour demander à être ajouté au groupe des administrateurs de traduction, veuillez poster une demande sur la page Babel ou contacter le département de communication de la Fondation ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) avec votre demande.
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Demande des droits de contributeur ou d'administrateur ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Staff may contact the Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel once receiving approval from a manager within Legal or Communications. Staff can also check the [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki Foundation Governance Wiki page on Office Wiki] for contact information on the current project lead for Foundation Governance Wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Steps_for_Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_editor_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Etapes pour le personnel de la Fondation Wikimedia demandant les droits de modification ===
# Recevoir et documenter (via le courriel ou sur Slack), l'autorisation de votre responsable pour demander les droits d'éditeur sur ce wiki.
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If your manager is not within the Communications or Legal department, you must also receive and document (via email or Slack) authorization to receive editor rights on this wiki from a manager in either the Communications or Legal department.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you are going to use the talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email process to make your request for editor access, you may also use your email as a request for manager approval from the Communications department.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If you do not already have one, establish a Wikimedia Foundation affiliated account for use on Wikimedia project wikis by having your manager contact Wikimedia Foundation IT Services (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Creation of an account is generally done as a part of onboarding.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;You do not need to request an additional account for this wiki, and your login credentials for Wikimedia project wikis should work on this wiki. However, your login credentials for Office Wiki are separate and may not work on this wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Contact the wiki's Core Administrators Team and request editor group rights. It may be easier for your manager to make the request, but you should either include them in the request or provide documentation of manager approval(s). As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for addition of rights are to do one of the following:&lt;/span&gt;
#* Contacter l'Equipe des administrateurs du noyau via le canal interne Slack {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
#* Déposer une requête auprès du département Communications via le processus du courriel talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
#* En contactant un membre de l'équipe des administrateurs du noyau via Slack.
&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Personnel de la Fondation Wikimedia demandant les droits d'administrateur ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Generally, [[Special:ListGroupRights|administrator rights are not necessary]] for most staff and board activities on this wiki. However, if you believe you may require these rights to do your work, please contact the current Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki project lead on Slack or the wiki's Core Administrators Team via the internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} Slack channel to begin a conversation on your needs.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_Board_Trustees_requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Membre du conseil de direction de la Fondation Wikimedia demandant des droits de modification ou d'administration ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees seeking editor or administrator rights should contact the Office of the CEO, who will then document the access and request processing by the wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Global_Sysops_and_Stewards_requesting_translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Administrateurs système globaux ou stewards demandant des droits d'administrateur de traduction ===

Merci pour l'intérêt que vous portez en soutenant les efforts du wiki de la gouvernance de la Fondation Wikimedia ! Si vous souhaitez recevoir les droits d'administrateur de traduction, il vous suffit simplement de :
* Faire une demande sur [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].
* Ou contacter un membre de l'équipe des administrateurs du noyau.
&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Retrait des droits ==

A cause des départs, des changements de rôles, ou malheureusement quelques fois d'erreurs de manipulation - la suppression des droits sur un compte est parfois nécessaire.

&lt;span id=&quot;Blocks_and_bans&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Blocages et bannissements ===

Voir la section des [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Blocages et bannissements]] dans la [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Politique de conduite]] de ce wiki pour plus d'informations sur ces situations.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_departures_or_change_in_roles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Départs du personnel ou modification des rôles ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from staff accounts should be sent by the accountholder's manager, People department representative, or an IT Services representative to this wiki's Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred method of reaching the Core Administrators Team requests related to removal of rights from staff accounts is to contact a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack or email. Due to the sometimes sensitive nature of these requests, they should not be made via large group channels (such as group emails or Slack channels).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Board_departures&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Départs du conseil ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for removal of rights from accounts held by departing members of the Foundation's Board of Trustees should be sent by a representative from the Office of the CEO, IT Services, or People department.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, the preferred methods of reaching the Core Administrators Team with requests for removal of rights from Trustee accounts are to do one of the following:
&lt;/div&gt;
* En contactant l'Equipe des administrateurs du noyau via le canal interne Slack {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
* Déposer une requête auprès du département Communications via le processus du courriel talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;span id=&quot;Processes_for_account_maintenance&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Processus de la maintenance des comptes ==

Ce qui suit figure ici pour rappeler utilement à l'équipe des administrateurs du noyau du wiki le traitement à suivre pour les demandes relatives au compte.
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_editor_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Attribution des droits d'accès en modification aux comptes du personnel de la Fondation ou du conseil ===

Tout membre de l'équipe des administrateurs du noyau du wiki peut fournir un accès en édition une fois que la demande est formellement faite.

Toute personne qui attribue les droits du groupe des éditeurs au personnel de la Fondation ou au Conseil doit :
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the person making request has approval from their manager, and if not a member of the Communications or Legal departments, a manager from one of those two departments.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If request is made via talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org email address without prior approval from Communications or Legal manager, verify that Communications has approved the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* Si la requête est faite par un membre actuel du conseil d'administration de la Fondation, aucune vérification est nécessaire.
# Si le compte n'a pas été créé localement, utiliser [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] pour créer un compte local.
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Provide requested account access to &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; user group for indefinite amount of time, unless a specific end date was associated with the request.&lt;/span&gt;
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access to this group also provides [[#translateadmin|translation administrator rights]] such you do not need to add both.&lt;/span&gt;
# Publiez un message {{tl|welcome}} sur la page de discussion de l'utilisateur en utilisant &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.
# Si possible, ajoutez le titulaire du compte au canal interne {{Wiki Slack channel link}} de Slack.
# Si le titulaire du compte est membre du conseil d'administration de la Fondation, informez le bureau du CEO que l'accès a été accordé.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_administrator_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Attribution des droits d'accès en modification aux comptes du personnel de la Fondation ou du conseil ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, only the Core Administrators Team's Project Lead has the &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; rights on their staff account required to provide administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide administrator rights if the project lead is otherwise unable to process the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

Tout personne qui attribue des droits d'administrateur au personnel de la Fondation ou au conseil d'administration doit :

# Réitérez les [[#grantingeditor|étapes ci-dessus]] si vous attribuez également l'accès en édition.
# Vérifiez que la personne qui a fait la demande a reçu l'autorisation de sa hiérarchie.
# Vérifiez que les besoins du compte pour avoir l'accès administrateur ont été établis par l'équipe des administrateurs du noyau.
# Fournir l'accès au compte demandé au groupe utilisateur &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; pour une durée indéterminée, sauf si une date de fin spécifique était associée à la demande.
# Informer l'équipe des administrateurs du noyau via le canal interne {{Wiki Slack channel link}} de Slack que l'accès a été accordé.
# Si le titulaire du compte est membre du conseil d'administration de la Fondation, informez le bureau du CEO que l'accès a été accordé.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_translation_administrator_access_to_Global_Sysop_or_Steward_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Attribution des droits d'accès des administrateurs de traduction aux comptes des administrateurs système globaux et aux stewards ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
As of September 2024, the Core Administrators Team is able to provide translation administrator rights. The Trust and Safety team can also provide translation administrator rights if the Core Administrators Team is otherwise unable to process the request. Stewards may also grant translation administrator rights at their discretion, or refer any requests to the Core Administrators Team.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Note that Wikimedia Foundation staff or Board should request [[#editor|editor group rights]] for their Wikimedia Foundation wiki user account, unless specifically only doing translation processes related maintenance.
&lt;/div&gt;

Toute personne qui attribue les droits d'administrateur aux opérateurs système globaux ou aux stewards doit :

# Vérifiez que le compte est tenu par un administrateur système global ou un steward.
# Fournir l'accès au compte demandé au groupe utilisateur &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; pour une durée indéterminée, sauf si une date de fin spécifique était associée à la demande.
#* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Please note that accounts already in the &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; group have these rights and therefore do not need to be in both groups at the same time.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_editor_or_translation_administrator_rights_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Retrait des comptes du droit de modification ou d'administration des traductions ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any member of the wiki's Core Administrators Team may remove editor or translation administrator rights once a request is formally made.
&lt;/div&gt;

Toute personne qui supprime les droits d'accès au groupe éditeur doit :
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Verify the request has appropriate manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, or People department approval.&lt;/span&gt;
#* Si une personne a publiquement quitté son rôle, il n'y a pas de vérification supplémentaire à faire.
# Désactivez l'accès demandé du compte au groupe utilisateur &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; ou &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt;.
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_administrator_access_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Retrait du droit d'administrateur des comptes ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Only the Wikimedia Foundation Trust &amp; Safety team has the necessary access and authorization to remove administrator rights from an account on this wiki.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
An accountholder's manager, Office of the CEO, Office IT, People department, or this wiki's Core Administrators Team may send any such requests, with documentation or explanation as needed, to the Trust &amp; Safety team via their ca{{@}}wikimedia.org email address.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Regular_audit_of_user_group_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Audit régulier des droits du groupe des utilisateurs ===

Au moins une fois par année fiscale, l'équipe des administrateurs du noyau doit effectuer un audit de tous les comptes ayant des droits d'éditeur, d'administrateur ou d'administration de traduction et vérifier l'association de chaque titulaire de compte avec la Fondation.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Any staff, Board, Global Sysops, or Stewards no longer in their roles should have their associate user group rights removed. Members of the Core Administrators Team may remove editor and translation administrator rights as needed. Requests for removal of administrator group rights should be [[#removingadmin|sent to the Foundation's Trust &amp; Safety team]].
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>92xoyrk39cwncij9togy1ja27b4cpj0</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content/fr</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>164013</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587184</id>
      <parentid>492621</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587184</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5066" sha1="lofdyi5crl5hhl3ia08h7zvjk42yn70" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
Ces pages - principalement des modèles - sont des recopies d'autres wikis Wikimedia et doivent être synchronisées autant que possible à des fins de maintenance :
&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;General_purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== But général ==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Navigation_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Lien avec la navigation ==

Il est possible que les liens doivent être traduits sur ce wiki.
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Lien avec la traduction ==
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! Page de ce wiki !! Page originale avec laquelle se synchroniser !! Wiki d'origine !! Traductions disponibles
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|Catégorie:Contenu Meta-wiki dupliqué]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|Catégorie:Contenu Wikidata dupliqué]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Wikimedia:Traductions]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>lofdyi5crl5hhl3ia08h7zvjk42yn70</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/nl</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>164125</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587152</id>
      <parentid>568393</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:49Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587152</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8308" sha1="h1trigh5wuqd5hk452mkher7vush2fr" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
Deze '''Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki stijlhandleiding''' schetst de basisrichtlijnen die in acht moeten worden genomen bij het opmaken van inhoud en het maken van pagina's op deze site.

De behoeften van het specifieke type inhoud (resolutie, notulen, juridisch document, enz.) hebben altijd voorrang boven de richtlijnen op deze pagina. Deze gids is meer bedoeld om onnodige inconsistentie en begeleiding te voorkomen wanneer het type inhoud geen bestaand kader biedt.

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Algemene richtlijnen ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* Probeer geen Engelse woorden en zinnen te gebruiken die moeilijk in andere talen te vertalen zijn 
* Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding voor stijlen op Wikimedia-projectwiki's of de gids [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|Communiceren over de Wikimedia Foundation]]

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Samentrekkingen en acroniemen ===

Om de inhoud gemakkelijker te vertalen te maken en in verschillende talen te begrijpen, vermijdt u het gebruik van samentrekkingen en acroniemen.

Wanneer het gebruik van een acroniem noodzakelijk of moeilijk te vermijden is, moet u de betekenis ervan bij het gebruik aangeven.  (voorbeeld: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))

&lt;span id=&quot;Dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Datums ===

Indien mogelijk moet het sjabloon {{tl|DateT}} worden gebruikt om de datum correct op te maken naar de taal en voorkeuren van een gebruiker. Waar dit niet mogelijk is, moeten datums worden opgemaakt als:

* jaar-maand-dag als JJJJ-MM-DD (voorbeeld: 2024-03-01) 
* dag maand jaar (voorbeeld: 1 maart 2024)

&lt;span id=&quot;Gender_and_pronoun_usage&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Gebruik geslacht en voornaamwoorden ===

Waar mogelijk moeten genderneutrale voornaamwoorden worden gebruikt.

Verzoeken om het gebruik van specifieke voornaamwoorden bij verwijzing naar de persoon die het verzoek indient, moeten worden geëerbiedigd wanneer dit mogelijk is. Alle beperkingen moeten worden gedeeld door het team coe-administrators met de individuele aanvrager.

Bestaande inhoud kan massaal worden gewijzigd door contact op te nemen met het [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|team core administrators]] van de wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Job_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Functienamen ===

Functienamen moeten met hoofdletters worden geschreven en als eigen namen worden behandeld.  (bijvoorbeeld: Directeur, Voorzitter)

&lt;span id=&quot;Name_changes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Naamswijzigingen ===

Personen die wijzigingen in het gebruik van hun eigen naam aanvragen, om welke reden dan ook (veiligheid of privacy), kunnen dit doen door contact op te nemen met het [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|team core administrators]] van de wiki.

Verzoeken om wijzigingen zullen, ook binnen historische inhoud, zoveel mogelijk worden geëerbiedigd. Alle beperkingen moeten worden gedeeld door het team core-administrators met de individuele aanvrager.

&lt;span id=&quot;Project_names&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Projectnamen ==

De namen van Wikimedia-projecten moeten in hoofdletters worden geschreven en niet verkort of afgekort.

Voorbeelden:

* Meta-Wiki (niet Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (niet Commons)
* English Wikipedia (niet enWP)

&lt;span id=&quot;Title,_header,_and_page_name_formatting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Opmaak van titel, koptekst en paginanaam ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
Waar mogelijk moet [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|hoofdletters in zinnen]] worden gebruikt voor alle titels, kopteksten en paginanamen.

De primaire uitzondering is het flexibel gebruik van de juiste substantiële hoofdletter voor beleid en andere inhoud met een groot extern publiek.

Voorbeelden van pagina's waar het gebruik van hoofdletters met een eigennaam het meest geschikt is:

* Belangrijk beleid van de organisatie 
* Raad van Bestuur
* Officiële Raad van Bestuur 
* Formele Raad van Bestuur Resolutie

Voorbeelden van pagina's waar het gebruik van hoofdletters het meest geschikt is:

* Beleid specifiek voor deze wiki 
* Geschiedenis van vorige afdelingen 
* Informatie van een reguliere raadvergadering

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms_in_page_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Samentrekkingen en acroniemen in pagina-titels ===

Om inhoud gemakkelijker te vertalen te maken en te begrijpen in verschillende talen, vermijdt u het gebruik van samentrekkingen en afkortingen in de pagina-titels.

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Paginatitels voor Juridische zaken, Notulen, Beleid en Resoluties namespaces ===

Paginatitels moeten indien nodig met &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; worden gewijzigd - met vermelding van Wikimedia of Wikimedia Foundation in de titel, indien van toepassing. Pagina's die de &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; gebruiken, moeten ook hun paginatitels '''niet''' hebben gemarkeerd voor vertaling.

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
Pagina's die goed zijn geformatteerd om te worden bekeken voor extra hulp:

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Universele Gedragscode]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Gebruiksvoorwaarden]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Namespace_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Namespace plaatsing ==
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
Wanneer mogelijk moet de inhoud worden geplaatst in deze namespaces om de zoekopdracht naar inhoud te vergemakkelijken.
;Main namespace
:Algemene inhoud, navigatiepagina's of inhoud zonder duidelijke namespace
;Talk namespaces
:Discussies en archieven daarvan
; Wikimedia
:Inhoud met betrekking tot het werk van de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]].
; Policy
:Wikimedia Foundation en Wikimedia Movement [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|beleid]]
; Resolution
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resoluties]] van de Raad van Bestuur Wikimedia Foundation
; Legal
:Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|juridische documentatie]]
; Agenda
:Agenda's van [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|bijeenkomsten van de Raad van Bestuur]]
; Minutes
:Notulen van [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|bijeenkomsten van de Raad van Bestuur]]
; Committee
:Inhoud met betrekking tot commissies van de Raad van Bestuur
; Endowment
:Inhoud gerelateerd aan de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]].
; Memory
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutionele kennis]] van de Wikimedia Foundation
; Archive
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Gearchiveerde]] of historische inhoud die niet langer actief wordt gebruikt op deze wiki en beschikbaar is voor migratie naar een andere wiki (over het algemeen [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Gebruik van namespace Resolutions ===

Inhoud in de namespace Resolutions moeten resoluties zijn die door de Wikimedia Foundation Raad van Bestuur zijn overwogen. Het sjabloon {{tl|resolution}} moet bovenaan de resolutiepagina's worden gebruikt voor de juiste opmaak.

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Gebruik van namespace Policies ===

Inhoud dat in de namespace Policies wordt geplaatst, moet officiële beleid zijn van de Wikimedia Foundation. De sjablonen {{tl|Policy-board}} of {{tl|Policy-staff}} dienen te worden gebruikt om informatie voor lezers te tonen.
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Category_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Categorie plaatsing ==

Alle inhoud (pagina's, bestanden, sjablonen, enz.) op deze wiki moet worden geplaatst in een categorie die deel uitmaakt van de [[:Category:All|Categorie All]] categorieboom:
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Vertalingen ==

:''Zie de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Vertalingen handleiding van stijl]] binnen de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Richtlijnen voor vertalingen]].''</text>
      <sha1>h1trigh5wuqd5hk452mkher7vush2fr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/nl</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>164822</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587164</id>
      <parentid>494136</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587164</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10815" sha1="jr1b3whdsmm2s5u5yhvpp71v80lgv1t" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|Toeristen kijken naar de {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} in het {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}]]
Deze pagina bevat informatie over '''het vertalen van inhoud op de Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki'''.

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki maakt gebruik van de [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|extensie Translate]] om de vertaling van pagina-inhoud af te handelen. Iedereen met een geregistreerd Wikimedia-gebruikersaccount kan vertalingen aanbieden met behulp van dit systeem.

De zijbalk en de interface van de wiki worden beheerd via traditionele MediaWiki-systemen.

&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_manual_of_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Handleiding voor stijl van vertalingen ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Gendering_of_words&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Geslacht van woorden ===

Bij het gebruiken van woorden, moet waar mogelijk een genderneutrale variatie worden gebruikt.

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Belangrijke links ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Zijbalk vertalen ===
:''Om de teksten in de zijbalk te vertalenː [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
Gebruikers met beheerders- of interface-beheerdersrechten kunnen rechtstreeks vertalingen maken met behulp van de [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|gebruikelijke stappen voor een MediaWiki-site]]. Vanwege de kans op misbruik gezien het drukbezochte karakter van deze inhoud, mogen alleen gebruikers met deze goedgekeurde rechten (of hoger) deze vertalingen doen.

Elke andere [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|gebruiker]] kan vertalingen [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|hier aanbieden]] en vervolgens [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|een beheerder inlichten]] voor de updates die zijn gemaakt.
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Vertaalsjablonen ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
Sjablonen en modules met inhoud en gerelateerde vertalingen van andere wiki's moeten zoveel mogelijk worden gebruikt om werkdruk voor vertalers op verschillende wiki's te voorkomen.
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Additional_translations_from_translatewiki.net&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Aanvullende vertalingen op translatewiki.net ===

Naast de reeds genoemde gebruikswijzen van vertaling van [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], staan de onderstaande vertalingen ook in translatewiki.net.

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tips voor vertalers ==

Voel u vrij om een eigen tip toe te voegen!

* Sommige inhoud kan staan in sjablonen die worden gebruikt door de pagina die u vertaalt. Misschien wilt u de wiki-code van de originele pagina bekijken voor eventuele sjablonen die moeten worden vertaald
* Vertaal de namespaces voor pagina's. Binnen namespaces hebben veel pagina's een &quot;juiste paginatitel&quot; verder in de inhoud van de pagina. Zie de [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Stijlhandleiding]] voor meer informatie over de koppen van paginatitels.

&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_page_editors_and_translation_admins&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tips voor paginabewerkers en vertaalbeheerders ==

Voordat u begint en als u niet zeker weet wat u moet doen, moet u altijd beginnen met het bekijken van de [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Tutorial voor het instellen van inhoud voor vertaling&quot;]] en [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Documentatie over de extensie Translate]].

Om de hoeveelheid repetitief werk voor vertalingen te verminderen, gebruikt u sjablonen en andere functies die beschikbaar zijn via [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|inspanningen voor voorkomen van dubbele inhoud]].

Voor consistentie in deze wiki en waar mogelijk:

* Stel in opsommingstekens met links alleen relevante tags &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; in de linktekst in.
* Voeg altijd cursieve opmaakcode toe (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) binnen de inhoud van &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; tags.
* Met uitzondering van de [[Home]] pagina en andere mogelijke uitzonderingen, moet de tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages /&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; voor elke vertaalde pagina helemaal bovenaan de pagina staan boven alle informatievakken (ook wel infoboxen en 'hatnotes' genoemd).
* Vermeldingen op basis van &quot;getal&quot; in sjablonen moeten altijd hun nummer-alias bevatten in plaats van gebaseerd te zijn op de vermeldingen die in het sjabloon worden geplaatst. Bijvoorbeeld: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; moet &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; zijn
* Over het algemeen moeten tags &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; worden genoemd met behulp van een getal (1, 2, 3, etc.) op basis van de plaatsing binnen een specifieke reeks tags &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; of automatisch gegenereerde  tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Zodra een tvar-naam is geplaatst, mag deze niet worden hernoemd.
* Opsommingstekens die de mogelijkheid hebben om regelmatig te worden bijgewerkt - zoals deze - moeten elk item gescheiden hebben met zijn eigen tags &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;. Alle andere lijsten met opsommingstekens moeten om de 2-4 items worden opgesplitst, afhankelijk van de grootte van de items.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_able_to_support_your_efforts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Medewerkers die in staat zijn om uw inspanningen te ondersteunen ===

Dit zijn medewerkers met actieve bewerkers- of beheerdersaccounts op deze wiki die ''misschien'' in staat zijn om uw inspanningen te ondersteunen bij het opzetten van inhoud voor vertaling. Houd er rekening mee dat u niet van deze mensen moet verwachten dat ze uw werk voor u doen, maar eerder helpen bij het beantwoorden van uw vragen en ondersteuning bieden bij het opbouwen van uw capaciteit op dit gebied van wiki-bewerking. Voel u vrij om uw eigen gebruikersnaam toe te voegen als u geïnteresseerd bent in het ondersteunen van uw collega's.

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Relevante bronnen ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Wikimedia bronnen ===
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|Normale berichten]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|Normaal gebruikte ingebouwde berichten]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|Informatie over het vertalen van de zijbalk]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|Tutorial over vertaling van inhoud]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|Tutorial over het gereedmaken van de inhoud voor vertaling]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|Het begrijpen van het beheren van vertalingen]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;span id=&quot;External_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Externe bronnen ===
* [https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf Duitse gids voor inclusieve taal] (PDF) (Stad Graz)
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Sjablonen om te controleren ==

Deze vertaalbare sjablonen moeten naar behoefte routinematig worden gecontroleerd en bijgewerkt:
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Gerelateerd beleid ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|Accountbeleid]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Gedragsbeleid]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|Beleid bewerken]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|Richtlijnen voor het plaatsen van beleid]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|Scope]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Gedupliceerde inhoud]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|Babylon: het portaal voor Wikimedia-vertalers]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>jr1b3whdsmm2s5u5yhvpp71v80lgv1t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content/nl</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>165134</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587187</id>
      <parentid>494521</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:14Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587187</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5061" sha1="b5sfx903uykafjpce86f7atd18ncxf8" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
Deze pagina's, voornamelijk sjablonen, zijn duplicaten van andere Wikimedia-wiki's en moeten zo vaak mogelijk worden gesynchroniseerd voor onderhoudsdoeleinden:
&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;General_purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Algemeen doel ==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Navigation_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Navigatie-gerelateerd ==

Links moeten mogelijk worden gelokaliseerd naar deze wiki.
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Vertaling-gerelateerd ==
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! Pagina op deze wiki !! Oorspronkelijke pagina om mee te synchroniseren !! Originele wiki !! Vertalingen beschikbaar
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|Categorie Gedupliceerde inhoud Meta-Wiki]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|Categorie Gedupliceerde inhoud Wikidata]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Wikimedia Vertalingen]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>b5sfx903uykafjpce86f7atd18ncxf8</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/zh</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>165328</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587200</id>
      <parentid>585556</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:22Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587200</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9205" sha1="r7lyp45eqig749kcj0n753dab6bx6r7" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance navbox}}
本页提供维基媒体基金会遵守如下法规的具体信息：
* &lt;span class=&quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&quot;&gt;欧盟数字服务法案（即Regulation (EU) 2022/2065）――“'''DSA'''”，及&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Regulation (EU) 2021/784 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2021 on addressing the dissemination of terrorist content online - '''&quot;TCOR&quot;''' (also known as '''&quot;TERREG&quot;''')&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Contacting the Wikimedia Foundation with legal complaints and questions ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
'''Legal complaints or enquiries''' should be sent to us, by members of the public or by competent authorities:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;By ''email'': {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}, and/or&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;By ''post'': Wikimedia Foundation c/o CT Corporation System, 330 North Brand Boulevard, Glendale, California 91203-2336, USA&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Competent authorities ''only'' ('''not''' members of the public), when acting in accordance with the DSA, may optionally also contact us indirectly, via our designated DSA Article 13 Representative, VeraSafe Netherlands B.V. (&quot;VeraSafe&quot;). VeraSafe is contactable by email at {{email|dsaeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}, or by post at VeraSafe Netherlands B.V., Keizersgracht 555, Amsterdam 1017 DR, The Netherlands. Its telephone number is: +420 228 881 031.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you are a competent authority asking for the '''removal of allegedly illegal content''', we ask that your communications comply with [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2187-1-1 DSA Article 9]. If you are a private person/organization reporting allegedly illegal content on the sites that we host, we ask that you ensure that your report includes the information prescribed by [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2556-1-1 DSA Article 16(2)]. In respect of '''user data requests''', please read our [[Special:MyLanguage/Requests for user information procedures &amp; guidelines|Requests for User Information Procedures and Guidelines]], and also note the requirements of [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2280-1-1 DSA Article 10].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We invite you to consult our [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Terrorist and violent extremist content procedures and guidelines|Terrorist and Violent Extremist Content (TVEC) Procedures and Guidelines]] when contacting us about TVEC. Our EU Legal Representative for the purposes of TCOR Article 17 is also VeraSafe Netherlands B.V.. We encourage EU/EEA competent authorities to contact {{email|tvecnotice|wikimedia.org}} directly, as indicated in the TVEC Procedures and Guidelines. However, they may in addition / alternatively contact our TCOR EU Legal Representative, either by email at {{email|tcoeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}, or by post or telephone to the contact details set out above.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Other contact details (e.g., for use in an emergency threatening the life of an individual) can be found at: [[:Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contact Information|Legal and Safety Contact Information]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you are a user of the Wikimedia Projects, or you have participated in Wikimedia events or activities to which the Wikimedia Foundation Privacy Policy also applies, you can find information about your EU GDPR rights, and contact details for privacy questions and complaints, in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Wikimedia Foundation Privacy Policy]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== DSA Transparency ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia Foundation publishes data for the purposes of DSA Article 24(2). It can be found here: [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Userbase Statistics|EU DSA - Userbase Statistics]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Other DSA-mandated data is now included in our regular [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive|Wikimedia Foundation Transparency Reports]]. ''[[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Supplemental Transparency Report for August-September 2023|An interim EU data supplement was published for August-September 2023]].''
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Independent audit reports and EU Systemic Risk Assessment and Mitigation (SRAM) documentation can be found [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive|here]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Office Action appeals ==
&lt;/div&gt;

如果您位于欧盟境内，并希望在维基媒体基金会采取或决定不采取某项[[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|基金会行动]]（例如暂停用户账户或移除内容）后提出正式投诉，您可以通过发送电子邮件至 {{email|appeals|wikimedia.org}} 进行投诉。投诉内容应足够具体，并附有支持性证据。投诉应在合理情况下尽早提交（不得晚于相关决定作出后 6 个月）。根据《数字服务法》第 17 条第 3 款第 f 项和第 21 条的规定，您可能还可以使用庭外争议解决机制&lt;ref&gt;[https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/dsa-out-court-dispute-settlement#ecl-inpage-List-of-bodies Out-of-court dispute settlement bodies under the Digital Services Act (DSA)]&lt;/ref&gt; 及司法救济途径，具体取决于适用法律和司法管辖区。我们无法就这些途径向您提供建议，但恳请您首先尝试直接与我们解决相关问题。

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Supplemental notes ==
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The Wikimedia Foundation's working language is English, so we are grateful when English is used to correspond with us. However, you can communicate with us in other languages, such as Dutch, if you prefer; we will then rely on machine translation tools to the extent necessary. If you send us documents in a language other than English, we appreciate if they can be easily translated using machine translation tools. Badly scanned PDFs can be a particular source of problems for us.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The Wikimedia Foundation's designation of EU Representatives for the purposes of the EU GDPR, TCOR or DSA does not create an EU establishment for the Wikimedia Foundation, nor are the Representatives expected to involve themselves personally in the resolution of complaints or requests under those laws. The key role of such Representatives is to offer relevant persons an additional way to contact the Wikimedia Foundation. Relevant complaints or requests will be forwarded to the Wikimedia Foundation, where they will usually be evaluated as they would be if you send them to the Wikimedia Foundation directly, and in line with the Wikimedia Foundation's legal obligations. This is a less direct method of contacting us, and it may therefore increase the time it takes to address your communication. Although the email addresses provided above for our EU DSA and TCOR Representative use the &quot;@wikimedia.org&quot; domain name, any emails sent to those addresses will be forwarded automatically to VeraSafe's own email system.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Various user-groups and other entities in the wider Wikimedia Movement, including some in the EU, use the Wikimedia trademark in their name, but they are independent of the Wikimedia Foundation and do not represent it. They have no particular authority or responsibility for the Wikimedia Projects, and cannot be held liable for the content of the Projects. Accordingly, if you have a complaint or a request concerning content on the Wikimedia Projects (such as Wikipedia), you are encouraged to resolve it directly with the user community of that Project, using the help network they provide. If that does not work, please contact the Wikimedia Foundation directly, using the details provided above (typically: {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Terms of Use]] governing usage of Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia projects are machine-readable; for guidance on how to use our API and other tools for machine interaction with these Terms of Use, see [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation TOU Machine Readability and Interaction|our TOU Machine Readability and Interaction guidance]].&lt;/span&gt;

== {{int string|References}} ==
{{reflist}}

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:European Union Compliance{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>r7lyp45eqig749kcj0n753dab6bx6r7</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Minutes:2004-07-24/ja</title>
    <ns>104</ns>
    <id>165479</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587222</id>
      <parentid>555231</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:34Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587222</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6760" sha1="i06ognuuz3mtbgnojchqqojdtna2g62" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Minutes}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On Saturday 24 July 2004, there was a meeting on the [[irc:wikimedia|wikimedia]] [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/IRC channels|IRC channel]] regarding the [//wikimediafoundation.org Wikimedia Foundation website]. See also [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting%2C July 2004|on Meta-Wiki]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Meeting_outcomes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 会議の結果 ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Below is a summary of the outcomes of the meeting. The full transcript is available on [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004/Meeting log|Meta-Wiki]] along with an unofficial [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004/Summarised log|summarised log]] and the meeting [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Foundation website meeting, July 2004|agenda]].
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;For now, [//wikimedia.org wikimedia.org] has no content and we do not own the .com, so it will redirect to [//wikimediafoundation.org wikimediafoundation.org] until both these things change, at which point the discussion can be re-opened. Discussions at that time will be whether we have two sites, and whether it is at wikimedia.org, wikimediafoundation.org or foundation.wikimedia.org.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The domain wikimedia-foundation.org will be registered.&lt;/span&gt;
* wikimedia.comのドメインを入手できるよう努めるべきです
* 財団ウィキはメタウィキから分離される。
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Allowing HTML would require development work, ''which Brooke did during the meeting and checked in to CVS head the next morning.''&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The foundation site should look different from Meta-Wiki.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The current page-export system is quite crude but could be reworked if wanted&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The skin could be changed to not look like a wiki. [[User:Brooke Vibber (WMF)|Brooke]] volunteered to make this.&lt;/span&gt;
* HTMLは必要な場合にのみ使用されます
* サイトは1つ (サブドメインはありません)
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Internationalization (different interfaces for different languages) is a high priority (bounties suggested – see later). Templates will be used until then.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We can have interlanguage links on the same domain (possibly namespace conflicts)&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The board will pick trusted translators (more than one for each language), possibly using some sort of [[{{lwp|WP:RFA}}|RfA]] style selection process.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;No pages will be marked official or unofficial as only people approved by the [[board|board]] can edit.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[User:Sj|Sj]] promised to write something up about managing translations.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Access will be restricted since the site will allow for full HTML.&lt;/span&gt;
* HTMLは特定のページに限定してもよいか
* サイトはクリンゴン語に翻訳されない。目標は12言語
* 一般に公開されない下書きページを持てるか
* 編集はできるがページ作成はできない利用者を作れるか
* 重要なページは保護され、アクセスがはるかに制限される
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If talk pages are hidden from view, and we could allow anons to edit there without editing the rest of the site, we could use normal talk pages for comments. If that is not possible, we could direct them to a single comments page on Meta-Wiki, or use a bulletin board (problematic as harder to clean up). Talk pages also need to have HTML disabled if this is going to be allowed.&lt;/span&gt;
* Eメール認証は必須ではない
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;People will be able to create accounts so they can change their skin, but not able to edit before the board approves them. (Is this technically possible?)&lt;/span&gt;
* トークページは検索エンジンから隠されるべき
* 名前空間ごとの権限は可能か
* 非公開で連絡する方法についてのリンクがあるべき
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The design of the site was not discussed in detail. It was decided there would be a design contest. This would be held within a short period (not 3 months).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;We could use the award money for bounties or users could donate money specifically for bounties&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Alternatives to bounties discussed were working for an hourly rate, thank you bonuses afterwards, paying external people&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;There may be tax and contract issues involved with bounties. Need to check with an accountant&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Problems with bounties include decreased willingness to work for free, discourages cooperation, takes developers away from improving site performance or working on what they want to work on.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;If bounties were used, the development committee could decide the amount, perhaps up to a maximum amount set by the board&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Anthere will poll developers (privately) and editors (publicly) on their views of bounties&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;A clearer list of prioritized feature requests will be put together&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
'''Action points for the board''': register wikimedia-foundation.org, contact owner of wikimedia.com, set up a design contest, create multi-language templates until Internationalization occurs, get some translators, protect the most important pages, give accounts to approved editors, create a talk page on Meta-Wiki until anon editing talk page features are implemented, bounty opinion survey
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
'''Action points for the developers''': redirect wikimedia.org to [//wikimediafoundation.org wikimediafoundation.org], allow HTML to work on the Foundation wiki, new skin for the Foundation wiki, internationalization of the UI, allow interlanguage links, prevent HTML on talk pages, allow talk pages to be hidden from the public and from search engines.
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>i06ognuuz3mtbgnojchqqojdtna2g62</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/diq</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>168573</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587145</id>
      <parentid>565054</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:45Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587145</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10661" sha1="0qc5om4bd2zg1q762ofozq46ef0abm4" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This '''Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki manual of style''' outlines basic guidelines which should be considered when formatting content and creating pages on this site.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At all times, the needs of the specific type of content (resolution, minutes, legal document, etc.) takes precedent over any guidelines provided on this page. These guides are more to help avoid unnecessary inconsistency and guidance where the type of content does not provide an existing framework.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== General guidelines ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Try to utilize English words and phrases which will not be difficult to translate into other languages
* When in doubt, refer to manual of styles on Wikimedia project wikis or the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|&quot;Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&quot; guide on Meta-Wiki]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When using an acronym is necessary or difficult to avoid, please be sure to introduce the acronym's meaning in its usage. (example: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Dates ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When possible the {{tl|DateT}} template should be utilized to properly format date to a user's language and preferences. Where not possible, dates should be formatted as:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Year-Month-Day as YYYY-MM-DD (example: 2024-03-01)
* Day Month Year (example: 1 March 2024)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gender and pronoun usage ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, gender-neutral pronouns should be used.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for use of specific pronouns when referring to person making the request should be honored whenever it is possible to do so. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Existing content can be changed en masse by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Job titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Job titles should be capitalized and treated as proper nouns. (examples: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Name changes ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Project names ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Meta-Wiki (not Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (not Commons)
* English Wikipedia (not enWP)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Title, header, and page name formatting ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|sentence case capitalization]] should be used for all titles, headers, and page names.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The primary exception is using a flexible use of proper noun capitalization for policies and other content with a large external audience.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where proper noun capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Major Organization Policy
* Board of Trustees
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Board Committee
* Formal Board Resolution
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where sentence case capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Policy specific to only this wiki
* History of past departments
* Information from a regular board meeting
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Page titles for Legal, Minutes, Policies, and Resolutions namespaces ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Page titles should be altered with &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; as needed - with inclusion of Wikimedia or Wikimedia Foundation in title as appropriate. Pages using the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should '''not''' have their page title's marked for translation as well.
&lt;/div&gt;

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Pages properly formatted to review for additional help:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Universal Code of Conduct&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Terms of Use&lt;/span&gt;]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Namespace placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, content should be placed within these namespaces to facilitate greater searching of content.
&lt;/div&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Main namespace&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;General content, navigational pages, or content without a clear namespace&lt;/span&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Talk namespaces&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Discussions and archives of discussions&lt;/span&gt;
; Wikimedia
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to operations of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Policy
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation and Wikimedia Movement [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|policies]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Resolution
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]] by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Legal
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|legal documentation]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Agenda
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Agendas of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Minutes
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Minutes of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Committee
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Endowment
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Memory
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/span&gt;
; Archive
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archived]] or historical content no longer in active use on this wiki and available for migration to another wiki (generally [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Usage of Resolutions namespace ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Resolutions namespace should be resolutions which were considered by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. The {{tl|resolution}} template should be used at the top of resolution pages for proper formatting.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Usage of Policies namespace ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Policies namespace should be official Wikimedia Foundation policies. The {{tl|Policy-board}} or {{tl|Policy-staff}} templates should be used to help with displaying information for readers.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Category placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[:Category:All|Category:All]] category tree:
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Çarnayışi ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
:''Please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Translations manual of style]] within the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Translations guidelines]].''
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>0qc5om4bd2zg1q762ofozq46ef0abm4</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/pt-br</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>169499</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587153</id>
      <parentid>565062</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587153</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9609" sha1="k5znh0kw1pqa773p9jqfaa8fhttdaue" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
Este '''manual de estilo da Wiki de Governança da Fundação Wikimedia''' expõe as diretrizes básicas a serem consideradas durante a formatação de conteúdo e a criação de páginas nesse ''website''.

Sempre que for o caso, a necessidade de determinado tipo de conteúdo (resolução, minuta, documento jurídico, etc.) toma precedência sobre qualquer diretrizes fornecidas nessa página. Esses guias têm como objetivo evitar inconsistências desnecessárias e ajudar quando o tipo do conteúdo não trazer consigo um ''framework'' existente.

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Diretrizes gerais ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* Tente utilizar palavras ou frases em inglês que não serão difíceis de serem traduzidas em outros idiomas
* Quando estiver com dúvidas, consulte os manuais de estilos nas wikis dos projetos da Wikimedia ou o guia “[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|Comunicando sobre a Fundação Wikimedia]]” no Meta-Wiki

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Contrações e acrônimos ===

Para facilitar a tradução do conteúdo, bem como seu entendimento entre os idiomas, evite usar contrações ou acrônimos.

Quando for necessário utilizar um acrônimo (ou difícil de evitar), certifique-se de apresentar o significado do acrônimo em seu uso. Por exemplo: “Fundação Wikimedia (WMF)”.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Dates ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When possible the {{tl|DateT}} template should be utilized to properly format date to a user's language and preferences. Where not possible, dates should be formatted as:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Year-Month-Day as YYYY-MM-DD (example: 2024-03-01)
* Day Month Year (example: 1 March 2024)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gender and pronoun usage ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, gender-neutral pronouns should be used.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for use of specific pronouns when referring to person making the request should be honored whenever it is possible to do so. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Existing content can be changed en masse by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Job titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Job titles should be capitalized and treated as proper nouns. (examples: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Name changes ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Project names ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Meta-Wiki (not Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (not Commons)
* English Wikipedia (not enWP)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Title,_header,_and_page_name_formatting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Formatação do título, cabeçalho e nome da página ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
Sempre que possível, utilize a [[:pt:Caixa alta e caixa baixa#Norma tradicional das línguas latinas|norma tradicional das línguas latinas]] para caixa alta em títulos, cabeçalhos e nomes de página.

A principal exceção a essa regra é o uso flexível de caixa alta nas iniciais de substantivos próprios em políticas e outros conteúdos com ampla audiência externa.

Exemplos de páginas onde o uso de caixa alta nas iniciais de substantivos próprios é apropriado:

* Política Organizacional Importante
* Conselho de Administração
* Comitê Oficial do Conselho
* Resolução Formal do Conselho

Exemplo de páginas onde a norma tradicional latina é mais apropriada:

* Política específica a essa wiki
* Histórico de departamentos
* Informações sobre uma reunião regular do Conselho

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Títulos de páginas nos espaços nominais Legal, Minutes, Policies e Resolutions ===

Títulos de páginas devem ser alterados com &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; conforme o necessário — com a apropriada inclusão de “Wikimedia” ou “Wikimedia Foundation” no título. As páginas que utilizam o &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; '''não''' devem ter seu título marcado para tradução.

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
Páginas corretamente formatadas para servirem de modelo:

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Política:Código de Conduta Universal]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Política:Termos de Uso]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Namespace_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Inserção em espaços nominais ==
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
Sempre que possível, deve-se inserir o conteúdo em um destes espaços nominais para facilitar a procura de conteúdo.
;Espaço nominal principal
:Conteúdo geral, páginas de navegação ou conteúdo sem espaço nominal aplicável
;Espaços nominais de discussão
:Discussões em curso e arquivadas
; Wikimedia
:Conteúdo relacionado às operações da [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wiki de Governança da Fundação Wikimedia]]
; Policy
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Políticas]] da Fundação Wikimedia e do movimento Wikimedia
; Resolution
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resoluções]] do Conselho de Administração da Fundação Wikimedia
; Legal
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Documentação jurídica]] da Fundação Wikimedia
; Agenda
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Agendas of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Minutes
:Minutas das [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|reuniões do Conselho de Administração da Fundação Wikimedia]]
; Committee
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Endowment
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Memory
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/span&gt;
; Archive
:Conteúdo [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|arquivado]] ou histórico, sem mais uso ativo nessa wiki, e dispoível para a migração a outra wiki (geralmente o [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Uso do espaço nominal Resolutions ===

O conteúdo colocado dentro do espaço nominal Resolutions deve corresponder a resoluções consideradas pelo Conselho de Administração da Fundação Wikimedia. A predefinição {{tl|resolution}} deve ser utilizada no topo das páginas sobre resoluções, por questões de formatação.

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Uso do espaço nominal Policies ===

O conteúdo colocado dentro do espaço nominal Policies deve corresponder a políticas oficiais da Fundação Wikimedia. As predefinições {{tl|Policy-board}} ou {{tl|Policy-staff}} devem ser utilizadas para auxiliar na exibição de informações aos leitores.
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Category_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Inserção em categorias ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[:Category:All|Category:All]] category tree:
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Translations ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
:''Please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Translations manual of style]] within the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Translations guidelines]].''
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>k5znh0kw1pqa773p9jqfaa8fhttdaue</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content/ja</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>173546</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587186</id>
      <parentid>515702</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:14Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587186</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5095" sha1="dv0ynu42apuz7vi9khy8405x3gpuucr" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
これらのページ - 主にテンプレート - はウィキメディアの他のウィキから複製してあり、管理上、可能な限り同期が必要です。
&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;General_purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 一般的な用途 ==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Navigation_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== ナビゲーション関連 ==

リンクはこのウィキに特化が必要かもしれません。
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== 翻訳関連 ==
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! 当ウィキにあるページ !! 同期する元のページ !! 複製元のウィキ !! 翻訳あり
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|カテゴリ:メタウィキと重複したページ]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|カテゴリ:ウィキデータと重複したページ]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Wikimedia:翻訳]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>dv0ynu42apuz7vi9khy8405x3gpuucr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Policy:Wikimedia Foundation Purchasing and Disbursement Process/63/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>176174</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587226</id>
      <parentid>524343</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:01:08Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587226</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="257" sha1="e8cfdu02m8j2eh1omhw7469i0efom44" xml:space="preserve">Invoices/Expense reports and related payments are processed on a weekly cadence. Below is when you can expect to receive the funds, dependent on when the completed &amp; approved requests are received (incomplete or those missing approval can result in delays):</text>
      <sha1>e8cfdu02m8j2eh1omhw7469i0efom44</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia IP Information Tool Policy/sv</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>178741</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587208</id>
      <parentid>539518</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587208</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7823" sha1="mb5qx8zii379v7c12455t7n4lzw10so" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-staff}}
'''IP-informationsverktyget''' hjälper användare att skydda Wikimediaprojekten genom att tillhandahålla den information som behövs rörande IP-adresser. För att få tillgång till verktyget krävs att användaren godtar innehållet i denna policy.
== {{int string|Background}} ==

Wikimediaprojekten är resultatet av samarbetet inom en global gemenskap av frivilliga användare. Projekten kan redigeras utan att logga in med ett Wikimedia-konto. Vissa inloggade användare ges tillgång till begränsad information om IP-adresser i syfte att underlätta för att policyer som antagits av Wikimedia Foundation och användargemenskapen ska kunna upprätthållas; härtill att misstänkta överträdelser ska kunna utredas.
== {{int string|Purpose}} ==

IP-informationsverktyget har utvecklats för att förenkla arbete mot missbruk med fokus på oregistrerade och oinloggade användare.

&lt;span id=&quot;Requirements_for_access&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Villkor för användande ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users who meet the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#requirements-for-access|''Minimum Requirements for Access'' set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy]] are eligible to use the IP Info tool and all data offered by it. To gain access, users must enable the tool in Special:Preferences. Doing so signifies your acceptance to be bound by the terms of the present Policy (the IP Information Tool Policy).
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Removal of access ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Users may voluntarily give up their access to the tool at any time by visiting Special:Preferences.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Concerns about potential abuse of the IP Information tool may be brought to a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|steward]] by placing a request on [[:m:Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access|Steward requests/Permissions#Removal of access]]. Stewards are authorized to terminate a user's access to the IP Information tool if the user is determined to have misused the tool. If necessary, requests for review by Foundation [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety|Trust &amp; Safety]] staff can be made through '''{{nospam|ca|wikimedia.org}}''' and user access removed in line with the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office actions policy]]. Complaints about infringements of the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Privacy Policy]] will be escalated for review by the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Ombuds commission|ombuds commission]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To ensure accountability, a log is kept of tool usage and of which users have access to the tool. Further details are provided below.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Use and disclosure of IP information ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Use of the IP Information tool is limited to certain circumstances and contexts. This section covers the situations in which the tool may be used and when information obtained through this tool (&quot;IP information&quot;) may be disclosed.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Use of IP information ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The permitted purposes of use are set out in the Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy, in the section [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Access to Temporary Account IP Addresses Policy#Use_of_temporary_account_IP_addresses|''Use of temporary account IP addresses'']].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The tool should not be used in an illegal manner and should not be used to inappropriately threaten or pressure users of the Sites who are not engaged in prohibited activity.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Information provided by the tool is not guaranteed to be accurate. The IP Information tool currently displays data from [https://docs.spur.us/feeds?id=feeds Spur feeds] via the [[wikitech:Service/IPoid|iPoid service]] and MaxMind's [https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf GeoLite2 databases] ({{webarchive |url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241209060855/https://dev.maxmind.com/static/pdf/GeoLite2-IP-MetaData-Databases-Comparison-Chart.pdf|date={{dateT|2024|12|09}}}}). Use of the tool is subject to the [https://spur.us/terms/ Spur Intelligence Corporation General Terms &amp; Conditions] and the [https://www.maxmind.com/en/end-user-license-agreement MaxMind End User License Agreement]. Unfortunately, because no freely-licensed alternative exists for this information, it is subject to more restrictions than typical tools on Wikipedia. In particular, the following restrictions must be complied with:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use, copy, or create derivative works of any information from the tool except as reasonably required in use of the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not allow anyone other than yourself to use the tool.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Do not use the tool for the purpose of identifying a user's real name or physical address.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Externally hosted software will not be granted permission to use the IP Information tool due to the use of Spur and MaxMind proprietary data in the tool.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Disclosure ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In the course of keeping the Sites and its users safe, users may sometimes need to disclose IP information to third parties. Permissible disclosures are limited to the following circumstances:
&lt;/div&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;All users of this tool may disclose IP information to other users of the IP Information tool with access rights on an as-needed basis. To check if a user has access to the tool, please confirm within the local Site's [[Special:Log/rights|Special:Log/rights]] page for the ipinfo-viewer right. When possible, users should direct other users of the tool to the relevant contributions page rather than disclose IP information directly.&lt;/span&gt;
*&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Users who have agreed to the separate [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy#use-and-disclosure|Access to nonpublic personal data policy]] may also disclose IP information as permitted under that policy (including any [[foundation:Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Access to nonpublic personal data policy/Exceptions|approved exceptions]] under that policy).&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If IP information needs to be disclosed in connection with a [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Threats of harm|threat of imminent physical harm]], immediately email {{nospam|emergency|wikimedia.org}} with details of the request so that it can be evaluated for possible disclosure by or on behalf of the Wikimedia Foundation.
&lt;/div&gt;
== {{int string|See also}} ==

* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/Temporary Accounts|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Temporary Accounts project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Trust and Safety Product/IP Info|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;IP Info project page&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Temporary accounts|Temporary accounts help page]] – &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;with information for temporary account holders&lt;/span&gt;

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Policies{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>mb5qx8zii379v7c12455t7n4lzw10so</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Committee:Audit Committee Charter/3/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>180115</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587116</id>
      <parentid>535004</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587116</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="325" sha1="3aq4dw30b5w2fc64oafevmbid2w4zsm" xml:space="preserve">Integrity of the Foundation’s financial reporting and related internal controls, accounting and finance management activities and the reliability and adequacy of financial disclosures related to the audited financial statements, the Form 990 and other published disclosures and communications related to financial matters;</text>
      <sha1>3aq4dw30b5w2fc64oafevmbid2w4zsm</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Committee:Audit Committee Charter/22/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>180134</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587117</id>
      <parentid>535023</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587117</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="186" sha1="0y4qcpwy20tb43x0kf4n85v035e89vr" xml:space="preserve">In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may revise the Charter to include further additional responsibilities in line with the Committee’s overall purpose.</text>
      <sha1>0y4qcpwy20tb43x0kf4n85v035e89vr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Committee:Audit Committee Charter/33/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>180145</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587118</id>
      <parentid>535034</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587118</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="207" sha1="podc1noc9ei912csxgwdbbkh85syuvf" xml:space="preserve">Oversee the work of the external auditor who shall report directly to the Committee on audit plans, audited financial statements, Form 990, Form 990-T, and matters of discussion identified during the audit;</text>
      <sha1>podc1noc9ei912csxgwdbbkh85syuvf</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Committee:Audit Committee Charter/70/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>180182</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587119</id>
      <parentid>535071</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587119</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="224" sha1="lpcq9kosqum4hzifbfux0axch29aynj" xml:space="preserve">The committee shall ensure it meets all of its responsibilities annually. Foundation management shall provide a log cross referencing the responsibilities laid out in this charter to agenda items to ensure coverage was met.</text>
      <sha1>lpcq9kosqum4hzifbfux0axch29aynj</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Executive Committee Charter/en</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>180215</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587110</id>
      <parentid>564966</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:53:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587110</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7457" sha1="i2uetxfxgyarqnjy5ns7v009a8y41hd" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
== Purpose ==

The purpose of the Executive Committee (the &quot;Committee&quot;) is to
* provide coordination and oversight for the work of the Board of Trustees (&quot;Board&quot;) of the Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;Foundation&quot;);
* facilitate decision-making between Board meetings or in urgent and crisis circumstances;
* assist the Board in hiring, onboarding, managing, and offboarding the Chief Executive Officer (CEO);
* hold the Foundation accountable for compliance with the Human Rights policy; and
* ensure that community and affiliate issues are brought to the attention of the full Board as needed.
== Membership and Organization ==

=== Committee Members ===

The members of the Committee shall be the Board Chair and the Board Vice-Chairs. Trustees shall automatically become Committee members when their terms as Board Chair or Vice-Chair begin, and their Committee membership shall end when they no longer hold those positions. The Board Chair shall be Chair of the Executive Committee.

The Board may appoint additional trustees to serve as Committee members if needed. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. In addition, the Board may appoint as observers other trustees who serve as liaisons between the Board, the Foundation, and the Communities and Affiliates on various matters such as Human Rights Policy and Community and Affiliate issues.

Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board.

=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===

The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.

=== Foundation Staff ===

The Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.

== Responsibilities ==

In keeping with its purpose, the Committee will:
* Facilitate the smooth and efficient functioning of the Board, coordinating the work of the Board across its committees and with executive staff, and ensuring that the Board completes its necessary work while following appropriate protocols and procedures. The Committee shall keep track of the work of the other committees and task forces and identify areas where their work intersects and should be coordinated. The Committee advises the Chair of the Board on the agendas for meetings of the full Board of Trustees.
* Facilitate the Board committee appointment process and review the Board's officer positions at least annually.
* Carry out, to the extent delegated by the Board, decision-making on matters between meetings that require Board review but that do not necessarily need full board approval.
* Act on behalf of the Board when the Board explicitly delegates that authority via resolution or in a Board policy (such as the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Code of Conduct of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees|code of conduct]]).
* Assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities related to hiring and onboarding the incoming CEO, offboarding the outgoing CEO, setting executive compensation and reviewing performance against organizational goals. These responsibilities include:
** Assisting the Board in evaluating the performance of the CEO against the organizational objectives on at least an annual basis;
** Recommending the compensation and other terms of hiring of the CEO;
** Recommending the CEO's annual compensation to the Board for approval, after considering comparative data, performance, and other relevant information;
** Reviewing and approving annual compensation for non-CEO executives;
** Ensuring that the compensation of the CEO, officers, directors, and key employees is determined on the basis of information provided by independent persons and comparability data, including a regular review process that contemporaneously substantiates deliberation and decisions; and
** Ensuring there are adequate succession plans in place for the CEO and other executive leaders.
* Review the Foundation’s compliance with the Human Rights Policy, including by receiving updates from staff and trustee liaisons on at least an annual basis.
* Receive regular updates from the Affiliations Committee and community and affiliate liaisons together with the Foundation staff on current or emerging issues and identifies those matters requiring full Board attention.
* Carries out other responsibilities as the Board may delegate or designate to the Committee.
== Procedures and Processes ==

Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.

=== Meetings ===

The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.

=== Reporting ===

At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.

=== Self-Evaluation ===

On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.

== External Advisors ==

The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.

The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties.
[[Category:Executive Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>i2uetxfxgyarqnjy5ns7v009a8y41hd</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Committee:Product &amp; Technology Committee Charter/8/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>180267</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587120</id>
      <parentid>564915</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587120</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="732" sha1="16yetyhmuy7ulwbk87299jdsdtf5r3t" xml:space="preserve">The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members from the Community or who have special, relevant expertise, to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.</text>
      <sha1>16yetyhmuy7ulwbk87299jdsdtf5r3t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Product &amp; Technology Committee Charter/en</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>180286</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587124</id>
      <parentid>564927</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587124</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6408" sha1="0llfyd27p7xggycav1m0s9ykepish5a" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
== Purpose ==

The purpose of the Product &amp; Technology Committee is to assist the Board of Trustees (“Board”) of the Wikimedia Foundation (“Foundation”) in understanding, overseeing, and providing advice with respect to its strategies for the creation and use of technology; its investment plans and priorities (including a broad product roadmap); as well as the use of licenses, policies and practices for content reuse in support of the Foundation’s mission.

== Membership and Organization ==

=== Committee Members ===

The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. Of these, the Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.

The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has experience with large-scale product development or technology platform management.

=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===

The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members from the Community or who have special, relevant expertise, to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.

=== Foundation Staff ===

The Chief Product and Technology Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff, particularly from Advancement and Legal, to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.

== Responsibilities ==

Overall, the Committee is responsible for advising the Product &amp; Technology department on high-level strategy to ensure the Foundation has the resources and volunteer contributor support needed to enable its mission. In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may delegate further responsibilities to the Committee that are needed to further the Committee's purpose.

* Oversee and advise on Foundation strategies for creating, maintaining, and sunsetting software products that enable contribution, that support readers and consumers, and that support content reuse;
* Understand and advise on potential and budgeted, material product and technology-related investments and investment priorities, as well as the overall product roadmap.
* Oversee and advise Foundation strategies for building infrastructure that enables independence for editors, product safety and integrity, and a multigenerational vision of our work;
* Advise and support the work with communities to decide on the opening and closure of wiki projects;
* Advise and support change management with community stakeholders by sharing best practices, sharing insights from volunteer communities, and communicating directly with online communities;
* Advise on partnership opportunities to broaden the reach and impact of Wikimedia's content and services;
* Advise on approaches to manage risk and build resilience in our technical, social, and legal infrastructure; and

Oversee and advise on the Foundation's enterprise services including strategic plans, target audiences including contractual terms, and pricing where material.

== Procedures and Processes ==

Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.

=== Meetings ===

The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.

=== Reporting ===

At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.

=== Self-Evaluation ===

On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.

== External Advisors ==

The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.

The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. All expenses and costs shall be reasonable and be subject to the review of the Audit Committee.
[[Category:Product and Technology Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>0llfyd27p7xggycav1m0s9ykepish5a</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>587190</id>
      <parentid>587124</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587190</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6407" sha1="jubrzwd9w1yxy9n5zolpxylml4t5kpa" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
== Purpose ==

The purpose of the Product &amp; Technology Committee is to assist the Board of Trustees (“Board”) of the Wikimedia Foundation (“Foundation”) in understanding, overseeing, and providing advice with respect to its strategies for the creation and use of technology; its investment plans and priorities (including a broad product roadmap); as well as the use of licenses, policies and practices for content reuse in support of the Foundation’s mission.

== Membership and Organization ==

=== Committee Members ===

The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. Of these, the Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.

The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has experience with large-scale product development or technology platform management.

=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===

The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members from the Community or who have special, relevant expertise, to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.

=== Foundation Staff ===

The Chief Product and Technology Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff, particularly from Advancement and Legal, to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.

== Responsibilities ==

Overall, the Committee is responsible for advising the Product &amp; Technology department on high-level strategy to ensure the Foundation has the resources and volunteer contributor support needed to enable its mission. In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may delegate further responsibilities to the Committee that are needed to further the Committee's purpose.

* Oversee and advise on Foundation strategies for creating, maintaining, and sunsetting software products that enable contribution, that support readers and consumers, and that support content reuse;
* Understand and advise on potential and budgeted, material product and technology-related investments and investment priorities, as well as the overall product roadmap.
* Oversee and advise Foundation strategies for building infrastructure that enables independence for editors, product safety and integrity, and a multigenerational vision of our work;
* Advise and support the work with communities to decide on the opening and closure of wiki projects;
* Advise and support change management with community stakeholders by sharing best practices, sharing insights from volunteer communities, and communicating directly with online communities;
* Advise on partnership opportunities to broaden the reach and impact of Wikimedia's content and services;
* Advise on approaches to manage risk and build resilience in our technical, social, and legal infrastructure; and
Oversee and advise on the Foundation's enterprise services including strategic plans, target audiences including contractual terms, and pricing where material.

== Procedures and Processes ==

Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.

=== Meetings ===

The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.

=== Reporting ===

At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.

=== Self-Evaluation ===

On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.

== External Advisors ==

The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.

The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. All expenses and costs shall be reasonable and be subject to the review of the Audit Committee.
[[Category:Product and Technology Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>jubrzwd9w1yxy9n5zolpxylml4t5kpa</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Page display title/fi</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>181684</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587230</id>
      <parentid>565185</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T14:59:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Samoasambia</username>
        <id>123652</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587230</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="66" sha1="lja59gehkvs99eygt36l3da5uph8ldp" xml:space="preserve">Legal:Wikimedia-säätiön vaatimustenmukaisuus Euroopan unionissa</text>
      <sha1>lja59gehkvs99eygt36l3da5uph8ldp</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/fi</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>181685</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587232</id>
      <parentid>585306</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T14:59:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Samoasambia</username>
        <id>123652</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587232</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8937" sha1="95mml9aomrnm22b9lpwxu4b4soh91dl" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance navbox}}
Tämä sivu tarjoaa tietoja Wikimedia-säätiön vaatimustenmukaisuudesta seuraavien säädösten kanssa:
* Euroopan unionin (”EU”) digipalvelusäädös (eli asetus (EU) 2022/2065) – '''”DSA”''', ja
* Euroopan parlamentin ja neuvoston asetus (EU) 2021/784, annettu 29 päivänä huhtikuuta 2021, verkossa tapahtuvaan terroristisen sisällön levittämiseen puuttumisesta – '''”TCOR”''' (tunnetaan myös nimelllä '''”TERREG”''')
&lt;span id=&quot;Contacting_the_Wikimedia_Foundation_with_legal_complaints_and_questions&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Yhteydenotto Wikimedia-säätiöön oikeudellisten valitusten ja kysymysten kanssa ==

Yleisön tai toimivaltaisten viranomaisten '''oikeudelliset valitukset tai kysymykset''' tulisi lähettää meille:
* ''sähköpostitse'' osoitteeseen {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}, ja/tai
* ''postitse'' osoitteeseen Wikimedia Foundation c/o CT Corporation System, 330 North Brand Boulevard, Glendale, California 91203-2336, USA
''Vain'' toimivaltaiset viranomaiset ('''ei''' yleisön edustajat) toimiessaan DSA:n nojalla voivat valinnaisesti myös ottaa meihin epäsuorasti yhteyttä DSA:n 13 artiklan mukaisen nimetyn edustajamme, VeraSafe Netherlands B.V. (”VeraSafe”), kautta. VeraSafeen voi ottaa yhteyttä sähköpostitse osoitteeseen {{email|dsaeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}} tai postitse osoitteeseen VeraSafe Netherlands B.V., Keizersgracht 555, Amsterdam 1017 DR, The Netherlands. Heidän puhelinnumeronsa on +420 228 881 031.

Jos olet toimivaltainen viranomainen ja pyydät '''mahdollisesti laittoman sisällön poistamista''', pyydämme, että yhteydenottosi noudattaa [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2187-1-1 DSA:n 9 artiklaa]. Jos olet yksityishenkilö tai yksityinen organisaatio ja teet ilmoituksen mahdollisesti laittomasta sisällöstä isännöimillämme sivustoilla, pyydämme varmistamaan, että ilmoituksesi sisältää [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2556-1-1 DSA:n 16(2) artiklassa] määritellyt tiedot. '''Käyttäjätietopyyntöihin''' liittyen lue [[Special:MyLanguage/Requests for user information procedures &amp; guidelines|käyttäjätietoja koskevien pyyntöjen menettelymme ja ohjeemme]] ja ota myös huomioon [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2280-1-1 DSA:n 10 artiklan] vaatimukset.

Pyydämme tutustumaan [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Terrorist and violent extremist content procedures and guidelines|terroristi- ja ekstremististä väkivaltasisältöä (TVEC) koskeviin menettelyihimme ja ohjeisiimme]], kun otat meihin yhteyttä TVEC:iin liittyen. Laillinen edustajamme TCOR:n 17 artiklan tarkoituksia varten on VeraSafe Netherlands B.V. Kehotamme EU/ETA:n toimivaltaisia viranomaisia ottamaan yhteyttä suoraan osoitteeseen {{email|tvecnotice|wikimedia.org}}, kuten TVEC-menettelyissä ja -ohjeista käy ilmi. Toimivaltaiset viranomaiset voivat kuitenkin lisäksi/vaihtoehtoisesti ottaa yhteyttää myös TCOR:n mukaisen laillisen edustajamme kautta, joko sähköpostise osoitteeseen {{email|tcoeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}, tai postitse tai puhelimitse yllä annettujen yhteystietojen kautta.

Muut yhteystiedot (esim. yksilön henkeä uhkaavissa hätätilanteissa) löytyvät täältä: [[:Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contact Information|Laki- ja turvallisuusyhteystiedot]].

Jos olet Wikimedia-hankkeiden käyttäjä tai olet osallistunut Wikimedian tapahtumiin tai toimintaan, jota Wikimedia-säätiön tietosuojakäytäntö myös koskee, löydät lisätietoja sinun yleisen tietosuoja-asetuksen (GDPR) mukaisista oikeuksistasi sekä yhteystiedot tietosuojakysymyksiä ja -valituksia varten [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Wikimedia-säätiön tietosuojakäytännöstä]].

&lt;span id=&quot;DSA_Transparency&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== DSA ja avoimuus ==

Wikimedia-säätiö julkaisee tietoja DSA:n 24(2) artiklan tarkoituksia varten. Ne löytyvät täältä: [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Userbase Statistics|EU DSA Userbase Statistics]]

Muut DSA:n vaatimat tiedot löytyvät säännöllisistä [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive|Wikimedia-säätiön avoimuusraporteistamme]]. ''[[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Supplemental Transparency Report for August-September 2023|Väliaikainen EU-tietoja koskeva täydennys julkaistiin elo–syyskuuta 2023 varten]].''

Riipumattomat tarkastuskertomukset sekä EU-järjestelmäriskien arviointia ja riskinvähentämistoimenpiteitä koskeva dokumentaatio löytyy [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive|täältä]].

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Office Action appeals ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you are in the EU and wish to make a formal complaint after the Wikimedia Foundation takes, or decides not to take, an [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|Office Action]] (for example, suspending a user account, or removing content), then you can complain by emailing {{email|appeals|wikimedia.org}}. Complaints should be sufficiently specific and backed up with supporting evidence. Complaints should be submitted as early as reasonably possible (no later than 6 months after the decision in question). As indicated in DSA Articles 17(3)(f) and 21, there may also be out-of-court dispute settlement&lt;ref&gt;[https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/dsa-out-court-dispute-settlement#ecl-inpage-List-of-bodies Out-of-court dispute settlement bodies under the Digital Services Act (DSA)]&lt;/ref&gt; and judicial redress routes available to you, depending on applicable law and jurisdiction. We cannot advise you about these, although we ask that you first try to resolve the matter with us directly.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Supplemental_notes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Täydentävät huomautukset ==
# Wikimedia-säätiön työkieli on englanti, joten olemme kiitollisia, kun englantia käytetään kirjeenvaihdossa kanssamme. Voit kuitenkin viestiä kanssamme toisilla kielillä, kuten hollanniksi, jos haluat. Olemme tällöin konekäännöstyökalujen varassa siinä määrin kuin on tarpeen. Jos lähetät meille asiakirjoja muulla kielellä kuin englanniksi, arvostamme, jos ne voidaan kääntää helposti konekäännöstyökalujen avulla. Huonosti skannatut PDF-tiedostot voivat aiheuttaa meille erityisesti ongelmia.
# Wikimedia-säätiön nimittämä laillinen edustaja EU:ssa GDPR:n, TCOR:n tai DSA:n tarkoituksia varten ei luo Wikimedia-säätiölle sijoittautumispaikkaa EU:ssa, eikä edustajien odoteta henkilökohtaisesti puuttuvan näiden lakien nojalla tehtyjen valitusten tai pyyntöjen ratkaisemiseen. Näiden edustajien päärooli on antaa asiaankuuluville henkilöille lisätapa ottaa yhteyttä Wikimedia-säätiöön. Asiaankuuluvat valitukset tai pyynnöt välitetään Wikimedia-säätiölle, jossa ne yleensä arvioidaan samaan tapaan kuin jos ne olisivat suoraan Wikimedia-säätiölle lähetettyjä ja Wikimedia-säätiön laillisten velvollisuuksien mukaisesti. Tämä on epäsuorempi tapa ottaa meihin yhteyttä, ja tämän vuoksi viestisi käsittelyyn voi kulua enemmän aikaa. Vaikka yllä annetut DSA- ja TCOR-edustajan sähköpostiosoitteet käyttävät &quot;@wikimedia.org&quot;-verkkotunnusta, kaikki näihin osoitteisiin lähetetyt sähköpostit välitetään automaattisesti VeraSafen omaan sähköpostijärjestelmään.
# Vaikka useat käyttäjäryhmät ja muut tahot laajemmassa Wikimedia-liikkeessä, mukaan lukien tahoja EU:ssa, käyttävät Wikimedia-tavaramerkkiä heidän nimissään, ne ovat siitä huolimatta itsenäisiä Wikimedia-säätiöstä eivätkä edusta sitä. Niillä ei ole erityistä valtaa tai vastuuta Wikimedia-hankkeista eikä heitä voida pitää vastuussa hankkeiden sisällöstä. Näin ollen, jos sinulla on valitus tai pyyntö Wikimedia-hankkeiden (kuten Wikipedian) sisältöön liittyen, kehotamme ratkaisemaan sen suoraan hankkeen käyttäjäyhteisön kanssa heidän tarjoamiensa ohjeiden mukaisesti. Jos tästä ei ole apua, ota yhteyttä suoraan Wikimedia-säätiöön käyttäen yllä annettuja yhteystietoja (yleensä {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}).
# Wikipedian ja muiden Wikimedia-hankkeiden [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|käyttöehdot]] ovat koneluettavia. Ohjeita me ohjelmointirajapintojemme (API) sekä muiden työkalujen käyttöön koneellisen vuorovaikutukseen näiden käyttöehtojen kanssa löytyy meidän [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation TOU Machine Readability and Interaction|TOU Machine Readability and Interaction guidance]] -sivultamme.

== {{int string|References}} ==
{{reflist}}

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:European Union Compliance{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>95mml9aomrnm22b9lpwxu4b4soh91dl</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/2/fi</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>181688</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587231</id>
      <parentid>565136</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T14:59:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Samoasambia</username>
        <id>123652</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>587231</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="100" sha1="9jy0k02lybhmhsapbu4mgg5aj76kkrr" xml:space="preserve">Euroopan unionin (”EU”) digipalvelusäädös (eli asetus (EU) 2022/2065) – '''”DSA”''', ja</text>
      <sha1>9jy0k02lybhmhsapbu4mgg5aj76kkrr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Legal:Wikimedia trademarks/Word mark creation/How-to/W/7/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>182320</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587205</id>
      <parentid>540515</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587205</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="254" sha1="4gis5x9a0rfto3sj2v4e1u6rw3r7kqy" xml:space="preserve">Depending on your platform, you should be able to insert a character from your system's &quot;Character Map&quot; software. Use the Linux Libertine O font and character U+E02F from the private use area. Alternatively, you can highlight and copy this character: $1.</text>
      <sha1>4gis5x9a0rfto3sj2v4e1u6rw3r7kqy</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia trademarks/Word mark creation/How-to/W/en</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>182321</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587214</id>
      <parentid>540516</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:31Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587214</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1430" sha1="7ip5wjp8ixx1qqsvc8i2lyfehumn636" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
Make sure you use '''&quot;[//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/foundation/5/5f/LinLibertineO_473.zip LinLibertine_Re-4.7.3.otf]&quot;''', as the Wikipedia &quot;W&quot; is not included in any other file!

For the logo you should just be able to use the &quot;W&quot; from the blueprint. But whenever you need to type the Wikipedia &quot;W&quot; you will need to insert it as a special character.

You can insert it by typing its Unicode: '''U+e02f''', or see the image to the right.
[[File:Wikipedia-logo-v2-HowTo-24.jpg| thumb| 400px]]

== {{LabelT|Q215016}} ==
Illustrator supports a very convenient method to insert special characters: The Glyphs.

You can find Glyphs at the &quot;Top Navigation&quot;: &quot;Type&quot;: &quot;Glyphs.

These steps may help to get it:
* Type a capital &quot;W&quot; (you will get the original Libertine W)
* Select it (with the text-tool)
* Open the glyphs
* Use the dropdown menu to chose &quot;Alternative characters&quot;
* Some alternative &quot;W&quot;s will appear: Choose the Wikipedia &quot;W&quot; (with crossed strokes)

== {{LabelT|Q8041}} ==
Depending on your platform, you should be able to insert a character from your system's &quot;Character Map&quot; software. Use the Linux Libertine O font and character U+E02F from the private use area. Alternatively, you can highlight and copy this character: &lt;span style=&quot;font-family:Linux Libertine O&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;.
[[Category:Wikimedia visual identity{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Communications department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>7ip5wjp8ixx1qqsvc8i2lyfehumn636</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/it</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>183164</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587149</id>
      <parentid>565058</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587149</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10440" sha1="6yc2selu0x8uaxwkmpw4wm4lgsr8vc1" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This '''Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki manual of style''' outlines basic guidelines which should be considered when formatting content and creating pages on this site.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At all times, the needs of the specific type of content (resolution, minutes, legal document, etc.) takes precedent over any guidelines provided on this page. These guides are more to help avoid unnecessary inconsistency and guidance where the type of content does not provide an existing framework.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Linee guida generali ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Try to utilize English words and phrases which will not be difficult to translate into other languages
* When in doubt, refer to manual of styles on Wikimedia project wikis or the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|&quot;Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&quot; guide on Meta-Wiki]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When using an acronym is necessary or difficult to avoid, please be sure to introduce the acronym's meaning in its usage. (example: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Date ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When possible the {{tl|DateT}} template should be utilized to properly format date to a user's language and preferences. Where not possible, dates should be formatted as:
&lt;/div&gt;

* Anno-Mese-Giorno come AAAA-MM-GG (esempio: 2024-03-01)
* Giorno Mese Anno (esempio: 1 Marzo 2024)

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gender and pronoun usage ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, gender-neutral pronouns should be used.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for use of specific pronouns when referring to person making the request should be honored whenever it is possible to do so. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Existing content can be changed en masse by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Job titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Job titles should be capitalized and treated as proper nouns. (examples: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Name_changes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Cambiamento degli username ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Project names ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.
&lt;/div&gt;

Esempi:

* Meta-Wiki (non Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (non Commons)
* Wikipedia in Inglese (non enWP)

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Title, header, and page name formatting ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|sentence case capitalization]] should be used for all titles, headers, and page names.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The primary exception is using a flexible use of proper noun capitalization for policies and other content with a large external audience.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where proper noun capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Major Organization Policy
* Board of Trustees
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Board Committee
* Formal Board Resolution
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where sentence case capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Policy specific to only this wiki
* History of past departments
* Information from a regular board meeting
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Page titles for Legal, Minutes, Policies, and Resolutions namespaces ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Page titles should be altered with &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; as needed - with inclusion of Wikimedia or Wikimedia Foundation in title as appropriate. Pages using the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should '''not''' have their page title's marked for translation as well.
&lt;/div&gt;

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Pages properly formatted to review for additional help:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Universal Code of Conduct&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Terms of Use&lt;/span&gt;]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Namespace placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, content should be placed within these namespaces to facilitate greater searching of content.
&lt;/div&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Main namespace&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;General content, navigational pages, or content without a clear namespace&lt;/span&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Talk namespaces&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Discussions and archives of discussions&lt;/span&gt;
; Wikimedia
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to operations of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Policy
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation and Wikimedia Movement [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|policies]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Resolution
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]] by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Legal
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|legal documentation]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Agenda
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Agendas of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Minutes
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Minutes of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Committee
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Endowment
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Memory
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/span&gt;
; Archive
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archived]] or historical content no longer in active use on this wiki and available for migration to another wiki (generally [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Usage of Resolutions namespace ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Resolutions namespace should be resolutions which were considered by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. The {{tl|resolution}} template should be used at the top of resolution pages for proper formatting.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Usage of Policies namespace ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Policies namespace should be official Wikimedia Foundation policies. The {{tl|Policy-board}} or {{tl|Policy-staff}} templates should be used to help with displaying information for readers.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Category placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[:Category:All|Category:All]] category tree:
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Traduzioni ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
:''Please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Translations manual of style]] within the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Translations guidelines]].''
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>6yc2selu0x8uaxwkmpw4wm4lgsr8vc1</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Product &amp; Technology Committee Charter/de</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>183578</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587192</id>
      <parentid>569925</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587192</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7781" sha1="3pkrjfadcvipw62u954r6vmnchiwewb" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Zweck ==

Das Produkt- und Technologiekomitee hat die Aufgabe, das Kuratorium (“Kuratorium”) der Wikimedia Foundation (“Foundation”) bei der Entwicklung und Nutzung von Technologien, bei Investitionsplänen und Prioritäten (einschließlich einer umfassenden Produkt-Roadmap) sowie bei der Anwendung von Lizenzen, Richtlinien und Verfahren zur Wiederverwendung von Inhalten zur Unterstützung der Mission der Foundation zu unterstützen, zu überwachen und diesbezüglich Beratung zu leisten.

&lt;span id=&quot;Membership_and_Organization&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Mitgliedschaft und Organisation ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Committee_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mitglieder des Komitees ===

Das Kuratorium ernennt mindestens drei Mitglieder des Kuratoriums zu Komiteemitgliedern. Das Kuratorium ernennt eines dieser Mitglieder des Kuratoriums zum Komiteevorsitzenden für eine Amtszeit von zwei Jahren. Es kann darüber hinaus ein oder mehrere weitere Mitglieder des Kuratoriums zu stellvertretenden Komiteemitgliedern ernennen, die im Falle abwesender Komiteemitglieder deren Aufgaben übernehmen. Die Amtszeit der Komiteemitglieder beträgt ein Jahr und verlängert sich automatisch um jeweils ein weiteres Jahr, sofern das ernannte Mitglied des Kuratoriums nicht vom Kuratorium ersetzt oder seine Komiteemitgliedschaft beendet wird. Die Amtszeit des Komiteevorsitzenden verlängert sich automatisch bis zu seiner Ablösung durch das Kuratorium oder bis zu seinem Rücktritt.

Das Kuratorium ist bestrebt, mindestens ein Mitglied des Kuratoriums, das Erfahrung mit der Entwicklung groß angelegter Produkte oder dem Management von Technologieplattformen hat, als stimmberechtigtes Komiteemitglied zu ernennen.

&lt;span id=&quot;Volunteer_Advisory_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Freiwillige beratende Mitglieder ===

Das Komitee kann aus der Community oder andere Personen mit speziellen, relevanten Kenntnissen als freiwillige beratende Mitglieder zur Teilnahme an Komiteesitzungen und Beratungen berufen. Die freiwilligen beratenden Mitglieder werden vom Komiteevorsitzenden auf Grundlage ihrer Qualifikationen und Fachkenntnisse (nach dessen freiem Ermessen) formell nominiert und von der Mehrheit der Komiteemitglieder bestätigt. Die Amtszeit der freiwilligen beratenden Mitglieder kann jährlich verlängert werden. Alle freiwilligen beratenden Mitglieder unterliegen denselben Offenlegungs- und Zertifizierungspflichten, die das Kuratorium gemäß der Richtlinie der Foundation zu Interessenkonflikten vorschreibt. Freiwillige beratende Mitglieder dürfen keine stimmberechtigten Komiteemitglieder sein.

&lt;span id=&quot;Foundation_Staff&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mitarbeiter der Foundation ===

Der Produkt- und Technologiedirektor und das Büro des Geschäftsführers stellen dem Komitee bei Bedarf personelle Unterstützung zur Verfügung, um dessen effektive Arbeit zu gewährleisten. Der Komiteevorsitzende kann Mitarbeiter der Foundation, insbesondere aus den Bereichen Weiterentwicklung und Recht, bei Bedarf zu den Sitzungen einladen. Mitarbeiter der Foundation dürfen keine stimmberechtigten Mitglieder des Komitees sein.

&lt;span id=&quot;Responsibilities&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Verantwortlichkeiten ==

Insgesamt ist das Komitee dafür verantwortlich, die Produkt- und Technologieabteilung in strategischen Fragen zu beraten, um sicherzustellen, dass die Foundation über die notwendigen Ressourcen und Unterstützung freiwilliger Beitragender verfügt, um ihre Mission zu erfüllen. Zusätzlich zu den unten aufgeführten Aufgaben kann das Kuratorium dem Komitee weitere Aufgaben übertragen, die zur Erreichung seines Zwecks erforderlich sind.

* Überwachung und Beratung der Strategien der Foundation zur Erstellung, Pflege und Abschaffung von Softwareprodukten, die Beiträge ermöglichen, Leser und Konsumenten unterstützen und die Wiederverwendung von Inhalten ermöglichen;
* Verstehen und Beraten der potenziellen und budgetierten materiellen Produkt- und Technologieinvestitionen sowie Investitionsprioritäten und der gesamten Produkt-Roadmap.
* Überwachung und Beratung der Strategien der Foundation zum Aufbau einer Infrastruktur, die die Unabhängigkeit der Autoren, die Produktsicherheit und -integrität sowie eine generationenübergreifende Vision unserer Arbeit ermöglichen;
* Beratung und Unterstützung der Zusammenarbeit mit den Communitys bei der Entscheidung über die Öffnung und Schließung von Wiki-Projekten;
* Beratung und Unterstützung des Veränderungsmanagements mit den Interessenvertretern der Community durch das Teilen bewährter Vorgehensweisen, Einbeziehung von Erkenntnissen aus Freiwilligen-Communitys und direkter Kommunikation mit Online-Communitys;
* Beratung zu Partnerschaftsmöglichkeiten zur Erweiterung der Reichweite und Wirkung der Inhalte und Dienste von Wikimedia;
* Beratung zu Ansätzen für das Risikomanagement und den Aufbau von Resilienz in unserer technischen, sozialen und rechtlichen Infrastruktur; und
Überwachung und Beratung zu den Unternehmensdienstleistungen der Foundation, einschließlich strategischer Pläne, Zielgruppen einschließlich Vertragsbedingungen und Preisgestaltung, sofern zutreffend.

&lt;span id=&quot;Procedures_and_Processes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Prozeduren und Prozesse ==

Sofern in dieser Satzung nichts anderes bestimmt ist, gelten für das Komitee die gleichen Regeln und Verfahren wie für das gesamte Kuratorium hinsichtlich seiner Sitzungen, Entscheidungsfindung und Protokollierung.

&lt;span id=&quot;Meetings&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Sitzungen ===

Das Komitee trifft sich mindestens einmal pro Quartal und wenn der Vorsitzende des Komitees dies für erforderlich hält. Erforderliche Teilnehmer sind die Mitglieder des Komitees und die in der Tagesordnung festgelegten relevanten Mitarbeiter. Mitglieder des Kuratoriums, die als stellvertretende Komiteemitglieder fungieren (sofern vorhanden), sind nicht zur Teilnahme verpflichtet; sie dürfen nicht abstimmen, es sei denn, sie werden vom Komiteevorsitzenden anstelle eines abwesenden regulären Komiteemitglieds ernannt. Die Beschlussfähigkeit wird durch die Mehrheit der stimmberechtigten Mitglieder des Komitees erreicht. Die Mehrheit der anwesenden stimmberechtigten Mitglieder entscheidet über alle dem Komitee vorgelegten Fragen. Eine Sitzung kann vor Ort, telefonisch oder per Videokonferenz stattfinden, sofern alle Teilnehmer gleichzeitig einander hören und beraten können.

&lt;span id=&quot;Reporting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Berichte ===

In jeder regulären Sitzung des Kuratoriums berichtet der Komiteevorsitzende dem gesamten Kuratorium über die Aktivitäten des Komitees seit der letzten regulären Sitzung des Kuratoriums. Für jede Sitzung werden eine Tagesordnung und ein Protokoll erstellt, die dem Kuratorium und den zuständigen Mitarbeitern zugänglich sind.

&lt;span id=&quot;Self-Evaluation&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Selbstbewertung ===

Das Komitee führt jährlich eine Selbsteinschätzung durch und überprüft und überarbeitet seine Satzung. Das Ergebnis wird dem gesamten Kuratorium mitgeteilt und beinhaltet alle empfohlenen Änderungen der Komiteetätigkeiten oder seiner Satzung.

&lt;span id=&quot;External_Advisors&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Externe Berater ==

Das Komitee kann externe Berater hinzuziehen, um seine Aufgaben besser erfüllen zu können. Das Komitee überwacht die Beziehungen zu allen externen Beratern.

Das Komitee ist befugt, auf Kosten der Foundation unabhängige Wirtschaftsprüfer, Rechtsanwälte oder andere Berater hinzuzuziehen, wenn es dies zur Erfüllung seiner Aufgaben für notwendig erachtet. Sämtliche Ausgaben und Kosten müssen angemessen sein und unterliegen der Überprüfung durch das Auditkomitee.
[[Category:Product and Technology Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>3pkrjfadcvipw62u954r6vmnchiwewb</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Executive Committee Charter/de</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>183638</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587111</id>
      <parentid>570115</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:53:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587111</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9124" sha1="09jy1bpvjdvna6vxjeoba9xav7zpygl" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Zweck ==

Der Zweck des Exekutivkomitees (das &quot;Komitee&quot;) ist
* die Koordinierung und Überwachung der Arbeit des Kuratoriums (&quot;Kuratorium&quot;) der Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;Foundation&quot;);
* die Erleichterung der Entscheidungsfindung zwischen den Sitzungen des Kuratoriums oder in dringenden Krisensituationen;
* die Unterstützung des Kuratoriums bei der Einstellung, Einarbeitung, Führung und dem Ausscheiden des Geschäftsführers (CEO);
* die Sicherstellung der Einhaltung der Menschenrechtsrichtlinie durch die Foundation; und
* die Sicherstellung, dass Angelegenheiten der Community und der Affiliates bei Bedarf dem gesamten Kuratorium zur Kenntnis gebracht werden.
&lt;span id=&quot;Membership_and_Organization&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Mitgliedschaft und Organisation ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Committee_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mitglieder des Komitees ===

Die Mitglieder des Komitees sind der Vorsitzende des Kuratoriums und die stellvertretenden Vorsitzenden des Kuratoriums. Mitglieder des Kuratoriums werden automatisch Komiteemitglieder, sobald ihre Amtszeit als Vorsitzender oder stellvertretender Vorsitzender des Kuratoriums beginnt; ihre Mitgliedschaft im Komitee endet mit dem Ausscheiden aus diesen Positionen. Der Vorsitzende des Kuratoriums ist gleichzeitig Vorsitzender des Exekutivkomitees.

Das Kuratorium kann bei Bedarf weitere Mitglieder des Komitees als Komiteemitglieder ernennen. Das Kuratorium kann zudem ein oder mehrere weitere Mitglieder des Kuratoriums als stellvertretende Komiteemitglieder ernennen, die anstelle abwesender Komiteemitglieder fungieren. Darüber hinaus kann das Kuratorium weitere Mitglieder des Kuratoriums als Beobachter ernennen, die als Verbindungspersonen zwischen dem Kuratorium, der Foundation und den Communitys und Affiliates in verschiedenen Angelegenheiten wie der Menschenrechtsrichtlinie und Belangen der Communitys und Affiliates fungieren.

Die Amtszeit der Komiteemitglieder beträgt ein Jahr und verlängert sich automatisch um jeweils ein weiteres Jahr, sofern das ernannte Mitglied des Kuratoriums nicht vom Kuratorium ersetzt oder seine Komiteemitgliedschaft beendet wird.

&lt;span id=&quot;Volunteer_Advisory_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Freiwillige beratende Mitglieder ===

Das Komitee kann freiwillige beratende Mitglieder zur Teilnahme an Komiteesitzungen und Beratungen berufen. Die freiwilligen beratenden Mitglieder werden vom Komiteevorsitzenden auf Grundlage ihrer Qualifikationen und Fachkenntnisse (nach dessen freiem Ermessen) formell nominiert und von der Mehrheit der Komiteemitglieder bestätigt. Die Amtszeit der freiwilligen beratenden Mitglieder kann jährlich verlängert werden. Alle freiwilligen beratenden Mitglieder unterliegen denselben Offenlegungs- und Zertifizierungspflichten, die das Kuratorium gemäß der Richtlinie der Foundation zu Interessenkonflikten vorschreibt. Freiwillige beratende Mitglieder dürfen keine stimmberechtigten Komiteemitglieder sein.

&lt;span id=&quot;Foundation_Staff&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mitarbeiter der Foundation ===

Das Büro des Geschäftsführers stellt dem Komitee bei Bedarf personelle Unterstützung zur Verfügung, um dessen effektive Arbeit zu gewährleisten. Der Komiteevorsitzende kann Mitarbeiter der Foundation bei Bedarf zu den Sitzungen einladen. Mitarbeiter der Foundation dürfen keine stimmberechtigten Mitglieder des Komitees sein.

&lt;span id=&quot;Responsibilities&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Verantwortlichkeiten ==

Im Einklang mit seinem Zweck wird das Komitee:
* Ein reibungsloses und effizientes Funktionieren des Kuratoriums gewährleisten, indem es die Arbeit der verschiedenen Komitees und der Geschäftsleitung koordiniert und sicherstellt, dass das Kuratorium seine Aufgaben unter Einhaltung der geltenden Protokolle und Verfahren erfüllt. Es verfolgt die Arbeit der anderen Komitees und Arbeitsgruppen und identifiziert Überschneidungsbereiche, in denen eine Koordinierung erforderlich ist. Das Komitee berät den Vorsitzenden des Kuratoriums hinsichtlich der Tagesordnungen für die Sitzungen des gesamten Kuratoriums.
* Den Ernennungsprozess der Komitees des Kuratoriums erleichtern und die Positionen der Mitglieder des Kuratoriums mindestens einmal jährlich überprüfen.
* Die Entscheidungsfindung in Angelegenheiten zwischen den Sitzungen durchzuführen, die einer Überprüfung durch das Kuratorium bedürfen, aber nicht unbedingt einer vollständigen Zustimmung des Kuratoriums, soweit sie vom Kuratorium delegiert wird.
* Im Namen des Kuratoriums handeln, wenn das Kuratorium diese Befugnis ausdrücklich per Beschluss oder in einer Richtlinie des Kuratoriums (wie dem [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Code of Conduct of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees|Verhaltenskodex]]) delegiert.
* Das Kuratorium bei der Wahrnehmung seiner Aufgaben im Zusammenhang mit der Einstellung und Einarbeitung des neuen CEO, der Ablösung des ausscheidenden CEO, der Festlegung der Vergütung der Geschäftsleitung und der Überprüfung der Leistung anhand der Unternehmensziele unterstützen. Zu diesen Aufgaben gehören:
** Unterstützung des Kuratoriums bei der Bewertung der Leistung des CEO im Hinblick auf die Ziele der Organisation mindestens auf jährlicher Basis;
** Empfehlung der Vergütung und der sonstigen Anstellungsbedingungen des CEO;
** Empfehlung an das Kuratorium zur Genehmigung der jährlichen Vergütung des CEO nach Prüfung von Vergleichsdaten, Leistung und anderen relevanten Informationen;
** Prüfung und Genehmigung der jährlichen Vergütung von Führungskräften, die nicht der Geschäftsführung angehören;
** Sicherstellung, dass die Vergütung des CEO, der Führungskräfte, der Direktoren und der wichtigen Mitarbeiter auf der Grundlage von Informationen unabhängiger Personen und Vergleichsdaten festgelegt wird, einschließlich eines regelmäßigen Überprüfungsprozesses, der die Beratungen und Entscheidungen zeitnah untermauert; und
** Sicherstellung, dass für den CEO und andere Führungskräfte angemessene Nachfolgepläne vorhanden sind.
* Die Einhaltung der Menschenrechtsrichtlinie durch die Foundation überprüfen, unter anderem durch den Erhalt von Aktualisierungen von Mitarbeitern und Verbindungspersonen des Kuratoriums mindestens einmal jährlich.
* Regelmäßig Aktualisierungen vom Affiliations Committee und den Verbindungspersonen der Community und der Affiliates sowie von den Mitarbeitern der Foundation zu aktuellen oder aufkommenden Themen erhalten und diejenigen Angelegenheiten identifizieren, die die volle Aufmerksamkeit des Kuratoriums erfordern.
* Weitere Aufgaben übernehmen, die das Kuratorium an das Komitee delegiert oder ihm zuweist.
&lt;span id=&quot;Procedures_and_Processes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Prozeduren und Prozesse ==

Sofern in dieser Satzung nichts anderes bestimmt ist, gelten für das Komitee die gleichen Regeln und Verfahren wie für das gesamte Kuratorium hinsichtlich seiner Sitzungen, Entscheidungsfindung und Protokollierung.

&lt;span id=&quot;Meetings&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Sitzungen ===

Das Komitee trifft sich mindestens einmal pro Quartal und wenn der Vorsitzende des Komitees dies für erforderlich hält. Erforderliche Teilnehmer sind die Mitglieder des Komitees und die in der Tagesordnung festgelegten relevanten Mitarbeiter. Mitglieder des Kuratoriums, die als stellvertretende Komiteemitglieder fungieren (sofern vorhanden), sind nicht zur Teilnahme verpflichtet; sie dürfen nicht abstimmen, es sei denn, sie werden vom Komiteevorsitzenden anstelle eines abwesenden regulären Komiteemitglieds ernannt. Die Beschlussfähigkeit wird durch die Mehrheit der stimmberechtigten Mitglieder des Komitees erreicht. Die Mehrheit der anwesenden stimmberechtigten Mitglieder entscheidet über alle dem Komitee vorgelegten Fragen. Eine Sitzung kann vor Ort, telefonisch oder per Videokonferenz stattfinden, sofern alle Teilnehmer gleichzeitig einander hören und beraten können.

&lt;span id=&quot;Reporting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Berichte ===

In jeder regulären Sitzung des Kuratoriums berichtet der Komiteevorsitzende dem gesamten Kuratorium über die Aktivitäten des Komitees seit der letzten regulären Sitzung des Kuratoriums. Für jede Sitzung werden eine Tagesordnung und ein Protokoll erstellt, die dem Kuratorium und den zuständigen Mitarbeitern zugänglich sind.

&lt;span id=&quot;Self-Evaluation&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Selbstbewertung ===

Das Komitee führt jährlich eine Selbsteinschätzung durch und überprüft und überarbeitet seine Satzung. Das Ergebnis wird dem gesamten Kuratorium mitgeteilt und beinhaltet alle empfohlenen Änderungen der Komiteetätigkeiten oder seiner Satzung.

&lt;span id=&quot;External_Advisors&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Externe Berater ==

Das Komitee kann externe Berater hinzuziehen, um seine Aufgaben besser erfüllen zu können. Das Komitee überwacht die Beziehungen zu allen externen Beratern.

Das Komitee ist befugt, auf Kosten der Foundation unabhängige Wirtschaftsprüfer, Rechtsanwälte oder andere Berater hinzuzuziehen, wenn es dies zur Erfüllung seiner Aufgaben für notwendig erachtet.
[[Category:Executive Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>09jy1bpvjdvna6vxjeoba9xav7zpygl</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/id</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>184818</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587161</id>
      <parentid>578535</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587161</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10609" sha1="9gxefwo2j4ilo7yxyarjzx3jnpeyqkl" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
[[File:Tourist watching Rosetta Stone at British Museum.JPG|thumb|300px|Para wisatawan memandangi {{labelT|Q48584|link=wikipedia}} di dalam {{labelT|Q6373|link=wikipedia}}]]
Laman ini berisi informasi tentang '''penerjemahan konten di Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia'''.

== {{int string|Overview}} ==

Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia memakai [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|pengaya Terjemahan]] untuk menangani penerjemahan laman. Siapa pun dengan akun Wikimedia terdaftar bisa memberi terjemahan melalui sistem ini.

Bilah sisi dan teks antarmuka wiki dikelola melalui sistem MediaWiki tradisional.

&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_manual_of_style&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Pedoman gaya penerjemahan ==
{{shortcut|[[TMOS]]}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Gendering_of_words&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Penggenderan kata-kata ===

Dalam bahasa yang &quot;menggenderkan&quot; beberapa kata, variasi kata yang netral gender sebaiknya dipakai sebisanya.

&lt;span id=&quot;Important_links&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tautan penting ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Sidebar_translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Penerjemahan bilah sisi ===
:''Untuk menerjemahkan entri bilah sisi, harap kunjungi: [[Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]]''
Pengguna dengan hak pengurus atau pengurus antarmuka bisa mengadakan terjemahan secara langsung dengan [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|langkah-langkah biasa untuk situs MediaWiki]]. Karena potensi penyalahgunaan mengingat tingginya lalu lintas konten ini, hanya pengguna dengan hak-hak sah ini (atau hak yang lebih tinggi) yang boleh mengadakan terjemahan dan mengotak-atik dasarnya.

Semua [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|pengguna]] lainnya boleh memberi terjemahan di [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar|Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar]] dan kemudian [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|memberi tahu pengurus]] tentang pemutakhiran yang telah dibuat.
{{:Wikimedia:Translations guidelines/Sidebar}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_templates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Templat penerjemahan ===
{{main|Wikimedia:Duplicated content}}
Templat dan modul dengan konten serta terjemahan terkait dari wiki lain sebaiknya digunakan sebanyak mungkin untuk menghindari beban kerja yang berlebihan bagi penerjemah di berbagai wiki.
{{:Wikimedia:Duplicated content/{{PAGELANGUAGE}}}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Additional_translations_from_translatewiki.net&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Terjemahan tambahan dari translatewiki.net ===

Selain penggunaan terjemahan yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya dari [//translatewiki.net translatewiki.net], terjemahan di bawah ini juga diambil dari translatewiki.net.

{| class=&quot;wikitable sortable&quot;
! !! {{int|Specialpages-group-translation}} !! {{lg|en}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-mark-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-projects-of-label-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-help-translate-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-projects-label|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-content-alt-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-guideline-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-policy-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-nutshell-section-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-footer-description-short|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-foundation-questions-prompt-withemail|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talk-archive-page-intro|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-signature|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-pageprompt|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-talkheader-civility|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-nolink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wikimedia-translation-disclaimer-withlink|2=ext-wikimediamessages}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-contacthuman|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-mainpage-prompt|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-please-remember|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-register-account|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
{{Translations wiki page/twlinks-row|1=wm-commonstrings-shortcut|2=ext-wikimediacommonstrings}}
|}

'''{{int string|1=See also}}:'''
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string/doc]]
* [[Template:OurProjects/doc]]
* [[Template:RelatedSites/doc]]

{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_translators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Kiat untuk penerjemah ==

Silakan tambahkan kiat Anda sendiri!

* Beberapa konten mungkin ditempatkan di dalam templat yang digunakan oleh laman yang Anda terjemahkan. Anda mungkin perlu cek kode wiki laman asalnya untuk mengetahui templat mana yang perlu diterjemahkan.
* Terjemahkan ruang nama untuk laman. Banyak ruang nama mempunyai &quot;judul laman yang semenggah (''proper'')&quot; lebih lanjut di dalam konten laman. Lihat [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style#pagetitles|Pedoman Gaya]] untuk informasi lebih tentang pengepala judul laman.

&lt;span id=&quot;Tips_for_page_editors_and_translation_admins&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Kiat untuk penyunting laman dan pengurus terjemahan ==

Sebelum memulai dan jika Anda tidak yakin apa yang harus dilakukan, selalu mulai dengan meninjau [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|&quot;Tutorial untuk menyetel konten untuk diterjemahkan&quot;]] dan [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate|Dokumentasi pengaya Terjemahan]].

Untuk mengurangi jumlah pekerjaan berulang untuk terjemahan, silakan gunakan templat dan fitur lain yang tersedia melalui [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|upaya konten duplikat]].

Demi konsistensi di seantero wiki ini dan sebisa mungkin:

* Dalam daftar tautan berpoin, setel tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; yang relevan hanya di dalam teks tautan.
* Selalu sertakan kode pemformatan miring (&lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;'' ''&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;) di dalam tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; yang relevan dengan konten.
* Kecuali untuk laman [[Beranda]] dan pengecualian unik lainnya, tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;languages ​​/&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; untuk laman diterjemah apa pun harus berada di bagian paling atas laman, di atas kotak informasi apa pun (alias kotak info dan catatan atas).
* Entri berbasis &quot;bilangan&quot; dalam templat harus selalu menyertakan alias bilangannya, bukan berdasarkan tempat entri di dalam templat. Misalnya: &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|text|information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; haurs menjadi &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{example|1=text|2=information}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;
* Secara umum, tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;tvar name=&quot;NAME&quot;&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; harus diberi nama menggunakan bilangan (1, 2, 3, dst.) berdasarkan penempatannya dalam kumpulan tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; khusus atau tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;!--T:##--&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; yang autodihasilkan. Setelah nama tvar ditempatkan, nama tersebut tidak boleh diubah lagi.
* Daftar berpoin yang berpotensi sering dimutakhirkan - seperti ini - sebaiknya tiap entri dipisahkan dengan tag &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;&amp;lt;translate&gt;&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; masing-masing. Semua daftar berpoin lainnya sebaiknya dipecah setiap 2-4 entri tergantung pada ukuran entri.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_able_to_support_your_efforts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Staf yang mampu mendukung upaya Anda ===

Berikut adalah staf dengan akun penyunting atau pengurus aktif di wiki ini yang ''mungkin'' dapat membantu upaya Anda dalam menyiapkan konten untuk diterjemahkan. Harap dicatat bahwa Anda tidak boleh mengharapkan orang-orang ini untuk melakukan pekerjaan penyetelan konten Anda, tetapi lebih membantu menjawab pertanyaan Anda dan mendukung pembinaan kapasitas Anda di bidang penyuntingan wiki ini. Silakan tambahkan nama pengguna Anda sendiri jika Anda tertarik untuk membantu kolega Anda.

* [[User:GVarnum-WMF]]
* [[User:Quiddity (WMF)]]
* [[User:RAdimer-WMF]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Relevant_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Sumber daya bersangkutan ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Sumber daya Wikimedia ===
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages|Pesan umum]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Common messages/Built-in messages|Pesan bawaan yang umum digunakan]] ({{int string|Meta-Wiki}})
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Manual:Interface/Sidebar#Translations|Informasi tentang penerjemahan bilah sisi]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Translation example|Tutorial untuk penerjemahan konten]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Extension:Translate/Page translation example|Tutorial untuk menyetel konten untuk penerjemahan]] (MediaWiki.org)
* [[:wmfblog:2024/03/08/understanding-translation-administration/|Memahami tata usaha penerjemahan]] (''{{int string|diff}}'')
&lt;span id=&quot;External_resources&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Sumber daya luar ===
* [https://www.graz.at/cms/dokumente/10304593_7770531/1b742b44/How%20to_Sprechen%20Sie%20LGBTIQ.pdf Panduan Bahasa Inklusif Bahasa Jerman] (PDF) (Kota Graz)
&lt;span id=&quot;Templates_to_monitor&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Templat untuk dipantau ==

Templat-templat yang bisa diterjemahkan ini harus rutin dipantau dan dimutakhirkan seperlunya:
* [[Template:Blogurl language]]
* [[Template:Foundationsite]]
* [[Template:Int string]]
* [[Template:Shopurl language]]
&lt;span id=&quot;Related_policies&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Kebijakan terkait ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Accounts policy|Kebijakan akun]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Kebijakan tingkah laku]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|Kebijakan penyuntingan]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policy posting guidelines|Pedoman pemostingan kebijakan]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|Cakupan]]

== {{Int string|See also}} ==

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Duplicated content|Wikimedia:Konten duplikat]]
* [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Babylon|Babylon: Portal penerjemah Wikimedia di Meta-Wiki]]

[[Category:Wiki maintenance{{#translation:}}|Translations]]</text>
      <sha1>9gxefwo2j4ilo7yxyarjzx3jnpeyqkl</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia trademarks/Word mark creation/How-to/W/de</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>185191</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587211</id>
      <parentid>548989</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:30Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587211</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1463" sha1="m1xmcweipre5qk69nn9ely1ta9l29lb" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
Achte darauf, '''&quot;[//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/foundation/5/5f/LinLibertineO_473.zip LinLibertine_Re-4.7.3.otf]&quot;''' zu verwenden, da das Wikipedia-&quot;W&quot; in keiner anderen Datei enthalten ist!

Für das Logo kannst du einfach das &quot;W&quot; aus der Vorlage verwenden. Wenn du jedoch das Wikipedia-&quot;W&quot; eingeben musst, füge es als Sonderzeichen ein.

Du kannst es einfügen, indem du seinen Unicode eingibst: '''U+e02f''' oder siehe das Bild auf der rechten Seite.
[[File:Wikipedia-logo-v2-HowTo-24.jpg| thumb| 400px]]

== {{LabelT|Q215016}} ==
Illustrator bietet eine sehr komfortable Methode zum Einfügen von Sonderzeichen: Glyphen.

Du findest Glyphen unter &quot;Hauptnavigation&quot;: &quot;Typ&quot;: &quot;Glyphen&quot;.

Folgende Schritte könnten dabei helfen:
* Type a capital &quot;W&quot; (you will get the original Libertine W)
* Select it (with the text-tool)
* Open the glyphs
* Use the dropdown menu to chose &quot;Alternative characters&quot;
* Some alternative &quot;W&quot;s will appear: Choose the Wikipedia &quot;W&quot; (with crossed strokes)

== {{LabelT|Q8041}} ==
Je nach Plattform kannst du ein Zeichen aus der &quot;Zeichentabelle&quot; deines Systems einfügen. Verwende die Schriftart Linux Libertine O und das Zeichen U+E02F aus dem Bereich für private Nutzung. Alternativ kannst du dieses Zeichen markieren und kopieren: &lt;span style=&quot;font-family:Linux Libertine O&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;.
[[Category:Wikimedia visual identity{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Communications department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>m1xmcweipre5qk69nn9ely1ta9l29lb</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Minutes:2006-11/46/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>185679</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587219</id>
      <parentid>550309</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587219</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="260" sha1="lbl4i1h92zx61r45ysgohkab53j7e59" xml:space="preserve">ED stands for Executive Director. I'll be quick on this one. We currently have an interim director, we are seeking for a more permanent one; We are currently working on the job description and exploring the option of using a search firm. We met one in Florida.</text>
      <sha1>lbl4i1h92zx61r45ysgohkab53j7e59</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Translations:Minutes:2006-11/50/en</title>
    <ns>1198</ns>
    <id>185683</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587220</id>
      <parentid>560345</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Importing a new version from external source</comment>
      <origin>587220</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="639" sha1="9eyco8gwmtaqxt8p9chrl0pthu51tl5" xml:space="preserve">We approved a default agreement between chapters and Foundation, regarding non commercial uses of brands by chapters. This agreement was crafted in the past weeks in particular by [[$1|Delphine]] (our chapter coordinator), [[$2|Alison]] (UK chapter chair), and Brad (legal counsel). This agreement is to be used as template for future individual agreements between Foundation and all chapters, to be done in the next weeks. A resolution on this issue will be published on the foundation in the next few days. The current agreement does not include agreement for commercial uses (chapters still need to contact Foundation for this for now).</text>
      <sha1>9eyco8gwmtaqxt8p9chrl0pthu51tl5</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Minutes:2006-11/en</title>
    <ns>104</ns>
    <id>185703</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587223</id>
      <parentid>560346</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T13:00:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587223</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10009" sha1="g5g8mv6qdv2pxqd7vy0qgwv9srbyjfr" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Minutes}}
Dear community,

The board of Wikimedia Foundation had a meeting last week in St Petersburg, Florida, in the Wikimedia Foundation office.

This report is to give you information

* on the agenda of the 2 days board meeting
* provide partial or complete information on the outcome of each item on the agenda
* inform you of what is planned next
* give you a more personnal view on my few days in St Petersburg

The big items (not necessarily in that order) on the agenda were

* board expansion
* advisory board
* bylaws
* audit
* budget
* executive director search
* projects
* legal update
* reorganisation (committees...)

To which I will add fundraising, as it was discussed quite a lot as well

== Board expansion ==

We had to 1) replace Tim Shell, 2) plan next elections, 3) make decisions over how to expand the board

It was a set of issues I expected would be problematic, but we actually rather easily and quickly settled down on an agreement.

A very detailed resolution will make that plain official, but the basic ideas are these ones:

We will work toward a progressive expansion of board, up to a number of probably 11, to be expected in July 2008.

2 new members will be added (by appointment) before the end of the year on the board, until next elections in July 2007.

Tim Shell will be replaced before the end of the year, by appointment, for a term of one year.

All appointements will be for one year from now on, which means Jimbo and Michael Davis terms will expire in a year. Appointments may be renewable.

Elections will take place every year for 3 positions (3 positions in July 2007, 3 positions in July 2008). Elected seats is for 2 years term and may be renewed. Elections will stay direct elections, but procedures and rules (such as requirements for candidacy or voting system) may evolve. The board is apparently opened to the concept of appointing in the future, a member which would be warmly recommended by chapters. Last, the board pledged the majority of the board would be from the community (through appointments or elections).

To be very specific

The board was also concerned by the risk of instability at next elections, due to the important influx of new members (possibly very knowledgable about the Foundation, or possibly not) and important departure of current members (Erik, the two new temp members and myself). The board consequently suggested that I, be appointed to the board from July 2007 till June 2008, which I accepted (OMG).

The board came up with names for the three newly appointed members, but we first need to check whether they agree :-) You'll be informed once agreement is given. Stay tuned!

== Bylaws ==

It is my *immense* privilege to announce that ALL board members agreed on new bylaws.

Working on bylaws is a tedious job, and a really serious job when one considers the impact it may have on the Foundation for the years to come. I wished changes in the bylaws before I ever thought of being on the board... It only took 2 years and a half to secure board members in a room together and get that done! An amazing achievement.

What is next?

There is a legal requirement, for a delay between modifications and formal approval. We will all take the time to read the new bylaws again quickly, before putting our &quot;stamp of approval&quot;. Note as well that we temporarily agreed on a default mission statement. The work and poll on Meta-Wiki in the vision/mission statement is still ongoing, and the outcome will be updated in the bylaws later on.

The lead in the bylaws topic will be Erik, who also volunteered to explain some of the finer choices we made in the new bylaws. He will give more feedback soon on this very list. Follow the flag.

== Audit ==

Next big achievement, an invisible but major effort from Michael Davis (our treasurer), Brad Patrick (our exec dir), Jimbo, Danny, and of
course the auditors.

The audit of the first three years of existence of the Foundation is over. Consider thanking these people.

Why is that important?

Because the board as the duty to ensure the law is respected. Because the board has the duty to ensure the activities of the Foundation follow the mission stated in the bylaws. Because we need to be transparent toward community and toward donors about what we are doing with the revenue. Because with an audit and with good results (which we do have), we will have the opportunity to go and seek grants and sponsorships, with facts rather than expectations of &quot;good faith&quot; from donators. We do the right thing with the money and an independent party is our guarantee of this.

I will add the auditors gave us much input and recommendations, suitable for our rapidly growing organisation. They recommended rules and procedures to create to ensure we keep on track.

What is next?

A report is being prepared, with the audited financial statements. Due soon (as in *very* soon). Follow Brad on this.

== Budget ==

Well, slightly less successful here. The item was left at the end of the meeting, which was best since the two days decisions could (and did) created new revenues and new expenses suggestions.

We however sort of run out of time (and of energy), so I cannot say we have a full budget. We do not.

However, the major areas (hardware etc...) are analysed. We also considered a budget was easier to agree with, online, than, say, bylaws revisions.

== Advisory board ==

Several months ago, the board agreed to create an advisory board, but it had yet to be populated and members engaged.

This item on the agenda is also a satisfactory outcome. We came up with a list of about 20 people, who need to be contacted (and to agree). We also came up with ideas to engage them. Some are actually informally helping on various matters already.

What is next?

We first need to contact them all.

== ED Search ==

ED stands for Executive Director. I'll be quick on this one. We currently have an interim director, we are seeking for a more permanent one; We are currently working on the job description and exploring the option of using a search firm. We met one in Florida.

== Legal stuff ==

Three differents issues were discussed.

Jimbo had some information to provide on the gfdl licence and where it was going. It is yet too early to have a good announcement about this, but I just wished to let you know this is ongoing and Jimbo is taking care of that.

We approved a default agreement between chapters and Foundation, regarding non commercial uses of brands by chapters. This agreement was crafted in the past weeks in particular by [[User:notafish|Delphine]] (our chapter coordinator), [[User:AlisonW|Alison]] (UK chapter chair), and Brad (legal counsel). This agreement is to be used as template for future individual agreements between Foundation and all chapters, to be done in the next weeks. A resolution on this issue will be published on the foundation in the next few days. The current agreement does not include agreement for commercial uses (chapters still need to contact Foundation for this for now).

Last, we had a thorough review of our trademarks and took decisions over those. You should not expect information about that now, as any publishing of information may be detrimental to our strategy.

== Projects ==

Several points, very specific with some projects or some languages, were discussed during the meeting. I'll update each person or group of persons who have made requests, in the next few days. The tech summit already suggested during the board retreat was further discussed, though nothing formal has been decided.

== Reorganisation ==

Last, we had a fruitful discussion over the reorganisation, in particular of the committees. We'll deepen this discussion in the coming weeks. Board members more involved in this discussion are Erik, Tim and myself.

== Fundraising ==

Last, the Foundation is preparing the next fundraising, which is planned to start on friday (though we may have a few days delay possibly). Preparing the fundraising is currently using a lot of our time, so please bear with us with the publishing of all feedback on things mentionned above. More to come on fundraising topic very soon.

== Conclusion ==

Generally, I was very happy with that week in Florida. Though pretty tiring, it was incredibly fruitful. So much fruitful than IRC discussions, or even phone discussions, that we'll plan more face to face meetings in the future. Since three board members are likely to join us very soon, we'll try to organise the next face to face board meeting in January or February.

Regarding the outcomes of the board retreat in Frankfurt last October, we are pretty much in track. The only issue on which we are &quot;late&quot; is the tech summit, but we need to organise that carefully. Haste would do us no good.

It was also the first time all board members were visiting the office, and I'd say it was extremely positive to do so. I met with Barbara and Carolyn. Barbara is a black woman of maybe 25-30. Until now, she was only introduced to me as &quot;the one answering the phone&quot;. She does much more than that, dealing a lot with documents, acting in tandem with Danny, fixing coffee and generally spreading happiness all around. Carolyn is a woman in her 40ies, very smily and quiet. She is our bookkeeper, and I hope she stays with us for a long time.

My first sight of the office was an open door with a big (Wikipedia) poster on it. All other offices in that building have closed doors. After one walks past the poster, one gets in a corridor with the signed Wikimania banner. And it is open...

Who else than us could have office doors open this way?

I hope you have found this report useful. More details (resolutions, charters, agreements etc...) will be posted on Foundation wiki shortly.

Please ask questions as needed.

[[User:Anthere|Florence Devouard]]

Chair of Wikimedia Foundation

== Links ==
* [//lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/foundation-l/2006-December/025300.html email of announcement]</text>
      <sha1>g5g8mv6qdv2pxqd7vy0qgwv9srbyjfr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Audit Committee Charter/en</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>186894</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587121</id>
      <parentid>556218</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587121</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="11310" sha1="s7o2cfvxxb4ufot9q3x7dbzgdbrvlpe" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
== Purpose ==

The purpose of the Audit Committee (the &quot;Committee&quot;) is to assist the Board of Trustees (&quot;Board&quot;) of the Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;Foundation&quot;) in overseeing the:

* Integrity of the Foundation’s financial reporting and related internal controls, accounting and finance management activities and the reliability and adequacy of financial disclosures related to the audited financial statements, the Form 990 and other published disclosures and communications related to financial matters;
* Trends in reports or disclosures by Foundation management in connection with any fraud or malfeasance, and management’s design of internal controls to limit such instances as well as reports on other wrongdoing;
* Appointment of and relationship with the independent auditor, as set forth in this charter;
* Financial management, including investments and performance against the plan and budget;
* Soundness of assumptions used in multi-year budget projections and development of the Annual Plan and budget;
* Budgetary impact related to the Foundation’s compensation policies and practices;
* The Foundation’s approach to Enterprise Risk Management, the adequacy of mitigants addressing such risks, and trends in any key metrics or measurements relate to mitigation;
* Review of efforts to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of business operations; and
* Internal audit requirements as needed.
== Membership and Organization ==

=== Committee Members ===

The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.

Each Committee member will be independent and free from any relationships or conflicts of interest with respect to the Foundation that may impair, or appear to impair, the Committee member's ability to make independent judgments regarding the Foundation's finances.

The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has expertise related to the duties of the Audit Committee.

=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===

The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.

=== Foundation Staff ===

The Chief Financial Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.

== Responsibilities ==

In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may revise the Charter to include further additional responsibilities in line with the Committee’s overall purpose.

The Committee shall:

* Accounting and Financial Reporting
** Review prior to completion and approve issuance of the Foundation’s annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor;
** As needed, review and discuss with management and the independent auditor: significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the Foundation’s financial statements; changes in US GAAP and the effect such changes have on the Foundation’s financial statements; and significant changes in accounting principles, financial reporting policies, and internal controls implemented by the Foundation;
** Review and approve the information to be reported to the Internal Revenue Service on the Foundation's annual Form 990 and Form 990-T;
** Approve the engagement of external consultants or audit firms in matters pertaining to finance and accounting, internal controls, and business processes to provide reasonable assurance and review policies and procedures in place to deter and detect fraud;
* Oversight of Independent Auditor
** Appoint and terminate the external auditor;
** Approve terms of appointment including assurance of independence, fees, and terms;
** Approve performance of any non-audit services to be provided by the auditing firm;
** Oversee the work of the external auditor who shall report directly to the Committee on audit plans, audited financial statements, Form 990, Form 990-T, and matters of discussion identified during the audit;
** Review and determine whether to accept the audit;
** Confer with the auditor to satisfy the Committee that the financial affairs of the Foundation are in order;
** Discuss and agree with Foundation management the timing, requirements and rationale for re-bidding the work of the external auditor;
* Financial Planning and Analysis
** Review and discuss the draft annual plan and budget, how it was developed, including multi-year financial scenarios, key revenue and expense assumptions and the impact of trade-offs incorporated in the budget;
** Review and discuss with management the Foundation's monitoring of financial results against the annual plan and against projections, variances from the budget exceeding current Board guidance, updates to projections and working capital reserve, including key assumptions and actions taken or needed to ensure financial stability;
** Review and make recommendations to the Board regarding approval of any material commitments not already included in the approved budget and that exceed the delegation of authority to the Foundation;
** Monitor size and use of the working capital reserve and recommend action to the full board on any changes to the current policy;
** Review the financial impact of existing or proposed subsidiaries;
* Staff Compensation
** Review and approve the annual staff country-based increases and merit plans as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer in the context of relevant market data for comparative organizations and job categories;
** Review changes related to the Foundation’s compensation policies that have material budgetary impact, including executive compensation, benefits, severance, and retention;
* Capital Management and Investments
** Approve changes to the investment policy and strategy as needed;
** Monitor investment performance semi-annually against plan and benchmarks and approve any investment decisions as needed consistent with the Investment policy.
** Receive and review an annual update on the Environmental, Social and Governmental (ESG) profile of the investment portfolio;
* Enterprise Risk Management
** Review and discuss with management the Foundation's enterprise risk assessment, the management of major risk exposures, the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures and trends in key risk metrics, and review responsibilities related to financial compliance activities as determined by materiality and severity of non compliance;
* Other Matters
** Review proposed changes to policies and procedures related to approval of gift acceptance and use for the Foundation and its subsidiaries including the thresholds and terms for gifts that require board approval prior to acceptance;
** Review and discuss trends in complaints received by the Foundation regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, or auditing matters, and the confidential submission by employees of other areas of concern regarding fraud, abuse, and other wrongdoing; and
** Receive annual statistics regarding the receipt, investigation, and resolution of personnel complaints, including any concerning or notable trends;
** Review with the General Counsel legal matters and emerging legal trends that may have a material financial impact;
** At least annually, review the effects of Foundation efforts to improve the effectiveness of business operations.

== Procedures and Processes ==

Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.

=== Meetings ===

The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.

=== Reporting ===

At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.

=== Self-Evaluation ===

On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.

== Independent Auditors and Management ==

The Committee has the authority in consultation with the Chair of the Board, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent auditors, accountants, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. The Committee has sole authority to approve related fees and retention terms.

== Updates and Revisions ==

The Charter shall be reviewed by management and the audit committee chair annually and any proposed revisions or additions will be discussed with the Chair of the Board and the Committee before voting to approve the changes and recommend that the Board approve the revised Charter.

The committee shall ensure it meets all of its responsibilities annually. Foundation management shall provide a log cross referencing the responsibilities laid out in this charter to agenda items to ensure coverage was met.

[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Audit Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>s7o2cfvxxb4ufot9q3x7dbzgdbrvlpe</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/bg</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>187149</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587142</id>
      <parentid>565051</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587142</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10685" sha1="8po7k2op8nualf064wju9ynkfymhe2c" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This '''Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki manual of style''' outlines basic guidelines which should be considered when formatting content and creating pages on this site.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At all times, the needs of the specific type of content (resolution, minutes, legal document, etc.) takes precedent over any guidelines provided on this page. These guides are more to help avoid unnecessary inconsistency and guidance where the type of content does not provide an existing framework.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== General guidelines ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Try to utilize English words and phrases which will not be difficult to translate into other languages
* When in doubt, refer to manual of styles on Wikimedia project wikis or the [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|&quot;Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation&quot; guide on Meta-Wiki]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When using an acronym is necessary or difficult to avoid, please be sure to introduce the acronym's meaning in its usage. (example: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Dates ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
When possible the {{tl|DateT}} template should be utilized to properly format date to a user's language and preferences. Where not possible, dates should be formatted as:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Year-Month-Day as YYYY-MM-DD (example: 2024-03-01)
* Day Month Year (example: 1 March 2024)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Gender and pronoun usage ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, gender-neutral pronouns should be used.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for use of specific pronouns when referring to person making the request should be honored whenever it is possible to do so. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Existing content can be changed en masse by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Job titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Job titles should be capitalized and treated as proper nouns. (examples: Chief Executive Officer, Chair, Director of Job Titles)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Name changes ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Individuals requesting changes to uses of their own name, for whatever reasons (including safety or privacy), may do so by contacting the wiki's [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|core administrators team]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Requests for changes will be honored, including within historical content, as much as can be done. Any limitations should be shared by the core administrators team with individual making the request.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Project names ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Names of Wikimedia projects should be capitalized and not shortened or abbreviated.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Meta-Wiki (not Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (not Commons)
* English Wikipedia (not enWP)
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Title, header, and page name formatting ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|sentence case capitalization]] should be used for all titles, headers, and page names.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The primary exception is using a flexible use of proper noun capitalization for policies and other content with a large external audience.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where proper noun capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Major Organization Policy
* Board of Trustees
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Official Board Committee
* Formal Board Resolution
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Examples of pages where sentence case capitalization is most appropriate:
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
* Policy specific to only this wiki
* History of past departments
* Information from a regular board meeting
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Contractions and acronyms in page titles ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
To make content easier to translate and understand across languages, please avoid use of contractions and acronyms in page titles.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Page titles for Legal, Minutes, Policies, and Resolutions namespaces ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Page titles should be altered with &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; as needed - with inclusion of Wikimedia or Wikimedia Foundation in title as appropriate. Pages using the &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; should '''not''' have their page title's marked for translation as well.
&lt;/div&gt;

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Pages properly formatted to review for additional help:
&lt;/div&gt;

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Universal Code of Conduct&lt;/span&gt;]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Policy:Terms of Use&lt;/span&gt;]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Namespace placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Whenever possible, content should be placed within these namespaces to facilitate greater searching of content.
&lt;/div&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Main namespace&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;General content, navigational pages, or content without a clear namespace&lt;/span&gt;
;&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Talk namespaces&lt;/span&gt;
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Discussions and archives of discussions&lt;/span&gt;
; Wikimedia
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to operations of [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wikimedia Foundation Governance Wiki]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Policy
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation and Wikimedia Movement [[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|policies]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Resolution
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolutions]] by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Legal
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Wikimedia Foundation [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|legal documentation]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Agenda
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Agendas of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Minutes
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Minutes of [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee meetings]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Committee
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to committees of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustee&lt;/span&gt;
; Endowment
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Content related to the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Wikimedia Endowment]]&lt;/span&gt;
; Memory
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Institutional knowledge]] of the Wikimedia Foundation&lt;/span&gt;
; Archive
:&lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;[[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|Archived]] or historical content no longer in active use on this wiki and available for migration to another wiki (generally [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Usage of Resolutions namespace ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Resolutions namespace should be resolutions which were considered by the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees. The {{tl|resolution}} template should be used at the top of resolution pages for proper formatting.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Usage of Policies namespace ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Content placed within the Policies namespace should be official Wikimedia Foundation policies. The {{tl|Policy-board}} or {{tl|Policy-staff}} templates should be used to help with displaying information for readers.
&lt;/div&gt;
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Category placement ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
All content (pages, files, templates, etc.) on this wiki should be placed within a category that is a part of the [[:Category:All|Category:All]] category tree:
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Translations ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
:''Please see the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Translations manual of style]] within the [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Translations guidelines]].''
&lt;/div&gt;</text>
      <sha1>8po7k2op8nualf064wju9ynkfymhe2c</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Accounts policy/id</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>188427</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587174</id>
      <parentid>560276</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587174</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="16767" sha1="6yt22w6017x3qj44of582olbt13qj56" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Policy-wiki|nosidebar=true}}
{{info|{{int|Note}} Semua akun di wiki ini diharapkan mengikuti [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|kebijakan, pedoman, dan tata cara]] dari [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|wiki ini]] - termasuk [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Kebijakan tingkah laku]].}}
Halaman ini menguraikan '''kebijakan akun''' untuk Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia.

&lt;span id=&quot;Registered_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Akun terdaftar ==
{{Register account button}}
Siapa pun dengan [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Registered user|akun Wikimedia terdaftar]] mempunyai akun di Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia dan (sesuai dengan [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|kebijakan penyuntingan]] wiki ini) dianjurkan untuk ikut serta dalam [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|upaya penerjemahan]] dan perbincangan halaman pembicaraan.
{{anchor|editor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Editor_group_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Akun kelompok penyunting ==
{{Governance Wiki navbox}}
Akun dengan [[Special:ListUsers/editor|akses kelompok penyunting]] adalah staf dan kontraktor Yayasan Wikimedia yang disetujui oleh departemen [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications|Komunikasi]] atau [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Foundation Legal department|Hukum]] untuk mempunyai hak penyunting atas wiki ini guna melaksanakan tugas pekerjaan mereka.

Akun dalam kelompok ini juga punya [[#translateadmin|hak pengurus terjemahan]].

&lt;span id=&quot;Expectations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Harapan ===

Anggota kelompok penyunting diharapkan untuk:
* Beroperasi sesuai dengan [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Policies, guidelines, and procedures|kebijakan, pedoman, dan tata cara]] wiki ini, khususnya:
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Kebijakan tingkah laku]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Content posting guidelines|Pedoman pemostingan konten]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|Pedoman ruang nama]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Scope|{{int string|Scope}}]]
** [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Pedoman penerjemahan]]
* Mengikuti [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Manual of style|pedoman gaya]] wiki ini.
* Membiasakan diri dengan [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editors toolbox|kotak alat penyunting]] dan [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|panduan pengguna]] wiki ini.
* Bergabung ke saluran Slack internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
* Menghubungi [[Project:Core Administrators Team|Tim Pengurus Inti]] wiki untuk pertanyaan, masalah, atau bantuan.
&lt;span id=&quot;Administrators&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Pengurus ==

Pengurus di Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia adalah staf dan kontraktor Yayasan Wikimedia yang disetujui oleh departemen Komunikasi atau Hukum untuk mempunyai hak pengurus di wiki ini guna menjalankan tugas pekerjaan mereka.

&lt;span id=&quot;Stewards_and_Global_sysops&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Penatalayan dan Pengurus global ===

Relawan yang terpilih untuk bertugas sebagai [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Stewards|Penatalayan]] atau yang terpilih untuk bertugas sebagai [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Global sysops|Pengurus global]] juga punya hak pengurus di Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia. Mereka dapat menggunakan ini untuk berinteraksi dengan konten atau pemeliharaan konten di [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Namespaces|ruang nama]] yang dapat [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Editing policy|disunting akun terdaftar]]. Namun, mereka tak boleh menyunting konten di dalam ruang nama konten utama tanpa lebih dahulu berkonsultasi dengan Yayasan.
{{anchor|translateadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
==== Hak pengurus terjemahan ====

Pengurus global atau Penatalayan yang tertarik untuk mendukung upaya mengatasi vandalisme dalam terjemahan dapat meminta untuk ditambahkan ke kelompok &quot;[[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Translation administrators|Pengurus terjemahan]]&quot;. Meski Pengurus Global dan Penatalayan punya banyak hak pengurus di wiki ini, hak yang terkait dengan kelompok Pengurus terjemahan diperlukan untuk mengelola [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikmedia:Translations|penyetelan untuk terjemahan]] halaman.

Akun dalam [[#editor|kelompok penyunting]] juga punya hak pengurus terjemahan.

Untuk meminta agar ditambahkan ke kelompok Pengurus terjemahan, silakan kirim permintaan di halaman Babel atau hubungi departemen Komunikasi Yayasan ({{email|talktocomms|wikimedia.org}}) dengan permintaan Anda.
{{anchor|accessrequests}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Meminta hak penyunting atau pengurus ==

Staf dapat menghubungi Tim Pengurus Inti Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia lewat saluran Slack internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} setelah menerima persetujuan dari pengelola di bagian Hukum atau Komunikasi. Staf juga dapat memeriksa [//office.wikimedia.org/wiki/Communications/Wikimedia_Foundation_Governance_Wiki halaman ini di Office Wiki] untuk informasi kontak tentang pemimpin proyek Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan saat ini.

&lt;span id=&quot;Steps_for_Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_editor_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Langkah-langkah bagi staf Yayasan Wikimedia untuk meminta hak penyunting ===
# Terima dan dokumentasikan (lewat surel atau Slack) otorisasi dari pengelola Anda untuk meminta hak penyunting di wiki ini.
# Jika pengelola Anda tidak berada di departemen Komunikasi atau Hukum, Anda juga harus menerima dan mendokumentasikan (lewat surel atau Slack) otorisasi untuk menerima hak penyunting di wiki ini dari pengelola lain di salah satu kedua departemen yang sama.
#* Jika Anda akan memakai proses surel talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org untuk membuat permintaan untuk akses penyunting, Anda juga dapat memakai surel milik Anda sebagai permintaan persetujuan pengelola dari departemen Komunikasi.
# Jika Anda belum memilikinya, buatlah akun afiliasi Yayasan Wikimedia untuk digunakan di wiki proyek Wikimedia dengan meminta pengelola Anda menghubungi Layanan TI YayasanWikimedia (techsupport{{@}}wikimedia.org). Pembuatan akun umumnya dilakukan sebagai bagian dari proses orientasi.
#* Anda tidak perlu meminta akun tambahan untuk wiki ini, dan kredensial log masuk Anda untuk wiki proyek Wikimedia seharusnya berfungsi di wiki ini. Namun, kredensial log masuk Anda untuk Office Wiki terpisah dan mungkin tidak berfungsi di wiki ini.
# Hubungi Tim Pengurus Inti wiki dan mintalah hak kelompok penyunting. Mungkin akan lebih mudah jika pengelola Anda yang membuatkan permintaan, tetapi Anda harus menyertakan mereka dalam permintaan atau menyediakan dokumentasi persetujuan pengelola. Per {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, metode yang disukai untuk menghubungi Tim Pengurus Inti dengan permintaan penambahan hak akses adalah dengan melakukan salah satu hal berikut:
#* Menjangkau Tim Pengurus Inti lewat saluran Slack internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
#* Menuliskan permintaan ke departemen Komunikasi lewat proses surel talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
#* Menghubungi seorang anggota Tim Pengurus Inti lewat Slack.
&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_staff_requesting_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Bagi staf Yayasan Wikimedia yang meminta hak pengurus ===

Umumnya, [[Special:ListGroupRights|hak pengurus tidak diperlukan]] untuk sebagian besar kegiatan staf dan dewan di wiki ini. Namun, jika Anda yakin mungkin perlu hak ini untuk melakukan pekerjaan Anda, silakan hubungi pimpinan proyek Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia saat ini di Slack atau Tim Pengurus Inti wiki lewat saluran Slack internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} untuk memulai percakapan tentang kebutuhan Anda.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Foundation_Board_Trustees_requesting_editor_or_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Bagi Anggota Dewan Pengawas Yayasan Wikimedia yang meminta hak penyunting atau pengurus ===

Siapa pun anggota Dewan Pengawas Yayasan Wikimedia yang ingin memperoleh hak penyunting atau pengurus, harus menghubungi Kantor CEO, yang kemudian akan mendokumentasikan akses dan proses permintaan oleh Tim Pengurus Inti wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Wikimedia_Global_Sysops_and_Stewards_requesting_translation_administrator_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Bagi Pengurus Global dan Penatalayan yang meminta hak pengurus terjemahan ===

Terima kasih atas minatnya untuk mendukung upaya Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia! Jika Anda menginginkan hak pengurus terjemahan, cukup:
* Buat permintaan di [[Wikimedia talk:Babel|Babel]].
* Atau hubungi seorang anggota Tim Pengurus Inti wiki.
&lt;span id=&quot;Removal_of_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Pencopotan hak ==

Karena adanya kepergian, perubahan peran, atau sayangnya terkadang karena masalah perilaku - pencopotan hak dari suatu akun terkadang diperlukan.

&lt;span id=&quot;Blocks_and_bans&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Pemblokiran dan pelarangan ===

Silakan lihat bagian [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy#blocks|Pemblokiran dan pelarangan]] di [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Conduct policy|Kebijakan tingkah laku]] wiki ini untuk informasi lebih tentang pemblokiran dan pelarangan di wiki ini.

&lt;span id=&quot;Staff_departures_or_change_in_roles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Kepergian staf atau perubahan peran ===

Permintaan pencopotan hak dari akun staf harus dikirim oleh pengelola pemegang akun, perwakilan departemen SDM, atau perwakilan Layanan TI ke Tim Pengurus Inti wiki ini.

Per {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, metode yang disarankan untuk menghubungi Tim Pengurus Inti terkait dengan permintaan pencopotan hak dari akun staf adalah dengan menghubungi anggota Tim Pengurus Inti melalui Slack atau surel. Karena sifat permintaan ini yang terkadang sensitif, permintaan tersebut sebaiknya tidak dibuat melalui saluran kelompok besar (seperti surel kelompok atau saluran Slack kelompok).

&lt;span id=&quot;Board_departures&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Kepergian dewan ===

Permintaan pencopotan hak dari akun yang dipegang anggota Dewan Pengawas Yayasan yang mengundurkan diri harus dikirim oleh perwakilan dari Kantor CEO, Layanan TI, atau departemen SDM.

Per {{dateT|month=03|year=2024}}, metode yang disarankan untuk menghubungi Tim Pengurus Inti dengan permintaan pencopotan hak dari akun Pengawas (''Trustee'') adalah dengan melakukan salah satu hal berikut:
* Menjangkau Tim Pengurus Inti lewat saluran Slack internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
* Menuliskan permintaan ke departemen Komunikasi lewat proses surel talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org.
* {{tunit|36|Contacting a member of the Core Administrators Team via Slack.}}

&lt;span id=&quot;Processes_for_account_maintenance&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Proses untuk pemeliharaan akun ==

Berikut ini dimaksudkan sebagai pengingat yang bermanfaat bagi Tim Pengurus Inti wiki saat mengolah permintaan terkait akun.
{{anchor|grantingeditor}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_editor_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mengabulkan akses penyunting untuk akun staf Yayasan atau akun Dewan ===

Siapa pun anggota Tim Pengurus Inti wiki dapat menyediakan akses penyunting setelah permintaan dibuat secara resmi.

Siapa pun yang mengabulkan hak akses kelompok penyunting untuk staf Yayasan atau Dewan harus:
# Pastikan orang yang membuat permintaan tersebut telah mendapat persetujuan dari pengelolanya, dan jika bukan anggota departemen Komunikasi atau Hukum, maka harus mendapat persetujuan dari pengelola lain di salah satu kedua departemen yang sama.
#* Jika permintaan dibuat lewat alamat surel talktocomms{{@}}wikimedia.org tanpa persetujuan sebelumnya dari Pengelola Komunikasi atau Hukum, pastikan bahwa departemen Komunikasi telah menyetujui permintaan tersebut.
#* Jika permintaan dibuat oleh anggota Dewan Yayasan yang masih menjabat, verifikasi tak diperlukan.
# Jika akun belum dibuat secara lokal, gunakan [[Special:CreateLocalAccount|Special:CreateLocalAccount]] untuk membuat akun lokal.
# Sediakan akses akun yang diminta kepada kelompok pengguna &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; untuk jangka waktu tak terbatas, kecuali jika tanggal akhir tertentu telah dikaitkan dengan permintaan tersebut.
#* Akses ke kelompok ini juga memberikan [[#translateadmin|hak pengurus terjemahan]] sehingga Anda tidak perlu menambahkan keduanya.
# Kirim pesan {{tl|welcome}} ke halaman pembicaraan pengguna menggunakan &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{subst:welcome}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt;.
# Jika memungkinkan, tambahkan pemegang akun ke saluran Slack internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}}.
# Jika pemegang akun adalah anggota Dewan Yayasan, beritahukan Kantor CEO bahwa akses telah diberikan.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_administrator_access_to_Foundation_staff_or_Board_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mengabulkan akses pengurus ke akun staf Yayasan atau Dewan Pengurus ===

Per September 2024, hanya Pemimpin Proyek Tim Pengurus Inti yang mempunyai hak &lt;code&gt;bureaucrat&lt;/code&gt; pada akun staf mereka yang diperlukan untuk menyediakan hak pengurus. Tim Kepercayaan dan Keamanan juga dapat menyediakan hak pengurus jika pemimpin proyek tidak dapat mengolah permintaan tersebut.

Siapa pun yang mengabulkan hak pengurus untuk staf Yayasan atau Dewan harus:

# Ikuti [[#grantingeditor|langkah-langkah di atas]] jika juga memberikan akses penyunting.
# Pastikan orang yang membuat permintaan tersebut telah mendapat persetujuan dari pengelolanya.
# Pastikan bahwa kebutuhan akun akan akses pengurus telah ditetapkan oleh Tim Pengurus Inti.
# Sediakan akses akun yang diminta kepada kelompok pengguna &lt;code&gt;administrator&lt;/code&gt; untuk jangka waktu tak terbatas, kecuali jika tanggal akhir tertentu telah dikaitkan dengan permintaan tersebut.
# Beritahukan Tim Pengurus Inti lewat saluran Slack internal {{Wiki Slack channel link}} bahwa akses telah dikabulkan.
# Jika pemegang akun adalah anggota Dewan Yayasan, beritahukan Kantor CEO bahwa akses telah dikabulkan.
&lt;span id=&quot;Granting_translation_administrator_access_to_Global_Sysop_or_Steward_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mengabulkan akses pengurus terjemahan ke akun Pengurus Global atau Penatalayan ===

Per September 2024, Tim Pengurus Inti dapat menyediakan hak pengurus terjemahan. Tim Kepercayaan dan Keamanan juga dapat menyediakan hak pengurus terjemahan jika Tim Pengurus Inti tidak dapat mengolah permintaan tersebut. Penatalayan juga dapat mengabulkan hak pengurus terjemahan sesuai kebijaksanaan mereka, atau mengacu permintaan apa pun kepada Tim Pengurus Inti.

Catat bahwa staf atau Dewan Yayasan Wikimedia harus meminta [[#editor|hak kelompok penyunting]] untuk akun pengguna wiki Yayasan Wikimedia mereka, kecuali jika secara khusus hanya melakukan pemeliharaan terkait proses penerjemahan.

Siapa pun yang mengabulkan hak pengurus untuk Pengurus Global atau Penatalayan harus:

# Pastikan bahwa akun tersebut dipegang oleh Pengurus Global atau Penatalayan.
# Sediakan akses akun yang diminta kepada kelompok pengguna &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt; untuk jangka waktu tak terbatas, kecuali jika tanggal akhir tertentu telah dikaitkan dengan permintaan tersebut.
#* Harap dicatat bahwa akun yang sudah berada di kelompok &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; mempunyai hak ini dan oleh karena itu tidak perlu berada di kedua kelompok secara bersamaan.
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_editor_or_translation_administrator_rights_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mencopot hak penyunting atau pengurus terjemahan dari akun ===

Siapa pun anggota Tim Pengurus Inti wiki dapat mencopot hak penyunting atau pengurus terjemahan setelah permintaan dibuat secara resmi.

Siapa pun yang mencopot hak kelompok penyunting harus:
# Pastikan permintaan tersebut telah mendapatkan persetujuan dari pengurus yang berwenang, Kantor CEO, Kantor IT, atau departemen SDM.
#* Jika orang tersebut telah secara terbuka mengundurkan diri dari perannya, tidak diperlukan verifikasi tambahan.
# Padamkan akses akun yang diminta ke kelompok pengguna &lt;code&gt;editor&lt;/code&gt; atau &lt;code&gt;translation administrator&lt;/code&gt;.
{{anchor|removingadmin}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Removing_administrator_access_from_accounts&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Mencopot akses pengurus dari akun ===

Hanya tim Keamanan dan Kepercayaan Yayasan Wikimedia yang mempunyai akses dan otorisasi yang diperlukan untuk mencopot hak pengurus dari sebuah akun di wiki ini.

Pengelola pemegang akun, Kantor CEO, Kantor TI, departemen SDM, atau Tim Pengurus Inti wiki ini dapat mengirimkan permintaan demikian, dengan dokumentasi atau penjelasan yang diperlukan, kepada tim Kepercayaan &amp; Keamanan melalui alamat surel mereka ca{{@}}wikimedia.org.

&lt;span id=&quot;Regular_audit_of_user_group_rights&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Audit teratur terhadap hak kelompok pengguna ===

Setidaknya sekali dalam tahun fiskal, Tim Pengurus Inti harus melakukan audit terhadap semua akun dengan hak penyunting, pengurus, atau pengurus penerjemahan dan memverifikasi kaitan masing-masing pemegang akun dengan Yayasan.

Siapa pun staf, Dewan, Pengurus Global, atau Penatalayan yang tak lagi menjalankan perannya harus dicopot hak kelompok pengguna yang dikaitkannya. Anggota Tim Pengurus Inti dapat mencopot hak penyunting dan pengurus terjemahan seperlunya. Permintaan pencopotan hak kelompok pengurus harus [[#removingadmin|dikirim ke tim Kepercayaan &amp; Keamanan Yayasan]].</text>
      <sha1>6yt22w6017x3qj44of582olbt13qj56</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Manual of style/id</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>188678</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587148</id>
      <parentid>585601</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:57:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587148</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8019" sha1="okouclqq90gmo22k4wfaugru24ckbs2" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{policy-wiki}}
{{see also|Wikimedia:Editing policy}}
{{shortcut|[[MOS]]}}
'''Pedoman gaya penulisan Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia ini''' menguraikan pedoman dasar yang perlu dipertimbangkan saat memformat konten dan membuat halaman di situs ini.

Dalam segala hal, kebutuhan jenis konten tertentu (resolusi, notulen, dokumen hukum, dll.) lebih diutamakan daripada pedoman apa pun yang disediakan di halaman ini. Panduan ini lebih bertujuan untuk membantu menghindari ketidakkonsistenan yang ruwet dan memberi panduan jika jenis konten tersebut tidak menyediakan kerangka kerja yang sudah ada.

&lt;span id=&quot;General_guidelines&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Pedoman umum ==
{{See also|link=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|1=:m:Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation}}
* Cobalah pergunakan kata dan frasa bahasa Inggris yang tidak akan sulit diterjemahkan ke bahasa lain
* Jika ragu, lihat pedoman gaya di wiki proyek Wikimedia atau panduan [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Communications/Communicating about the Wikimedia Foundation|&quot;Berkomunikasi tentang Yayasan Wikimedia&quot; di Meta-Wiki]]

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Singkatan dan akronim ===

Untuk mempermudah penerjemahan dan pemahaman konten antarbahasa, mohon hindari penggunaan singkatan dan akronim.

Jika penggunaan akronim diperlukan atau sulit dihindari, pastikan untuk menjelaskan arti akronim tersebut dalam penggunaannya. (contoh: Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;WMF&quot;))

&lt;span id=&quot;Dates&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Tanggal ===

Jika memungkinkan, templat {{tl|DateT}} harus dipergunakan untuk memformat tanggal dengan benar sesuai bahasa dan preferensi pengguna. Jika tidak memungkinkan, tanggal harus diformat sebagai berikut:

* Tahun-Bulan-Tanggal sebagai YYYY-MM-DD (contoh: 2024-03-01)
* Hari Bulan Tahun (contoh: 1 Maret 2024)

&lt;span id=&quot;Gender_and_pronoun_usage&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Gender dan penggunaan kata ganti ===

Sebisa mungkin, gunakan kata ganti netral gender.

Permintaan untuk penggunaan kata ganti khusus saat merujuk pada orang yang membuat permintaan itu harus dipenuhi jika memungkinkan. Batasan apa pun harus diberitahukan oleh tim pengurus inti kepada individu yang membuat permintaan.

Konten yang sudah ada dapat diubah secara massal dengan menghubungi [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|tim pengurus inti]] wiki.

&lt;span id=&quot;Job_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Jabatan ===

Jabatan harus dikapitalkan dan diperlakukan sebagai kata benda semenggah (''proper''). (contoh: Kepala Eksekutif, Ketua, Pengarah Jabatan)

&lt;span id=&quot;Name_changes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Perubahan nama ===

Individu yang meminta perubahan penggunaan nama mereka sendiri, untuk alasan apa pun (termasuk keamanan atau privasi), dapat melakukannya dengan menghubungi [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Core administrators team|tim pengurus inti]] wiki.

Permintaan perubahan akan dipenuhi, termasuk dalam konten historis, sejauh yang dapat dilakukan. Keterbatasan apa pun akan diberitahukan oleh tim pengurus inti kepada individu yang membuat permintaan.

&lt;span id=&quot;Project_names&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Nama proyek ===

Nama proyek Wikimedia harus dikapitalkan dan tidak boleh diperpendek atau dipersingkat.

Contoh:

* Meta-Wiki (bukan Meta)
* Wikimedia Commons (bukan Commons)
* Wikipedia bahasa Inggris (bukan enWP)

&lt;span id=&quot;Title,_header,_and_page_name_formatting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Pemformatan judul, pengepala, dan nama halaman ==
{{anchor|pagetitles}}
Sebisa mungkin, [[{{lwp|Capitalization#Sentence case}}|kapitalisasi di huruf awal kalimat]] harus digunakan untuk semua judul, pengepala, dan nama halaman.

Pengecualian utama adalah penggunaan kapitalisasi untuk kata benda semenggah fleksibel bagi kebijakan dan konten lain yang memiliki khalayak eksternal yang besar.

Contoh halaman-halaman di mana kapitalisasi kata benda semenggahnya paling sesuai:

* Kebijakan Organisasi Utama 
* Dewan Pengawas
* Panitia Dewan Resmi
* Resolusi Dewan Resmi

Contoh halaman-halaman di mana kapitalisasi di huruf awal kalimatnya paling sesuai:

* Kebijakan khusus hanya untuk wiki ini
* Riwayat departemen sebelumnya
* Informasi dari rapat dewan teratur

&lt;span id=&quot;Contractions_and_acronyms_in_page_titles&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Penggunaan singkatan dalam judul halaman ===

Untuk mempermudah penerjemahan dan pemahaman konten antarbahasa, mohon hindari penggunaan singkatan dalam judul halaman.

&lt;span id=&quot;Page_titles_for_Legal,_Minutes,_Policies,_and_Resolutions_namespaces&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Judul halaman untuk ruang nama Hukum, Notulen, Kebijakan, dan Resolusi ===

Judul halaman harus diubah dengan &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE:NAME}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; seperlunya - dengan menyertakan Wikimedia atau Yayasan Wikimedia dalam judul jika sesuai. Halaman yang menggunakan &lt;code&gt;&lt;nowiki&gt;{{DISPLAYTITLE}}&lt;/nowiki&gt;&lt;/code&gt; ''''tidak''' boleh ditandai judul halamannya untuk diterjemahkan juga.

=== {{int|Wikieditor-toolbar-tool-table-example}} ===
&lt;pre&gt;
&lt;languages /&gt;
{{DISPLAYTITLE:&amp;#60;translate&gt;Wikimedia Foundation Donuts Policy&amp;#60;/translate&gt;}}
{{policy-board}}
&amp;#60;translate&gt;
== Why we have a Donuts Policy ==
&lt;/pre&gt;
Halaman-halaman yang telah diformat secara semenggah untuk ditinjau guna mendapatkan bantuan tambahan:

* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Universal Code of Conduct|Kebijakan:Kode Etik Universal]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Kebijakan:Ketentuan Penggunaan]]

{{anchor|namespaces}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Namespace_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Penempatan ruang nama ==
{{see also|Wikimedia:Namespaces}}
Jika memungkinkan, konten sebaiknya ditempatkan di dalam ruang-ruang nama ini untuk mempermudah pencarian konten.
;Ruang nama utama
:Konten umum, halaman navigasi, atau konten tanpa ruang nama yang jelas.
;Ruang nama pembicaraan
:Perbincangan dan arsip perbincangan
; Wikimedia
:Konten terkait dengan operasional [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:About|Wiki Tata Kelola Yayasan Wikimedia]].
; Policy
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Policies|Kebijakan]] Yayasan Wikimedia dan Gerakan Wikimedia
; Resolution
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Resolutions|Resolusi]] oleh Dewan Pengawas Yayasan Wikimedia
; Legal
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Legal documentation|Dokumentasi hukum]] Yayasan Wikimedia
; Agenda
:Agenda rapat [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Dewan Pengawas Yayasan Wikimedia]]
; Minutes
:Notulen [[Special:MyLanguage/Meetings|Dewan Pengawas Yayasan Wikimedia]]
; Committee
:Muatan terkait dengan panitia dari Dewan Pengawas Yayasan Wikimedia
; Endowment
:Konten terkait dengan [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia Endowment|Dana Abadi Wikimedia]]
; Memory
:[[Special:MyLanguage/Institutional knowledge|Pengetahuan kelembagaan]] Yayasan Wikimedia
; Archive
:Konten historis atau [[Special:MyLanguage/Archive:Main|terapsip]] yang tak lagi digunakan secara aktif di wiki ini dan tersedia untuk migrasi ke wiki lain (umumnya [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Meta-Wiki]])
&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Resolutions_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Penggunaan ruang nama Resolusi ===

Konten yang ditempatkan dalam ruang nama Resolusi harus berupa resolusi yang telah dipertimbangkan oleh Dewan Pengawas Yayasan Wikimedia. Templat {{tl|resolution}} harus digunakan di bagian atas halaman resolusi untuk format yang tepat.

&lt;span id=&quot;Usage_of_Policies_namespace&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Penggunaan ruang nama Kebijakan ===

Konten yang ditempatkan di dalam ruang nama Kebijakan harus berupa kebijakan resmi Yayasan Wikimedia. Templat {{tl|Policy-board}} atau {{tl|Policy-staff}} harus digunakan untuk membantu menampilkan informasi bagi pembaca.
{{anchor|categories}}
&lt;span id=&quot;Category_placement&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Penempatan kategori ==

Semua konten (halaman, berkas, templat, dll.) di wiki ini harus ditempatkan dalam kategori yang merupakan bagian dari pohon kategori [[:Category:All|Kategori:Semua]]:
&lt;categorytree mode=&quot;categories&quot;&gt;All&lt;/categorytree&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Terjemahan ==

:''Silakan lihat [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines#Translations manual of style|Pedoman gaya terjemahan]] di dalam [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations guidelines|Pedoman terjemahan]].''</text>
      <sha1>okouclqq90gmo22k4wfaugru24ckbs2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Wikimedia:Duplicated content/id</title>
    <ns>4</ns>
    <id>188973</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587185</id>
      <parentid>561240</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587185</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5017" sha1="qupmcm7fxgz74iox1hqyhez0c15oezs" xml:space="preserve">&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;languages/&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;
Laman-laman ini - terutama templat - merupakan duplikat dari wiki Wikimedia lainnya dan harus disinkronkan jika memungkinkan untuk tujuan pemeliharaan:
&lt;noinclude&gt;&lt;span id=&quot;General_purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tujuan umum ==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Message box]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Message box]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Yesno]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Yesno]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|Wikidata]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Navigation_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Terkait navigasi ==

Tautan mungkin perlu dilokalisasi agar sesuai dengan wiki ini.
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! {{tunit|1|Page on this wiki}} !! {{tunit|2|Original page to sync with}} !! {{tunit|3|Origin wiki}} !! {{tunit|4|Translations available}}
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navbox]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Privacy policy navigation 2]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Sidebar]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}
&lt;span id=&quot;Translations_related&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Terkait penerjemahan ==
&lt;/noinclude&gt;{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! Halaman di wiki ini !! Halaman asli untuk disinkronkan dengan !! Wiki asal !! Terjemahan tersedia
|-
| [[Template:Help translate]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Help translate/Content]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Help translate messages/Content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Int]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Int]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Int string]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Approve icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|Yes}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Label]] &amp; [[:d:Template:Label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:LabelT]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Localized Wikipedia page]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Template:Translated content]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|-
| [[Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Module:Wikidata label]] &amp; [[:d:Module:Wikidata label]] || [[:m:Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|{{int string|Meta-Wiki}}]] &amp; [[:d:|{{int string|Wikidata}}]] || [[File:Deletion icon.svg |center|30px|{{Int string|No}}]]
|}&lt;noinclude&gt;

== {{int string|See also}} ==
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Meta-Wiki content|Kategori:Konten Meta-Wiki duplikat]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Category:Duplicated Wikidata content|Kategori:Konten Wikidata duplikat]]
* [[Special:MyLanguage/Wikimedia:Translations|Wikimedia:Terjemahan]]

[[Category:Duplicated content{{#translation:}}| ]]
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>qupmcm7fxgz74iox1hqyhez0c15oezs</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Product &amp; Technology Committee Charter/kea</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>189406</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587125</id>
      <parentid>564928</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587125</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8053" sha1="35fy8bg592dnhid8eppyzji5b9f48zq" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Prupózitu ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The purpose of the Product &amp; Technology Committee is to assist the Board of Trustees (“Board”) of the Wikimedia Foundation (“Foundation”) in understanding, overseeing, and providing advice with respect to its strategies for the creation and use of technology; its investment plans and priorities (including a broad product roadmap); as well as the use of licenses, policies and practices for content reuse in support of the Foundation’s mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Membership and Organization ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Committee_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Ménbrus di Kumitê ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. Of these, the Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has experience with large-scale product development or technology platform management.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members from the Community or who have special, relevant expertise, to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Foundation Staff ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Chief Product and Technology Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff, particularly from Advancement and Legal, to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Responsibilities&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Rusponsabilidadis ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Overall, the Committee is responsible for advising the Product &amp; Technology department on high-level strategy to ensure the Foundation has the resources and volunteer contributor support needed to enable its mission. In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may delegate further responsibilities to the Committee that are needed to further the Committee's purpose.
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Oversee and advise on Foundation strategies for creating, maintaining, and sunsetting software products that enable contribution, that support readers and consumers, and that support content reuse;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Understand and advise on potential and budgeted, material product and technology-related investments and investment priorities, as well as the overall product roadmap.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Oversee and advise Foundation strategies for building infrastructure that enables independence for editors, product safety and integrity, and a multigenerational vision of our work;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Advise and support the work with communities to decide on the opening and closure of wiki projects;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Advise and support change management with community stakeholders by sharing best practices, sharing insights from volunteer communities, and communicating directly with online communities;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Advise on partnership opportunities to broaden the reach and impact of Wikimedia's content and services;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Advise on approaches to manage risk and build resilience in our technical, social, and legal infrastructure; and&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Oversee and advise on the Foundation's enterprise services including strategic plans, target audiences including contractual terms, and pricing where material.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Procedures and Processes ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Meetings&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Runions ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Reporting ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Self-Evaluation ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== External Advisors ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. All expenses and costs shall be reasonable and be subject to the review of the Audit Committee.
&lt;/div&gt;
[[Category:Product and Technology Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>35fy8bg592dnhid8eppyzji5b9f48zq</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>587193</id>
      <parentid>587125</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587193</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8052" sha1="eou1d95wr8bb2qd3g4wh3sk29karids" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Prupózitu ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The purpose of the Product &amp; Technology Committee is to assist the Board of Trustees (“Board”) of the Wikimedia Foundation (“Foundation”) in understanding, overseeing, and providing advice with respect to its strategies for the creation and use of technology; its investment plans and priorities (including a broad product roadmap); as well as the use of licenses, policies and practices for content reuse in support of the Foundation’s mission.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Membership and Organization ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Committee_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Ménbrus di Kumitê ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. Of these, the Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has experience with large-scale product development or technology platform management.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members from the Community or who have special, relevant expertise, to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Foundation Staff ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Chief Product and Technology Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff, particularly from Advancement and Legal, to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Responsibilities&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Rusponsabilidadis ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Overall, the Committee is responsible for advising the Product &amp; Technology department on high-level strategy to ensure the Foundation has the resources and volunteer contributor support needed to enable its mission. In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may delegate further responsibilities to the Committee that are needed to further the Committee's purpose.
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Oversee and advise on Foundation strategies for creating, maintaining, and sunsetting software products that enable contribution, that support readers and consumers, and that support content reuse;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Understand and advise on potential and budgeted, material product and technology-related investments and investment priorities, as well as the overall product roadmap.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Oversee and advise Foundation strategies for building infrastructure that enables independence for editors, product safety and integrity, and a multigenerational vision of our work;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Advise and support the work with communities to decide on the opening and closure of wiki projects;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Advise and support change management with community stakeholders by sharing best practices, sharing insights from volunteer communities, and communicating directly with online communities;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Advise on partnership opportunities to broaden the reach and impact of Wikimedia's content and services;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Advise on approaches to manage risk and build resilience in our technical, social, and legal infrastructure; and&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Oversee and advise on the Foundation's enterprise services including strategic plans, target audiences including contractual terms, and pricing where material.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Procedures and Processes ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Meetings&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Runions ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Reporting ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Self-Evaluation ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== External Advisors ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. All expenses and costs shall be reasonable and be subject to the review of the Audit Committee.
&lt;/div&gt;
[[Category:Product and Technology Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>eou1d95wr8bb2qd3g4wh3sk29karids</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Executive Committee Charter/kea</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>189419</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587112</id>
      <parentid>564965</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:53:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587112</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9791" sha1="sexugnrzjy8hv0symr79zb7onj0i8gf" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Prupózitu ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The purpose of the Executive Committee (the &quot;Committee&quot;) is to
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;provide coordination and oversight for the work of the Board of Trustees (&quot;Board&quot;) of the Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;Foundation&quot;);&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;facilitate decision-making between Board meetings or in urgent and crisis circumstances;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;assist the Board in hiring, onboarding, managing, and offboarding the Chief Executive Officer (CEO);&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;hold the Foundation accountable for compliance with the Human Rights policy; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;ensure that community and affiliate issues are brought to the attention of the full Board as needed.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Membership and Organization ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Committee Members ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Committee shall be the Board Chair and the Board Vice-Chairs. Trustees shall automatically become Committee members when their terms as Board Chair or Vice-Chair begin, and their Committee membership shall end when they no longer hold those positions. The Board Chair shall be Chair of the Executive Committee.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Board may appoint additional trustees to serve as Committee members if needed. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. In addition, the Board may appoint as observers other trustees who serve as liaisons between the Board, the Foundation, and the Communities and Affiliates on various matters such as Human Rights Policy and Community and Affiliate issues.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Foundation Staff ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Responsibilities&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Rusponsabilidadis ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In keeping with its purpose, the Committee will:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Facilitate the smooth and efficient functioning of the Board, coordinating the work of the Board across its committees and with executive staff, and ensuring that the Board completes its necessary work while following appropriate protocols and procedures. The Committee shall keep track of the work of the other committees and task forces and identify areas where their work intersects and should be coordinated. The Committee advises the Chair of the Board on the agendas for meetings of the full Board of Trustees.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Facilitate the Board committee appointment process and review the Board's officer positions at least annually.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Carry out, to the extent delegated by the Board, decision-making on matters between meetings that require Board review but that do not necessarily need full board approval.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Act on behalf of the Board when the Board explicitly delegates that authority via resolution or in a Board policy (such as the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Code of Conduct of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees|code of conduct]]).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities related to hiring and onboarding the incoming CEO, offboarding the outgoing CEO, setting executive compensation and reviewing performance against organizational goals. These responsibilities include:&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Assisting the Board in evaluating the performance of the CEO against the organizational objectives on at least an annual basis;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Recommending the compensation and other terms of hiring of the CEO;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Recommending the CEO's annual compensation to the Board for approval, after considering comparative data, performance, and other relevant information;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reviewing and approving annual compensation for non-CEO executives;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Ensuring that the compensation of the CEO, officers, directors, and key employees is determined on the basis of information provided by independent persons and comparability data, including a regular review process that contemporaneously substantiates deliberation and decisions; and&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Ensuring there are adequate succession plans in place for the CEO and other executive leaders.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review the Foundation’s compliance with the Human Rights Policy, including by receiving updates from staff and trustee liaisons on at least an annual basis.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive regular updates from the Affiliations Committee and community and affiliate liaisons together with the Foundation staff on current or emerging issues and identifies those matters requiring full Board attention.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Carries out other responsibilities as the Board may delegate or designate to the Committee.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Procedures and Processes ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Meetings&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Runions ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Reporting ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Self-Evaluation ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== External Advisors ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee may engage outside consultants to facilitate its ability to fulfill its responsibilities. The Committee shall oversee the relationships with any outside consultants.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee has the authority, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent accountants, lawyers, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties.
&lt;/div&gt;
[[Category:Executive Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>sexugnrzjy8hv0symr79zb7onj0i8gf</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Audit Committee Charter/kea</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>189431</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587123</id>
      <parentid>562255</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587123</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="15126" sha1="8ghu6ofbzh4opt4ubfike3zwx6n6ywj" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Prupózitu ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The purpose of the Audit Committee (the &quot;Committee&quot;) is to assist the Board of Trustees (&quot;Board&quot;) of the Wikimedia Foundation (&quot;Foundation&quot;) in overseeing the:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Integrity of the Foundation’s financial reporting and related internal controls, accounting and finance management activities and the reliability and adequacy of financial disclosures related to the audited financial statements, the Form 990 and other published disclosures and communications related to financial matters;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Trends in reports or disclosures by Foundation management in connection with any fraud or malfeasance, and management’s design of internal controls to limit such instances as well as reports on other wrongdoing;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Appointment of and relationship with the independent auditor, as set forth in this charter;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Financial management, including investments and performance against the plan and budget;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Soundness of assumptions used in multi-year budget projections and development of the Annual Plan and budget;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Budgetary impact related to the Foundation’s compensation policies and practices;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The Foundation’s approach to Enterprise Risk Management, the adequacy of mitigants addressing such risks, and trends in any key metrics or measurements relate to mitigation;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review of efforts to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of business operations; and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Internal audit requirements as needed.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Membership and Organization ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Committee_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Ménbrus di Kumitê ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Board shall appoint at least three trustees to serve as Committee members. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board. The Board shall appoint one trustee to serve as Committee Chair for a term of two years of office. The term of the Committee Chair shall automatically renew and continue until replaced by the Board or resignation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Each Committee member will be independent and free from any relationships or conflicts of interest with respect to the Foundation that may impair, or appear to impair, the Committee member's ability to make independent judgments regarding the Foundation's finances.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Board shall seek to appoint as a voting Committee member at least one trustee who has expertise related to the duties of the Audit Committee.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Foundation Staff ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Chief Financial Officer and the Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Responsibilities&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Rusponsabilidadis ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In addition to the specific responsibilities listed below, the Board may revise the Charter to include further additional responsibilities in line with the Committee’s overall purpose.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee shall:
&lt;/div&gt;

* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Accounting and Financial Reporting&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review prior to completion and approve issuance of the Foundation’s annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;As needed, review and discuss with management and the independent auditor: significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the Foundation’s financial statements; changes in US GAAP and the effect such changes have on the Foundation’s financial statements; and significant changes in accounting principles, financial reporting policies, and internal controls implemented by the Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and approve the information to be reported to the Internal Revenue Service on the Foundation's annual Form 990 and Form 990-T;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Approve the engagement of external consultants or audit firms in matters pertaining to finance and accounting, internal controls, and business processes to provide reasonable assurance and review policies and procedures in place to deter and detect fraud;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Oversight of Independent Auditor&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Appoint and terminate the external auditor;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Approve terms of appointment including assurance of independence, fees, and terms;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Approve performance of any non-audit services to be provided by the auditing firm;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Oversee the work of the external auditor who shall report directly to the Committee on audit plans, audited financial statements, Form 990, Form 990-T, and matters of discussion identified during the audit;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and determine whether to accept the audit;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Confer with the auditor to satisfy the Committee that the financial affairs of the Foundation are in order;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Discuss and agree with Foundation management the timing, requirements and rationale for re-bidding the work of the external auditor;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Financial Planning and Analysis&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and discuss the draft annual plan and budget, how it was developed, including multi-year financial scenarios, key revenue and expense assumptions and the impact of trade-offs incorporated in the budget;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and discuss with management the Foundation's monitoring of financial results against the annual plan and against projections, variances from the budget exceeding current Board guidance, updates to projections and working capital reserve, including key assumptions and actions taken or needed to ensure financial stability;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and make recommendations to the Board regarding approval of any material commitments not already included in the approved budget and that exceed the delegation of authority to the Foundation;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Monitor size and use of the working capital reserve and recommend action to the full board on any changes to the current policy;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review the financial impact of existing or proposed subsidiaries;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Staff Compensation&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and approve the annual staff country-based increases and merit plans as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer in the context of relevant market data for comparative organizations and job categories;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review changes related to the Foundation’s compensation policies that have material budgetary impact, including executive compensation, benefits, severance, and retention;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Capital Management and Investments&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Approve changes to the investment policy and strategy as needed;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Monitor investment performance semi-annually against plan and benchmarks and approve any investment decisions as needed consistent with the Investment policy.&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive and review an annual update on the Environmental, Social and Governmental (ESG) profile of the investment portfolio;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Enterprise Risk Management&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and discuss with management the Foundation's enterprise risk assessment, the management of major risk exposures, the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures and trends in key risk metrics, and review responsibilities related to financial compliance activities as determined by materiality and severity of non compliance;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Other Matters&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review proposed changes to policies and procedures related to approval of gift acceptance and use for the Foundation and its subsidiaries including the thresholds and terms for gifts that require board approval prior to acceptance;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and discuss trends in complaints received by the Foundation regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, or auditing matters, and the confidential submission by employees of other areas of concern regarding fraud, abuse, and other wrongdoing; and&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive annual statistics regarding the receipt, investigation, and resolution of personnel complaints, including any concerning or notable trends;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review with the General Counsel legal matters and emerging legal trends that may have a material financial impact;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;At least annually, review the effects of Foundation efforts to improve the effectiveness of business operations.&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Procedures and Processes ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Meetings&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Runions ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Reporting ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Self-Evaluation ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Independent Auditors and Management ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee has the authority in consultation with the Chair of the Board, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent auditors, accountants, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. The Committee has sole authority to approve related fees and retention terms.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;Updates_and_Revisions&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Atualizasons i Ravizons ==

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Charter shall be reviewed by management and the audit committee chair annually and any proposed revisions or additions will be discussed with the Chair of the Board and the Committee before voting to approve the changes and recommend that the Board approve the revised Charter.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The committee shall ensure it meets all of its responsibilities annually. Foundation management shall provide a log cross referencing the responsibilities laid out in this charter to agenda items to ensure coverage was met.
&lt;/div&gt;

[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Audit Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>8ghu6ofbzh4opt4ubfike3zwx6n6ywj</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Audit Committee Charter/id</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>191534</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587122</id>
      <parentid>586272</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:54:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587122</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="13247" sha1="dh7va041i4c3p1i86edd21kf88e9so7" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tujuan ==

Panitia Audit (&quot;Panitia&quot;) bertujuan untuk membantu Dewan Wali Amanat (&quot;Dewan&quot;) Yayasan Wikimedia (&quot;Yayasan&quot;) dalam mengawasi:

* Kepaduan pelaporan keuangan Yayasan dan pengendalian internal terkait, aktivitas akuntansi dan pengelolaan keuangan, serta keandalan dan kecukupan pengungkapan keuangan yang berkaitan dengan laporan keuangan yang diaudit, Formulir 990, dan pengungkapan serta komunikasi yang diterbitkan lainnya yang berkaitan dengan masalah keuangan;
* Tren dalam laporan atau pengungkapan oleh pengelolaan Yayasan sehubungan dengan penipuan atau pelanggaran hukum apa pun, dan rancangan pengendalian internal pengelolaan untuk membatasi kejadian tersebut serta laporan tentang hal-hal lainnya.
* Pengangkatan dan hubungan dengan pengaudit mandiri, sebagaimana diatur dalam piagam ini;
* Pengelolaan keuangan, termasuk investasi dan kinerja terhadap rencana dan anggaran;
* Kesahihan anggapan yang digunakan dalam proyeksi anggaran multi-tahun dan pengembangan Rencana Tahunan serta anggaran;
* Dampak anggaran terkait dengan kebijakan dan praktik kompensasi Yayasan;
* Pendekatan Yayasan terhadap Pengelolaan Risiko Perusahaan, kecukupan mitigasi yang mengatasi risiko tersebut, dan tren dalam metrik atau pengukuran utama apa pun yang berkaitan dengan mitigasi;
* Tinjauan terhadap upaya-upaya untuk memperbagus ketepatgunaan dan kemangkusan operasional bisnis; dan
* Persyaratan audit internal sesuai kebutuhan.
&lt;span id=&quot;Membership_and_Organization&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Keanggotaan dan Organisasi ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Committee_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Keanggotaan Panitia ===

Dewan akan menunjuk setidaknya tiga wali amanat untuk bertugas sebagai anggota Panitia. Dewan juga dapat menunjuk satu atau lebih wali amanat tambahan untuk bertugas sebagai anggota Panitia pengganti, untuk bertindak menggantikan anggota Panitia yang berhalangan hadir. Penunjukan anggota Panitia berlaku untuk jangka waktu satu tahun; namun, penunjukan tersebut akan diperpanjang otomatis untuk jangka waktu satu tahun tambahan kecuali wali amanat yang ditunjuk digantikan sebagai anggota Panitia atau keanggotaan panitia mereka diakhiri oleh Dewan. Dewan akan menunjuk satu wali amanat untuk bertugas sebagai Ketua Panitia untuk jangka waktu dua tahun. Masa jabatan Ketua Panitia akan diperpanjang otomatis dan berlanjut hingga digantikan oleh Dewan atau pengunduran diri.

Tiap anggota Panitia harus mandiri dan bebas dari hubungan atau konflik kepentingan apa pun terkait dengan Yayasan yang dapat mengganggu, atau tampak mengganggu, kemampuan anggota Panitia untuk membuat penilaian mandiri mengenai keuangan Yayasan.

Dewan harus berupaya menunjuk setidaknya satu anggota dewan yang punya keahlian terkait dengan tugas-tugas Panitia Audit sebagai anggota yang punya hak suara.

&lt;span id=&quot;Volunteer_Advisory_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Anggota Penasihat Sukarela ===

Panitia dapat menunjuk anggota penasihat sukarela untuk berpartisipasi dalam rapat dan musyawarah Komite. Anggota penasihat sukarela akan resmi dinominasikan oleh Ketua Panitia berdasarkan kualifikasi dan keahlian mereka (sebagaimana ditentukan oleh Ketua Panitia atas kebijaksanaannya sendiri) dan disetujui oleh mayoritas Panitia. Anggota penasihat sukarela akan ditunjuk oleh Panitia untuk masa jabatan satu tahun yang dapat diperpanjang. Semua anggota penasihat sukarela harus mematuhi persyaratan pengungkapan dan sertifikasi yang sama yang dipersyaratkan oleh Dewan berdasarkan Kebijakan Konflik Kepentingan Yayasan. Anggota penasihat sukarela tidaklah boleh menjadi anggota Panitia yang punya hak suara.

&lt;span id=&quot;Foundation_Staff&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Staf Yayasan ===

Kepala Keuangan dan Kantor Kepala Eksekutif akan menyediakan dukungan staf kepada Panitia seperlunya agar Panitia bisa berfungsi secara mangkus. Ketua Panitia dapat mengundang staf Yayasan untuk menghadiri rapat bila perlu. Anggota staf tdaklah boleh menjadi anggota Panitia yang punya hak suara.

&lt;span id=&quot;Responsibilities&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tanggung jawab ==

Selain tanggung jawab khusus yang tercantum di bawah ini, Dewan dapat merevisi Piagam untuk mencakup tanggung jawab tambahan lebih lanjut sesuai dengan tujuan keseluruhan Panitia.

Panitia sepatutnya:

* Akuntansi dan Pelaporan Keuangan
** Meninjau sebelum penyelesaian dan menyetujui penerbitan laporan keuangan tahunan yayasan yang teraudit bersama pengelolaan dan pengaudit mandiri;
** Seperlunya, meninjau dan membahas dengan pengelolaan dan pengaudit mandiri; persoalan pelaporan keuangan yang berarti dan pernilaian yang dibuat sehubungan dengan persiapan atas pernyataan keuangan Yayasan; perubahan dalam US GAAP dan efek yang dimiliki perubahan demikian pada pernyataan keuangan Yayasan; dan perubahan berarti dalam prinsip akuntansi, kebijakan pelaporan keuangan, dan kendali internal yang diterapkan Yayasan;
** Meninjau dan menyetujui informasi yang hendak dilapor ke Jasa Pendapatan Internal pada Formulir 990 dan Formulir 990-T tahunan Yayasan;
** Menyetujui keterlibatan konsultan luar atau firma audit dalam perkara yang berkaitaan dengan keuangan dan akuntansi, kendali internal, dan proses bisnis untuk menyediakan penjaminan wajar dan meninjau kebijakan dan tata cara yang ada guna mencegah dan mengenali kecurangan;
* Pengawasan Pengaudit Mandiri
** Mengangkat dan menghentikan pengaudit luar;
** Menyetujui ketentuan pengangkatan termasuk penjaminan kemandirian, biaya, dan ketentuan;
** Menyetujui pelaksanaan layanan non-audit apa pun yang akan disediakan firma pengauditan;
** Mengawasi pekerjaan pengaudit luar yang akan melapor langsung ke Panitia pada rencana audit, pernyataan keuangan teraudit, Formulir 990, Formulir 990-T, dan urusan perbincangan yang dikenali selama audit;
** Meninjau dan menetukan apakah menerima audit;
** Berkonsultasi dengan pengaudit untuk meyakinkan Panitia bahwa urusan keuangan Yayasan dalam keadaan tertib;
** Membahas dan menyepakati dengan pengelolaan Yayasan mengenai pewaktuan, persyaratan dan alasan untuk melakukan penawaran ulang pekerjaan pengaudit luar;
* Perencanaan dan Analisis Keuangan
** Meninjau dan membahas draf rencana dan anggaran tahunan, bagaimana penyusunannya, termasuk skenario keuangan multi-tahun, anggapan pendapatan dan pengeluaran utama, serta dampak dari tarik-ulur (''trade-offs'') yang dimasukkan dalam anggaran;
** Meninjau dan membahas dengan pengelolaan mengenai pemantauan hasil keuangan Yayasan terhadap rencana tahunan dan proyeksi, selisih dari anggaran yang melebihi panduan Dewan saat ini, pembaruan proyeksi dan cadangan modal kerja, termasuk anggapan utama dan tindakan yang diambil atau diperlukan untuk memastikan kemantapan keuangan;
** Meninjau dan memberi anjuran ke Dewan perihal persetujuan atas komitmen bahan apa pun yang belum disertakan dalam anggaran yang tersetujui dan yang melebihi penyerahan wewenang ke Yayasan;
** Memantau ukuran dan pemakaian cadangan modal kerja serta menganjurkan tindakan ke dewan penuh akan perubahan apa pun pada kebijakan saat ini;
** Meninjau dampak keuangan dari anak perusahaan yang sudah ada atau yang terusulkan;
* Kompensasi Staf
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and approve the annual staff country-based increases and merit plans as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer in the context of relevant market data for comparative organizations and job categories;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review changes related to the Foundation’s compensation policies that have material budgetary impact, including executive compensation, benefits, severance, and retention;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Capital Management and Investments&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Approve changes to the investment policy and strategy as needed;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Monitor investment performance semi-annually against plan and benchmarks and approve any investment decisions as needed consistent with the Investment policy.&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive and review an annual update on the Environmental, Social and Governmental (ESG) profile of the investment portfolio;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Enterprise Risk Management&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and discuss with management the Foundation's enterprise risk assessment, the management of major risk exposures, the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures and trends in key risk metrics, and review responsibilities related to financial compliance activities as determined by materiality and severity of non compliance;&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Other Matters&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review proposed changes to policies and procedures related to approval of gift acceptance and use for the Foundation and its subsidiaries including the thresholds and terms for gifts that require board approval prior to acceptance;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review and discuss trends in complaints received by the Foundation regarding questionable accounting, internal controls, or auditing matters, and the confidential submission by employees of other areas of concern regarding fraud, abuse, and other wrongdoing; and&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive annual statistics regarding the receipt, investigation, and resolution of personnel complaints, including any concerning or notable trends;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review with the General Counsel legal matters and emerging legal trends that may have a material financial impact;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;At least annually, review the effects of Foundation efforts to improve the effectiveness of business operations.&lt;/span&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Procedures and Processes ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Meetings ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Reporting ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Self-Evaluation ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Independent Auditors and Management ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee has the authority in consultation with the Chair of the Board, at the expense of the Foundation, to retain independent auditors, accountants, or other advisors as it deems appropriate to carry out its duties. The Committee has sole authority to approve related fees and retention terms.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Updates and Revisions ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Charter shall be reviewed by management and the audit committee chair annually and any proposed revisions or additions will be discussed with the Chair of the Board and the Committee before voting to approve the changes and recommend that the Board approve the revised Charter.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The committee shall ensure it meets all of its responsibilities annually. Foundation management shall provide a log cross referencing the responsibilities laid out in this charter to agenda items to ensure coverage was met.
&lt;/div&gt;

[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Audit Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>dh7va041i4c3p1i86edd21kf88e9so7</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Executive Committee Charter/id</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>191624</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587109</id>
      <parentid>586198</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:53:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587109</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9307" sha1="ew71jcb4avz1ploxeeyvcmi9fg2mb9k" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tujuan ==

Panitia Pelaksana/Eksekutif (&quot;Panitia&quot;) bertujuan untuk
* menyedia koordinasi dan pengawasan untuk pekerjaan Dewan Pengawas (&quot;Dewan&quot;) Yayasan Wikimedia (&quot;Yayasan&quot;);
* memfasilitasi pengambilan keputusan di antara rapat Dewan atau dalam keadaan mendesak dan krisis;
* membantu Dewan dalam merekrut, mengorientasi, mengelola, dan memberhentikan Kepala Eksekutif (CEO);
* meminta pertanggungjawaban Yayasan atas kepatuhan terhadap kebijakan Hak Asasi Manusia; dan
* memastikan bahwa persoalan komunitas dan afiliasi disampaikan kepada seluruh Dewan seperlunya
&lt;span id=&quot;Membership_and_Organization&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Keanggotaan dan Organisasi ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Committee_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Anggota Panitia ===

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The members of the Committee shall be the Board Chair and the Board Vice-Chairs. Trustees shall automatically become Committee members when their terms as Board Chair or Vice-Chair begin, and their Committee membership shall end when they no longer hold those positions. The Board Chair shall be Chair of the Executive Committee.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Board may appoint additional trustees to serve as Committee members if needed. The Board may also appoint one or more additional trustees to serve as alternate Committee members, to act in the place and stead of any absent Committee members. In addition, the Board may appoint as observers other trustees who serve as liaisons between the Board, the Foundation, and the Communities and Affiliates on various matters such as Human Rights Policy and Community and Affiliate issues.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Committee appointments are for a term of one year; however, they shall automatically renew for additional one-year terms unless the appointed trustee is replaced as a Committee member or has their committee membership terminated by the Board.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Volunteer Advisory Members ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee may appoint volunteer advisory members to participate in Committee meetings and deliberations. The volunteer advisory members shall be formally nominated by the Committee Chair based on their qualifications and expertise (as determined by the Committee Chair in their sole discretion) and approved by a majority of the Committee. Volunteer advisory members shall be appointed by the Committee for renewable one-year terms. All volunteer advisory members must comply with the same disclosure and certification requirements required by the Board under the Foundation's Conflict of Interest Policy. No volunteer advisory members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Foundation Staff ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Office of the Chief Executive Officer shall provide staff support to the Committee as needed to allow it to function effectively. The Committee Chair may invite Foundation staff to attend the meetings as necessary. No staff members may be voting Committee members.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Responsibilities ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
In keeping with its purpose, the Committee will:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Facilitate the smooth and efficient functioning of the Board, coordinating the work of the Board across its committees and with executive staff, and ensuring that the Board completes its necessary work while following appropriate protocols and procedures. The Committee shall keep track of the work of the other committees and task forces and identify areas where their work intersects and should be coordinated. The Committee advises the Chair of the Board on the agendas for meetings of the full Board of Trustees.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Facilitate the Board committee appointment process and review the Board's officer positions at least annually.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Carry out, to the extent delegated by the Board, decision-making on matters between meetings that require Board review but that do not necessarily need full board approval.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Act on behalf of the Board when the Board explicitly delegates that authority via resolution or in a Board policy (such as the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Code of Conduct of the Wikimedia Foundation Board of Trustees|code of conduct]]).&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Assist the Board in carrying out its responsibilities related to hiring and onboarding the incoming CEO, offboarding the outgoing CEO, setting executive compensation and reviewing performance against organizational goals. These responsibilities include:&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Assisting the Board in evaluating the performance of the CEO against the organizational objectives on at least an annual basis;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Recommending the compensation and other terms of hiring of the CEO;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Recommending the CEO's annual compensation to the Board for approval, after considering comparative data, performance, and other relevant information;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Reviewing and approving annual compensation for non-CEO executives;&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Ensuring that the compensation of the CEO, officers, directors, and key employees is determined on the basis of information provided by independent persons and comparability data, including a regular review process that contemporaneously substantiates deliberation and decisions; and&lt;/span&gt;
** &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Ensuring there are adequate succession plans in place for the CEO and other executive leaders.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Review the Foundation’s compliance with the Human Rights Policy, including by receiving updates from staff and trustee liaisons on at least an annual basis.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Receive regular updates from the Affiliations Committee and community and affiliate liaisons together with the Foundation staff on current or emerging issues and identifies those matters requiring full Board attention.&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Carries out other responsibilities as the Board may delegate or designate to the Committee.&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Procedures and Processes ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Unless specified otherwise in this Charter, the Committee shall follow the same rules and practices as the full Board follows for its meetings, decision-making, and recordkeeping.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Meetings ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Committee shall meet at least once per quarter, and otherwise as deemed necessary by the Committee Chair. The required attendees are the Committee members and the relevant staff members as determined by the meeting agenda. Trustees serving as alternate Committee members (if any) are not required attendees; they may not vote unless appointed by the Committee Chair to act in the place and stead of an absent regular Committee member. A quorum is a majority of the voting Committee members, and a majority of voting members present shall decide any question brought before the Committee. A meeting may be in person, by telephone, or videoconference so long as all participants are able to hear one another and participate in simultaneous deliberation.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Reporting ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
At each regular Board meeting, the Committee Chair shall report to the full Board on the Committee's activities since the last regular Board meeting. Each meeting will have an agenda and minutes, which will be available to the Board and relevant staff.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
=== Self-Evaluation ===
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
On an annual basis, the Committee will perform a self-assessment, and will review and reassess this charter. The result will be reported to the full Board and include any recommended changes to the Committee activities or its charter.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;span id=&quot;External_Advisors&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Penasihat Luar ==

Panitia dapat melibatkan konsultan luar untuk memfasilitasi kemampuannya untuk memenuhi tanggung jawabnya. Panitia sepatutnya mengawasi hubungan dengan konsultan luar mana pun.

Panitia punya wewenang, dengan biaya dari Yayasan, untuk mempekerjakan akuntan mandiri, pengacara, atau penasihat lain yang dianggap sesuai untuk melaksanakan tugasnya.
[[Category:Executive Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>ew71jcb4avz1ploxeeyvcmi9fg2mb9k</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Committee:Product &amp; Technology Committee Charter/id</title>
    <ns>116</ns>
    <id>191634</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587191</id>
      <parentid>586196</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:58:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587191</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6245" sha1="noodn12ufat2gqlrmb29dgpycoqsp3e" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
&lt;span id=&quot;Purpose&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tujuan ==

Panitia Produk &amp; Teknologi bertujuan untuk membantu Dewan Wali Amanat (&quot;Dewan&quot;) Yayasan Wikimedia (&quot;Yayasan&quot;) memahami, mengawasi, dan memberi saran sesuai dengan strateginya untuk pembuatan dan pemakaian teknologi; serta pemakaian lisensi, kebijakan dan praktik untuk pemakaian ulang muatan guna mendukung misi Yayasan.

&lt;span id=&quot;Membership_and_Organization&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Keanggotaan dan Organisasi ==

&lt;span id=&quot;Committee_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Anggota Panitia ===

Dewan akan mengangkat setidaknya tiga wali amanat untuk menjadi anggota Panitia, yang salah satunya akan dijadikan sebagai Ketua Panitia dengan lama jabatan 2 tahun. Dewan juga dapat mengangkat wali amanat tambahan untuk menjadi anggota pengganti, untuk mengambil alih pekerjaan anggota yang tak hadir. Masa jabatan anggota adalah satu tahun; namun, akan otomatis diperpanjang satu tahun lagi kecuali keanggotaannya telah digantikan atau Dewan menghentikannya. Masa jabatan Ketua akan otomatis diperpanjang dan berlanjut sampai digantikan oleh Dewan atau mengundurkan diri.

Setidaknya satu wali amanat akan diangkat sebagai anggota berhak suara oleh Dewan, jika dia berpengalaman dengan pengembangan produk atau pengelolaan anjungan teknologi.

&lt;span id=&quot;Volunteer_Advisory_Members&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Anggota Penasihat Sukarela ===

Panitia dapat mengangkat anggota penasihat sukarela dari Komunitas atau yang punya keahlian istimewa dan bersangkutan untuk mengikuti rapat dan musyawarah Panitia. Anggota sukarela ini akan dicalonkan secara formal oleh Ketua Panitia sesuai kemampuannya dan disetujui oleh mayoritas anggota Panitia. Anggota penasihat sukarela diangkat dengan masa jabatan satu tahun yang dapat diperpanjang. Semua anggota penasihat sukarela harus mematuhi persyaratan pengungkapan dan sertifikasi yang sama yang diwajibkan oleh Dewan di bawah kebijakan Yayasan mengenai Pertentangan Kepentingan. Anggota penasihat sukarela tak boleh berhak suara.

&lt;span id=&quot;Foundation_Staff&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Staf Yayasan ===

Kepala Produk dan Teknologi dan Kantor Kepala Eksekutif akan menyediakan dukungan staf ke Panitia seperlunya untuk memungkinkannya berfungsi secara mangkus. Ketua Panitia dapat mengundang staf, terutama dari departemen Pemajuan dan Hukum, untuk menghadiri rapat seperlunya. Anggota staf tak boleh berhak suara.

&lt;span id=&quot;Responsibilities&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tanggung Jawab ==

Pada dasarnya, Panitia bertanggung jawab untuk menasihati departemen Produk &amp; Teknoloogi tentang strategi tingkat tinggi untuk memastikan Yayasan punya sumber daya dan dukungan kontributor sukarela yang memadai untuk memungkinkan misinya. Selain tanggung jawab khusus yang tertera di bawah, Dewan dapat menyerahkan tanggung jawab lebih lanjut ke Panitia bila diperlukan.

* Mengawasi dan menasihati Yayasan tentang strategi untuk meciptakan, mengurus, dan menghentikan produk perangkat lunak yang memungkinkan kontribusi, dan yang mendukung pemakaian ulang konten;
* Memahami dan menasihati potensi dan anggaran investasi terkait produk dan teknologi yang bersangkutan, serta pengutamaan investasi, termasuk peta jalan produk secara keseluruhan.
* Mengawasi dan menasihati Yayasan tentang strategi untuk membangun prasarana yang memungkinkan kemandirian bagi penyunting, kepaduan dan keamanan produk, dan visi karya kami yang lintas generasi;
* Menasihati dan mendukung kerja sama dengan komunitas untuk memutuskan pembukaan dan penutupan proyek wiki;
* Menasihati dan mendukung pengelolaan perubahan kepada pemangku kepentingan komunitas dengan berbagi praktik terbaik, berbagi wawasan dari komunitas sukarela, dan berkomunikasi langsung dengan komunitas daring;
* Menasihati peluang kemitraan untuk memperluas jangkauan dan dampak konten dan layanan Wikimedia;
* Menasihati pendekatan untuk mengelola risiko dan membangun ketahanan dalam prasarana teknis, sosial, dan hukum kami; dan
Mengawasi dan menasihati layanan kewirausahaan Yayasan termasuk rencana strategis, khalayak sasaran yang mencakup ketentuan kontrak, dan penentuan harga jika bersangkutan.

&lt;span id=&quot;Procedures_and_Processes&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Tata Cara dan Proses ==

Kecuali ditentukan sebaliknya dalam Piagam ini, Panitia akan menuruti aturan dan praktik yang sama seperti yang dituruti Dewan lengkap untuk rapat, pengambilan keputusan, dan pencatatan.

&lt;span id=&quot;Meetings&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Rapat ===

Panitia akan rapat setidaknya sekali per triwulan, dan jika dianggap perlu oleh Ketua. Hadirin yang diperlukan adalah anggota Panitia dan anggota staf yang bersangkutan sebagaimana ditentukan agenda rapat. Wali amanat yang menjadi anggota pengganti (jika ada) tidaklah diperlukan; mereka tidak dapat memberi suara kecuali disuruh Ketua untuk menggantikan peran anggota biasa yang tak hadir. Kuorum adalah mayoritas anggota yang berhak suara, dan mayoritas anggota berhak suara yang hadir akan memutuskan setiap pertanyaan yang diajukan ke Panitia. Rapat dapat diadakan secara tatap muka, dengan ponsel, atau konferensi video selama semua peserta dapat saling mendengar dan mengikuti musyawarah secara serentak.

&lt;span id=&quot;Reporting&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Pelaporan ===

Pada tiap rapat rutin Dewan, Ketua Panitia wajib melapor kepada Dewan lengkap mengenai kegiatan Panitia sejak rapat rutin Dewan terakhir. Tiap rapat akan ada agenda dan notula, yang akan tersedia bagi Dewan dan staf bersangkutan.

&lt;span id=&quot;Self-Evaluation&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
=== Evaluasi Diri ===

Setiap tahun, Panitia akan menilai dirinya, serta meninjau dan menilai kembali piagam ini. Hasilnya akan dilaporkan kepada Dewan lengkap dan mencakup anjuran perubahan apa pun terhadap kegiatan Panitia atau piagamnya.

&lt;span id=&quot;External_Advisors&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;
== Penasihat Luar ==

Panitia dapat melibatkan konsultan luar untuk mempermudah urusan tanggung jawabnya. Panitia akan mengawasi hubungan dengan konsultan luar mana pun.

Atas biaya Yayasan, Panitia berwenang untuk mempekerjakan akuntan mandiri, pengacara, atau penasihat lain yang dianggap sesuai untuk melaksanakan tugasnya. Semua pengeluaran dan biaya harus wajar dan tunduk pada Panitia Audit.
[[Category:Product and Technology Committee{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Committee charters{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:Maintained by Legal department{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>noodn12ufat2gqlrmb29dgpycoqsp3e</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/es</title>
    <ns>102</ns>
    <id>197177</id>
    <revision>
      <id>587198</id>
      <parentid>586421</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-06-28T12:59:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>FuzzyBot</username>
        <id>1139</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Updating to match new version of source page</comment>
      <origin>587198</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9463" sha1="fx57d9guh09vjo58dkgg9gx0lm2gfcd" xml:space="preserve">&lt;languages /&gt;
{{Governance navbox}}
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
This page provides specified information regarding the Wikimedia Foundation's compliance with:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;the European Union (&quot;EU&quot;) Digital Services Act (i.e. Regulation (EU) 2022/2065) - the &quot;'''DSA'''&quot;, and&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Regulation (EU) 2021/784 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2021 on addressing the dissemination of terrorist content online - '''&quot;TCOR&quot;''' (also known as '''&quot;TERREG&quot;''')&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Contacting the Wikimedia Foundation with legal complaints and questions ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
'''Legal complaints or enquiries''' should be sent to us, by members of the public or by competent authorities:
&lt;/div&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;By ''email'': {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}, and/or&lt;/span&gt;
* &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;By ''post'': Wikimedia Foundation c/o CT Corporation System, 330 North Brand Boulevard, Glendale, California 91203-2336, USA&lt;/span&gt;
&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Competent authorities ''only'' ('''not''' members of the public), when acting in accordance with the DSA, may optionally also contact us indirectly, via our designated DSA Article 13 Representative, VeraSafe Netherlands B.V. (&quot;VeraSafe&quot;). VeraSafe is contactable by email at {{email|dsaeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}, or by post at VeraSafe Netherlands B.V., Keizersgracht 555, Amsterdam 1017 DR, The Netherlands. Its telephone number is: +420 228 881 031.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you are a competent authority asking for the '''removal of allegedly illegal content''', we ask that your communications comply with [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2187-1-1 DSA Article 9]. If you are a private person/organization reporting allegedly illegal content on the sites that we host, we ask that you ensure that your report includes the information prescribed by [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2556-1-1 DSA Article 16(2)]. In respect of '''user data requests''', please read our [[Special:MyLanguage/Requests for user information procedures &amp; guidelines|Requests for User Information Procedures and Guidelines]], and also note the requirements of [//eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A32022R2065#d1e2280-1-1 DSA Article 10].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
We invite you to consult our [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Terrorist and violent extremist content procedures and guidelines|Terrorist and Violent Extremist Content (TVEC) Procedures and Guidelines]] when contacting us about TVEC. Our EU Legal Representative for the purposes of TCOR Article 17 is also VeraSafe Netherlands B.V.. We encourage EU/EEA competent authorities to contact {{email|tvecnotice|wikimedia.org}} directly, as indicated in the TVEC Procedures and Guidelines. However, they may in addition / alternatively contact our TCOR EU Legal Representative, either by email at {{email|tcoeurepresentative|wikimedia.org}}, or by post or telephone to the contact details set out above.
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Other contact details (e.g., for use in an emergency threatening the life of an individual) can be found at: [[:Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation Legal and Safety Contact Information|Legal and Safety Contact Information]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
If you are a user of the Wikimedia Projects, or you have participated in Wikimedia events or activities to which the Wikimedia Foundation Privacy Policy also applies, you can find information about your EU GDPR rights, and contact details for privacy questions and complaints, in the [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Privacy policy|Wikimedia Foundation Privacy Policy]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== DSA Transparency ==
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
The Wikimedia Foundation publishes data for the purposes of DSA Article 24(2). It can be found here: [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Userbase Statistics|EU DSA - Userbase Statistics]]
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Other DSA-mandated data is now included in our regular [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive|Wikimedia Foundation Transparency Reports]]. ''[[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Supplemental Transparency Report for August-September 2023|An interim EU data supplement was published for August-September 2023]].''
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
Independent audit reports and EU Systemic Risk Assessment and Mitigation (SRAM) documentation can be found [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation European Union Compliance/Digital Services Act Publication Archive|here]].
&lt;/div&gt;

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Office Action appeals ==
&lt;/div&gt;

Si se encuentra en la UE y desea presentar una reclamación formal después de que la Fundación Wikimedia adopte, o decida no adoptar, una [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Office actions|acción oficial]] (por ejemplo, suspender una cuenta de usuario o eliminar contenido), puede hacerlo enviando un correo electrónico a {{email|appeals|wikimedia.org}}. Las reclamaciones deben ser lo suficientemente específicas y estar respaldadas por pruebas. Deben presentarse tan pronto como sea razonablemente posible (a más tardar 6 meses después de la decisión en cuestión). Tal como indican los artículos 17(3)(f) y 21 de la DSA, es posible que también disponga de vías de resolución extrajudicial de litigios&lt;ref&gt;[https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/policies/dsa-out-court-dispute-settlement#ecl-inpage-List-of-bodies Out-of-court dispute settlement bodies under the Digital Services Act (DSA)]&lt;/ref&gt; y de recursos judiciales, según la legislación y la jurisdicción aplicables. No podemos asesorarle al respecto, aunque le rogamos que primero intente resolver el asunto directamente con nosotros.

&lt;div lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;
== Supplemental notes ==
&lt;/div&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The Wikimedia Foundation's working language is English, so we are grateful when English is used to correspond with us. However, you can communicate with us in other languages, such as Dutch, if you prefer; we will then rely on machine translation tools to the extent necessary. If you send us documents in a language other than English, we appreciate if they can be easily translated using machine translation tools. Badly scanned PDFs can be a particular source of problems for us.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The Wikimedia Foundation's designation of EU Representatives for the purposes of the EU GDPR, TCOR or DSA does not create an EU establishment for the Wikimedia Foundation, nor are the Representatives expected to involve themselves personally in the resolution of complaints or requests under those laws. The key role of such Representatives is to offer relevant persons an additional way to contact the Wikimedia Foundation. Relevant complaints or requests will be forwarded to the Wikimedia Foundation, where they will usually be evaluated as they would be if you send them to the Wikimedia Foundation directly, and in line with the Wikimedia Foundation's legal obligations. This is a less direct method of contacting us, and it may therefore increase the time it takes to address your communication. Although the email addresses provided above for our EU DSA and TCOR Representative use the &quot;@wikimedia.org&quot; domain name, any emails sent to those addresses will be forwarded automatically to VeraSafe's own email system.&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;Various user-groups and other entities in the wider Wikimedia Movement, including some in the EU, use the Wikimedia trademark in their name, but they are independent of the Wikimedia Foundation and do not represent it. They have no particular authority or responsibility for the Wikimedia Projects, and cannot be held liable for the content of the Projects. Accordingly, if you have a complaint or a request concerning content on the Wikimedia Projects (such as Wikipedia), you are encouraged to resolve it directly with the user community of that Project, using the help network they provide. If that does not work, please contact the Wikimedia Foundation directly, using the details provided above (typically: {{email|legal|wikimedia.org}}).&lt;/span&gt;
# &lt;span lang=&quot;en&quot; dir=&quot;ltr&quot; class=&quot;mw-content-ltr&quot;&gt;The [[Special:MyLanguage/Policy:Terms of Use|Terms of Use]] governing usage of Wikipedia and the other Wikimedia projects are machine-readable; for guidance on how to use our API and other tools for machine interaction with these Terms of Use, see [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal:Wikimedia Foundation TOU Machine Readability and Interaction|our TOU Machine Readability and Interaction guidance]].&lt;/span&gt;

== {{int string|References}} ==
{{reflist}}

[[Category:Legal documentation{{#translation:}}]]
[[Category:European Union Compliance{{#translation:}}]]</text>
      <sha1>fx57d9guh09vjo58dkgg9gx0lm2gfcd</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
</mediawiki>